Wy
sit “th irene Ga
r ed
weenie
aaa
c I (Pp RSG 4 244 fe ; Vibe bsitee ob vey
Ae Leeitheed, " Ae Ea a, it 1A LE an hy tay
a t Hols RD a iu . 1 00n Sea oF |
if ( friaupt ine
vie wile sgh Wi ean
; cy
P et Mig 4
FAY hil nee Wes 4 Wt 4 96k
MP eee s irtad 4 r Ae WS
§ Sis wen airy * Bashy ve orn {
yh sd hen: , + We Whar eysen oy,
artis ts ¥hat ‘ : de Shae ah 2 h M é L AEH Meeps
Peele aa itieita Nf ) disduigttncaleb Ten iiaiiahem ert Dai nad Eke eid ep
cant pan) : h f ar 2 ; ens
Tian ys chae + ah “4! +e we ue: ae “(4
a Moet aes beat Lait if } Oy ' re penal
ah be 4iath #4 Ih 'y ip be sens: ¥ OED Ne ‘yt t ts dy
we oud 5 ‘ ¢ ai dl Sethe d im ) , ty
¥ :
Mataieier ee. s fe 4
/ ‘oud ni
TANG is Frit de DY Yitehee . 7 : ¥ 7 i 4
FRG BH H's tei ak / ¢ ‘
tatty dearth cack MLC A ei
pas
el.
ere or
yA
LRU
Yih
mii cf
Ree a)
: pine rR haa ait i j
Shad eas thd aki theel day ke EE antes i
5) DC oun. care ate m 0
‘gaan. Mya Cr? a. dtrirct rt
”
ey ent ‘
eA bh
Dek: reas
, ; \ Dees OH rae dr Oe
Mela arees h
4 i Dt Mies itt
{ i Ts Ou Teen Ce phe
WYP vehi ‘ etl oN Rh Ses ty | if \
ee ; 16 Ai SAL AD TOA Way ip Cue
4 Ava) hs te} FAL Ve bake Pity poe saeco oat te
ad) nn tee PALS ¥ *
‘ A P
Pee Eve P ih -O Po RAE
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
qeiatuchinns ins7>
4
Vol. XXXI January-April, 1932 Part 1.
CONTENTS
AN UNDESCRIBED TEPONAZTLI OR AZTEC DRUM—
Arthur Woodward - - - - = = = = =
EARLY STAGES OF MELITAEA POLA—
Grace H. and John L. Sperry - - - - = -
EARLY STAGES OF MELITAEA LEANIRA WRIGHTII AND
CALEPHELIS NEMESIS—J. A. Comstock and C. M. Dammers
STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA (Continued) —
John A. Comstock - - -
DR. ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON—W. A. Spalding
Issued May 30, 1932
mf %
2 et at
f os am
3 U-
el
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Dr. Forp A; CARPENTER :220-0.0 22 ee President
Mr HARRY JK. SARGENT. SoS Second Vice-President
Dr. R. H. SwirFt.
vesd
cuca une eCesess RAGR 3 a08 SA Secretary
Mr. WILLIAM’ A. ‘SPALDING! 23.02.43 a Treasurer
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
Dr. WiLLIAM A. BRYAN Dr. Joun A. Comstock
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. Geo. W. Parsons
Dr. R. H. Swirt Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. T. C. Low
= 8
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Dr. M. W. pELAUBENFELS
Dr. FREDERICK C. LEONARD Comm. R. Frank Gross
Dr. D. L. TASKER
= 8
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WitiiAmM A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
ZOOLOGICAL SECTION
Dr. James Z. GILBERT, Chairman
BOTANICAL SECTION
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary
ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Dr. R. H. Swirt, Chairman
GEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. Geo. W. Parsons, Chairman
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Mr. Wo. A. SPALDING Mr. Geo. W. Parsons
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. R. H. Swirt, Dr. M. F. BAuMGARDT
= 8
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WiLLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock
=e 8
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los ANGELES Museum, Expos!TIon Park,
Los ANGELES, CAL.
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GARDEN
VY AN UNDESCRIBED TEPONAZTLI OR AZTEC DRUM
By ArTHUR WOODWARD
It is a well known fact that the ancient Mexicans were prob-
ably the finest wood carvers on the North American continent in
prehistoric times. Existing specimens of their art, as well as the
Spanish accounts written during the early contact period, attest
this skall.
Modern authors and scientists delving into the subject have
described various objects preserved through the centuries, and
which at the present time are distributed among museums through-
out the world.
The best work yet written upon the craftsmanship of the
ancient Mexicans is ‘““The Wood-Carver’s Art in Ancient Mexico,”
by Prof. Marshall H. Saville, published by the Museum of the
American Indian, Heye Foundation, New York, 1925.
In this interesting and exceedingly valuable work, Prof. Saville
illustrates the majority of the best items of the Mexican wood
carver’s art now in existence. Among the most important speci-
mens described are, the spear-thrower (atlatl) and the horizontal
drum (teponastl).
According to Saville “Wooden drums played an important
part in the civic and religious life of the ancient Mexicans as we
learn from the numerous references to them in early chronicles
and from representations in picture writings which have come
down to us.
Drums were of two major types, namely, the horizontal drum
called teponaztli, a hollowed-out log, the ends left solid, the bot-
tom open, and the upper part cut through in a manner resembling
the letter H, leaving two slender vibrating tongues, the ends op-
posite each other; and the upright drum, the huehuetl, also a hol-
lowed log with open ends, over the upper one being stretched the
skin of an animal. These Mexican or Nahuan names still sur-
vive in Mexico, both types of drums being now played on festival
occasions by natives in various parts of the country.”
Upon these teponaztlis the ancient craftsmen lavished their
skill, carving intricate patterns in the hard wood. Often these
drums were gilded or painted.
These drums booming from the teocallis or temples must have
been awe-inspiring to the Spanish soldiery. Various chroniclers
note the feeling of depression brought about by the sound of the
teponastlis and the huchuetls.
' Saville, Marshall H., The Wood Carver’s Art in Ancient Mexico, p. 54.
3
PLATE 1
A carved Aztec teponaztli.
Upper figure, side view. Central figure, top view.
Lower figure, under surface.
4
PLATE 2
Front view of carved Aztec drum.
In Yucatan, these wooden drums were known as tunkuls and
according to Landa*> “They had small drums which they played
with the hand, and another drum of hollow wood (the tunkul)
giving a deep and dismal sound; they played it with a rather long
stick (having) at the end a certain milk of a tree (Indian rubber ).”
The teponaztlis may be divided into two divisions, the plain,
uncarved drums and the decorated instruments.
Of the former type Saville says, “Undecorated teponastlis
many of them undoubtedly made in fairly recent times are not un-
common.’”*
However, the decorated drums are relatively scarce and the
existing specimens in Mexico, the United States and Europe are
well known to archaeologists and ethnologists. The majority of
the best ones as well as examples of fraudulent carving, are de-
picted by Saville. Consequently, the appearance of an unrecorded
specimen is rather unique.
Recently, there was placed on exhibition in the Los Angeles
Museum, at Exposition Park, a finely carved teponaztli, which,
as far as the author knows, and as Professor Saville stated in a
letter, after inspecting photographs of the specimen was “appar-
ently never illustrated.”
2 Thid., p. 59.
® Saville, ibid., p. 64.
The drum in question was obtained in Mexico, in the state
of Oaxaca in 1911 by Mr. W. E. Burk. For twenty-one years it
has been in private hands and never exhibited. The photographs
of the drum are here shown for the first time.
The drum is of hard wood, dark and smoothly polished. It
is in an excellent state of preservation, save for an irregular patch
extending over the greater portion of one side, which shows plainly
the action of some wood boring insect.
From the appearance of this worm eaten, decayed section one
might judge that this drum was hidden for years in some dark
place, resting perhaps upon its side in a cave or room.
However, in spite of this defection, the remainder of the
instrument is sound.
The teponaztli is twenty-six inches in length and has a diam-
eter of eleven inches in the widest part. As may be readily seen
in the side view of the drum, the top and bottom are somewhat
flattened. The instrument is eight and one-half inches high.
The two tongues upon which the drummer beat to produce
the sound are nine and a quarter inches long, three inches wide
and vary from three-fourths of an inch to an inch in thickness.
When beaten upon with an improvised drum stick consisting
of a solid rubber cork, fastened to a slender handle, the instrument
produced two distinct tones. The best results were obtained by
placing the drum upon the floor. When rested on a wooden box,
the sound was muffled and false, but on a solid base, the sound
was loud and mellow, and one can well imagine how such a drum
would sound to sleepy, tired and worried Spanish soldiers sur-
rounded by enemies in an alien land.
Apparently the carving upon the drum was done with copper
and stone tools. The striations in the grooves forming the nostrils,
the jaws and eyes, seem to indicate the use of sharp flakes of
stone. The interior of the drum, that is the hollow portion form-
ing the sound box as well as the triangular cuts worked from the
under side, which free the sides and tips of the tongues, seem to
have been done with another medium, possibly small copper chisels.
We know from various accounts and native drawings that
copper chisels, copper axes and copper adzes, in addition to stone
tools were utilized by the ancient Mexican workmen. Stone im-
plements leave different marks upon wood, bone or stone than do
the later iron and steel tools.
The teponaztli in question has been rather simply carved in
the form of an animal’s head. Dr. Saville is of the opinion that
“the head might well be the cipactli marine animal connected with
the calendar signs.”
However, in the author’s estimation, the carving seems to
bear more of a resemblance to ocelotl, or the jaguar day sign ot
the Aztec calendar.
Plate 1, upper figure, is a side view of the drum showing the
ear, eye and side of the jaw. Plate 2 is a view of the instrument
taken from the front, showing the sharp tusks, the lolling tongue
and nostrils.
A top view of the teponaztli is presented in Plate 1, central
figure. In this illustration as well as in the lower figure in Plate
1, which shows the under side of the drum, the two vibrating
tongues are clearly indicated.
The wood from which the drum is carved is very heavy. The
color is dark brown, beautifully grained and bears a high polish,
evidently the result of painstaking care and long usage. Accord-
ing to Saville* the principal woods used by the Nahuan carpenters
“were cedar, cypress, pine, spruce, oak, laurel and other hard va-
rieties peculiar to tropical or semi-tropical regions.”
A wood favored by the Mexicans in the manufacture of their
teponastlis was mentioned by a Spanish writer and indicated by
Saville’ as:
“The ahuehuete, a cypress-like tree, 1s described by Hernandez
in the following rather vague terms: “The only reason why the
Mexicans call this tree the aluehuete is because it is accustomed
to grow near the rivers where water flows, and because they make
their drums of it, which in their tongue is called huehuetl and
teponaztli, although others say that this is not the reason it is so
called, but only because it grows near the waters, and that the
wind striking (the tree or leaves) makes a noticeable sound like
that of the drums used by the Indians; they do not make their
drums from this tree, but of the wood of the tlacwilolquahuitl and
of the capolquahutl’.”
In a letter to the author, Dr. Saville intimated that the wood
from which the drum in question was made “is probably tepeguaje
or zapote.”
In any event, the drum is a highly interesting specimen, one
of the very few specimens of its type in the United States and
well worth recording as an apparently genuine example of late
Aztec craftsmanship.
4 Saville, ibid., p. 8.
5 Saville, ibid., p. 8.
NOTES ON THE LARVA OF MELITAEA POLA BDV.
By Grace H. and Joun L. SPERRY
Six larvae of M. pola were taken on June 30, 1931 at
Sprague’s in Rocky Mt. Park, Colo., at an elevation of 8, 900 feet.
The larvae were in their last instar and pupated from July 7 to
July 16 inclusive and the first, a female, emerged on July 18. The
plant Looe! was Pentstemon alpinus. The description of the larva
follows
Average length, 22 mm. Depth, 4mm. Body smooth, head
hairy. Ground color of body white. Typical melitaea larva.
Heap: Bilobed, bright orange yellow, hairy, ocelli covered by
black spot on each side ‘Of head, small inverted brown black “v”
in center of frons. Mouth parts brown-black.
Bopy: White, with seven rows of spines, all long, conical in
shape with bristles protruding at right angles to the surface. There
is also a set of small spines on each side of the abdomen, two to
each segment. The dorsal row of spines are black throughout,
missing on the second and third segment and double on the first
segment, and are connected by a broken black dorsal line missing
in most part on the last three segments. There is a lateral row
of spines on each side, black throughout and connected along the
dorsal edge by an irregular black line missing for the most part
on the last four segments. There is a dorso-lateral row of spines
on each side at about four-tenths the distance between the dorsal
and lateral rows, above the lateral. These spines are orange
brown tipped with black. The spines on the first segment are
very small. There is a sublateral row of black spines on each side
and a double set of tiny spines along the side of the abdomen at
a level with the coxa of the prolegs; these are missing on the last
two segments. Length ol dorsal and lateral spines about 1.4 mm.
Sublateral about 1 mm.; tiny spines about .6 mm. There is a
purplish black band along the irregular row of tiny spines at the
sides of the abdomen over all segments.
Spiracles, black. Conjunctivia, rosy brown. Abdomen white
with an orange-yellow, median line throughout,
Prolegs and anal prolegs, yellow-orange.
Forelegs, orange with black tips.
EARLY STAGES OF MELITAEA LEANIRA WRIGHTII
EDW. AND CALEPHELIS NEMESIS EDW.
(LEPIDOPTERA)
By Joun A. Comstock AND CuHarLes M. DAMMERS
MELITAEA LEANIRA WRIGHTII Edw.
Egg. 1 mm. long x .8 mm. wide. Color: when first laid a
bright lemon yellow, changing to orange. Base rounded, top and
micropylar area flattened. Ovoid in form, the top portion tapering
gently to its juncture with the flattened superior surface.
The upper three-fourths of the egg is covered with longi-
tudinal ridges, about 20 in number, between which are numerous
transverse ridges, the latter rather poorly defined. The lower
fourth of the surface is irregularly pitted, this feature being most
noticeable in freshly oviposited eggs.
The eggs are laid in clusters on the stems of Castilleija folio-
losa (and other Castilleijas) close to the ground.
Examples collected in San Gabriel Canyon, were furnished
by Mr. and Mrs. John L. Sperry of Riverside. These indefati-
gable collectors are to be commended for their perseverance in
observation of the habits of this elusive species. Oviposition
was observed by them on June 16th, 1930.
Larva, first instar. Length 3 mm. at time of emergence.
Head, black, and bearing a sparse covering of short white
hairs.
Body, light olive or straw, and bearing five rows of long white
hairs on each side of the median line. Each one of these hairs
arises from a raised black papillus, which gives the body a banded
appearance.
The first segment bears a navicular black mark, transversely
placed, on which are placed six long hairs which project over the
head.
A black patch of irregular shape also occurs on the anal
segment.
True legs, and all prolegs, somewhat darker than body.
Mature larva, Length, approximately 22 mm.
Head, black, covered with black vibrissae.
Ocelli, black.
30dy, velvety black, and bearing the characteristic rows of
3ody, velvety black, and bearing the characteristic rows o
glistening black branching spines. A mid dorsal row of spines is
present from the fourth to caudal segments, that on the last seg-
ment being represented by a button, the others somewhat shorter
9
than the dorso-lateral series. Each one of these spines bears a
small circlet of gray at its base. Latero-posterior thereto is an
orange patch on each segment, which gives the appearance of a
broken orange dorsal line.
The absence of this orange pigmentation in the mid-dorsal
line produces the effect of a narrow dark mid-dorsal band.
Lateral to the orange area above noted is a wide black band,
bearing two longitudinal rows of branching black spines, their
bases encircled by gray, outside of which is a second series of
circlets of gray dots. This feature is clearly shown in our illus-
tration, Plate 3.
PLATE 3
Larva of Melitaea leanira wrightii Edw.
dorsal view, enlarged, X 3.
Drawing by Comstock.
Inferior to the double row of spines above described is a
broken stigmatal band of orange and gray, the orange spots con-
centrated on the segmental junctures and the gray surrounding the
stigmata. The latter are jet black.
Inferior to this area is a band of black sprinkled with small
gray round dots, through the centre of which is placed another
row of glistening black branching spines. Below this area is a
narrow row of orange spots, broken by gray near each spine.
10
The abdominal surface inferior to this area is black, with
white punctae, gradually changing to a dark olive on the mid-ab-
dominal surface.
The usual small paired short spines occur at the bases of the
prolegs, horizontally placed. The spines which are in line with
these on the adjacent anterior segments are paired, but vertically
placed, and the two segments posterior to those bearing the pro-
legs have each a small single spine.
True legs, black. Prolegs, black, with brownish-gray ter-
minal segments, bearing fringes of brown hair.
One larva of 4.5 mm. was observed, the exact instar of which
was not reported. This specimen showed most of the markings
and color of the mature larva. The lowest row of spines was not
as clearly defined, being more in the nature of tubercles.
Also the gray punctae scattered over the body were not as
much in evidence. The prolegs were dark olivaceous, and the ab-
domen slightly lighter than in mature examples.
Pupa. Length, 12 mm. Greatest width 4 mm.
op
Ground color, silvery white, with numerous black bars, dashes
and points, disposed as shown in the accompanying illustration,
Plate 4, figs. a, D, and c.
PLATE 4
Pupa of Welitaea leanira wrightii enlarged, showing (a) ventral
aspect, (6) lateral aspect, and (c) dorsal aspect.
11
Most of these bars are edged with light yellow, particularly
on the dorsum, this latter feature being somewhat variable.
A number of poorly defined tubercles occur on the dorsum
and abdominal region, corresponding roughly in position to the
more prominent spines of the larva.
The eye cases bear a brownish-yellow circlet on their an-
terior margin. Antennal cases black, with narrow bars of yellow.
Spiracles black. Cremaster black.
One larva was parasitized by Apanteles lunatus Pack.
CALEPHELIS NEMESIS Epw.
This species, and C. australis Edw., have been considered as
merely varietal forms by a number of authors, and were so treated
by the senior author in “Butterflies of California.”
Careful breeding experiments, carried on over a period of
years have disclosed certain larval differences and a totally dif-
ferent foodplant, which seems to establish definitely the validity of
nemesis as a distinct species. The experimentation resulting in
these conclusions has been largely the work of the junior author
of this paper.
The early stages of C. australis were partially recorded in
Vol. XXVITI, Part 3, Bulletin Southern California Academy of
Sciences.
Egg. The egg of Calephelis nemesis is so similar to that of
C. australis as to render a description and drawing unnecessary.
It is, on the average, slightly more robust. Fifteen eggs were
secured from a female in captivity, all of which were deposited
on the upper surface of a leaf of Baccharis glutinosa Pers. close
to or directly on the midrib. This is the site usually chosen by
the resting larva.
Oviposition occurred Sept. 26, 1930, and the larvae emerged
on October Ist, to 4th. Two examples were raised to maturity.
The young larvae frequently become adherent to the glutinous
foodplant and thus perish.
Larva, final instar. Length 15 mm.
Head, gray, with buff top, profusely covered with minute sil-
very raised stellate nodules. The head is difficult to observe on
account of the long filamentous hairs on the first segment arching
over and obscuring it.
Body. Ground color, dark gray, profusely covered with sil-
very stellate nodules, which however are absent in certain areas
along the lateral surface, thus giving the appearance of six to eight
irregular blackish spots. Inferior thereto is a longitudinal line of
chestnut blotches, from each one of which arises a tuft of hair.
Another line of similar tufts occurs on each side of the mid-
dorsal line, but these are doubled on all segments except the Ist,
2nd, and last.
12
The hairs arising from these tufts or nodules are of three
distinct types. A few are long, and brown in color, many are
grayish-white and of medium length, while the majority are short,
and of a buff shade.
The grayish-white hairs terminate in small transparent glob-
ules, which give the larva somewhat the appearance of being in-
fested with mite eggs.
The dorsal line of tufted hairs inclines medially, thus meeting
over the dorsum, while the lower series extend horizontally and
jie flat on the plant food. This aspect of the larva is admirably
shown on Plate 5.
PLATE 5
Anterior aspect of larva of Calephelis nemesis Edw. enlarged,
showing the manner in which the dorsal series of hairs arch
over the medial surface of larva, while the lateral series incline
infero-laterally and lie flat on the surface of food plant.
Drawing by Dammers.
Stigmata invisible.
Legs, prolegs and abdomen, pale green.
Larva, first instar.
30dy, brown. The tufts of hair are represented by simple
long brown hairs.
In succeeding instars, the hairs composing the tufts increase
in number, and are mainly of the gray-white variety, but lack the
globules at their ends. The stellate silvery nodules on the body
are fewer in number compared with the last instar. The seg-
ments are more brown in aspect and yellow blotches occur above
the lateral series of hair tufts.
One larva pupated Nov. 17th, the other Dec. 29th.
The lateral aspect of mature larva is illustrated in Plate 6.
13
‘sdoumued AQ SUIMBIC
‘SA1BY JO Sol1es SUITOR oy} Aq pomnosqo AToiTjUSe 31
‘poSiepus YON “MPH Stsawuwaw SYoaYydaMY JO VAL] dINPEW
9 HLV Id
BAIT SITY] JO pvoy pue SSoYT 9UL
14
Pupa. Length, 9.5 to 10 mm. Greatest width, 3.1 mm.
Color, pale dirty yellow, with a few brown dots and dashes, as
shown in the illustration. Plate 7, figs. a and b.
The form approximates closely that of C. australis, but is
slightly more robust through the center, and has a somewhat
higher arch to the thorax. Short yellowish vibrissae occur over
the head, dorsum and abdomen. A series of nodules, bearing
short yellowish vibrissae is placed sub-stigmatally. Wing cases
bare, with elongate dark shadings between the venules. Stigmata
brownish-black, surrounded by an areola of light orange-brown.
Cremaster, orange or yellow.
There is evidently some variation in both the form and color
of the chrysalis, as one example possessed a less robust abdomen
than the other, and the dorsum was colored a grayish green.
There was also a greenish tinge on the ventral surface of the
abdomen.
The specimen which pupated on Dec. 29, 1930, gave forth an
imago on Jan. 13, 1931.
The pupa suspended on the side of the breeding cage, with
a supporting girdle, and button for attachment of the cremasteric
hooks. This may be characteristic of all members of the genus,
though it was not observed in the case of C. australis.
Pupa of Calephelis nemesis Edw. enlarged.
a. Dorsal aspect. 0b. Lateral aspect.
Drawing by Comstock.
15
STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA
(Continued )
By Joun A. Comstock
Associate Director, Los Angeles Museum
DANAUS BERENICE STRIGOSA Bates.
This race of D. berenice is the common form in Southern
California. Its metamorphosis is presumably the same as for the
parent species, berenice, which has been described in detail by a
number of writers.
No illustration 1s available in any readily accessible work, and
we are therefore showing a drawing of the larva (Plate 8) and
pupar(crlates9)).
The species has been reared on several varieties of Asclepias,
and on Funastrum lineare heterophyllum Macbr.
PLATE 8
Larva of Danaus berenice strigosa.
Fig. a. Head of larva, greatly enlarged.
Fig. b. Larva, lateral view.
PLATE 9
Pupa of Danaus berenice strigosa,
side view, enlarged.
16
AGLAIS CALIFORNICA Bdv.
In spite of the great abundance of this spe-
cies in certain seasons, and the recorded occur-
rence of the larvae in such numbers as to de-
foliate the foodplant (Ceanothus) over wide
areas, there seems to be no available illustration
of the various phases of its metamorphosis.
Through the courtesy of Mr. and Mrs.
Oliver T. Young, of Fillmore, Calif., we were
supplied with mature larvae and pupae which
made possible the drawings that are presented on
Plates 10 and 11.
This is one of our native species which oc-
casionally occurs in migrating swarms through
our mountains. It is suggested that lepidopter-
ists should make published records of the dates
and localities where these swarms appear, and
endeavor to determine the factors which are re-
sponsible for the species’ almost total disappear-
ance in certain localities for a period of time,
subsequent to its swarming.
PLATE 11
Pupa of Aglais californica, dorsal and
lateral aspects, slightly enlarged.
7,
PLATE 10
Larva of Aglais
californica
enlarged.
GONIURUS PROTEUS L.
The larva and pupa of this species was figured on page 205
of our “Butterflies of California.” Scudder has also given beau-
tiful figures of the egg, larva and pupa in his “Butterflies of New
England,” but the latter work is so rare as to be out of reach of
the average collector. We are therefore reproducing the egg on
Plate 12.
PLATE 12
Egg of Goniurus proteus,
highly magnified.
The single example from which this photograph was made
reached us through the courtesy of Comm. C. M. Dammers of
Riverside, Calif. It was laid September 1, 1931, on Buckeye bean,
where it was deposited on the under surface of the leaf.
The summer and fall of 1931 was a remarkable season for
the occurrence in Southern California of a number of species
which ordinarily do not range north of the Mexican line. Not
only was G. proteus abundant, but many captures were recorded
of Sesia titan Cram. and Erinnyis ello L., two species which sel-
dom venture into California.
18
DR. ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON
In the death of Dr. Anstruther Davidson, the Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences experiences the loss of one of its
oldest, most useful and most valued members. He was one of
the founders, and remained an active associate and fellow of this
institution for forty-one years. He was the first Treasurer, the
second President, and throughout the whole time a member of the
Board of Directors. Aside from his profession, Dr. Davidson
found a field of life-long study in Botany and Entomology, and
his papers on these subjects were an established feature of the
Bulletin of the Academy, attracting world-wide attention. He
served on the Board of Governors of the Museum of History,
Science and Art from its beginning, as one of the representatives
of this Academy, for a period of twenty-two years. His interest
in and devotion to Science was greater than his profession, and
his special lines of study, and he rendered just appreciation to
every branch that called for attention and encouragement. In every
sense he was a broad man of science; indifferent to personal ad-
vantage or credit, but devoted to the advancement of human knowl-
edge. As an associate in our long and arduous work we ever found
him a courteous companion, a wise counselor, a staunch friend.
Be it resolved by the Academy that this tribute be spread upon
the minutes, and a copy thereof be sent to the family of our de-
ceased brother.
Dr. Davidson was born in Watten, Scotland, February 19,
1860, the son of George and Ann (Macadam) Davidson. He re-
ceived his academic education in the University of Glasgow, secur-
ing the degrees of M. B., and C. M. in 1881, and the M. D. degree
in 1887. He came to Los Angeles in 1889 and established a prac-
tice which, through the succeeding years, won him an enviable repu-
tation as a dermatologist.
He was associate professor of Dermatology in the University
of Southern California, and-a corresponding number of many
scientific bodies. He published the “Plants of Los Angeles County”
in 1892, and the “Flora of Southern California” in 1923. Many
new species of plants were discovered and. described by him in
the Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences.
He married, June 24, 1897, Alice Merritt. Two sons survive
him,—Ronald A. and Merritt T. He died in Los Angeles, April
Sl 32:
Wa. A. SPALDING.
19
The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are sut-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:
Form of Legacy
To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.
I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....--........2222222222---------2e---0
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.
Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.
I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” |
of ‘the ‘City \oflos Ame ele si (ie a oes ee ee
here describe the property or ground rent..........-----.-.---22-2--22eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Ne
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.
20
BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)
Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.
Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
B 6€UB
Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo-
ber) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No.
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem-
ber-October; No. 6, November-December.
From 1925 to 1931, including volumes XXIV to XXX, three num-
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.
21
All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary
of the Academy at the appended prices:
Vol. 3, No. 7. October 1D Agia eee Se Se Ee ee $ .25
Sf Aone Nialye LO OD ieee ene 25
Ss Oe Se o -dUby, POO eee AKU Lee a25
we Oe oa dtl ESTA Ree ec races ce bata are .75
eel renee rou ENTS yA US US Se are er ee eles ese wD 50
De AUB Se Me si Ue WON Gi. eee eee 50
ig oa Uy NOMS int Seite ae coe nee 1.50
A) Als -demmeyAy, AIRS YAO) hse erp eee ee 225
le 4 October, BG DO) esi ss. sehen A Ween .20
Zee Ze Octonenr nL pI i es oe teen I .25
= 2 2s ll, Meow, NO Did eRe Se ee en ee 25
23.0 ee oe ee arehe TS Ae aaa aaees acer eae aL 20
OB Be INTE HN GD ANG ec ites eed ke OA Se See 25
Sa ea Ce. eA Ai ie 1G DA eet oak velo vere Shan eeane .25
ie Zoned SCD LCM Der wal O24 eeu es eee ae 20
Sen 2 3 ce O55 INOVEMbDeI «ODE ee Gin pee 720
ia 2 Ae ee lee eaMUaIye a LY A Sar cai peek eet ee ieee 25
hee Re Be INTE 1.925 eee UIE eee ean 25
Sane ACs eters ses: ig COE TIN CTs ail 2 teens clea suet ae Cea .25
ee 2 enema aml alnys NG Biusa oe es, US eae a ne nla S08)
ID Se NENG MD 21G 6 sco ie eee .25
2 oeo September: 2d 9 26 san ae en eas 25
AO ele oe aAMUalays tO Det os as ee es Sk are 25
PPAR) | a ass AN ONES FU VA Riedie eee Nese ene ela 25
S20 kone TOs ECD tCEMP CIs allO Dims 22s oe eet eel nen oA)
Pr o7Ag a, dle aesoen ays ND Zit ears ae Reins Laine eee 25
en 2ein since: Mv laive 2 Le ate a bee te pe alee Menem ane Sy 25
PROTA Wl uve dee 1 CPU CIM Clee yO 2 Bijan lo cesce sate ewe ea 25
2S.) ieee alee penauetaye G2 Oh aeaene ensicen Sea eae 20
SAR OE tee INTE RY, gS AS eto a NP eee a .25
28a ie Ss SEDLCMMb era y W029 ee 2 ewe eee eee 50
SD Oe ole arama rey. G3 Oise Se ee ie Ae 25
oe 2 Se WEN TAS ei) sea aoe Se ee wae)
S29 awa Septem Shar vel G3 ip cause sien aye. eras 25
30h. ee January, MOB inne Screen eee .25
Siemon tense Valve IO al aes Ne bay et ele eae 25
ee HO Ose Aone! CIO CEMID CT sey nil 9 Oily thecse sek sues ie euetal meee 25
oo oll le Jianuvany, aL! 2 ois te ai Saas fakes See 25
The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have
no further use for back issues. Address all communications concerning
the above to:
Dr. Joun A. Comstock
Southern California Academy of Sciences, Care of Los Angeles Museum,
Exposition Park, Los Angeles, California.
22
See ee ht N OF. THE
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
a
Vol. XXXI May-August, 1932 Part 2.
CONTENTS
A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PHALAENIDAE
FROM CALIFORNIA—Dr. Foster H. Benjamin = - = = =
NEW PHALAENIDAE FROM THE SOUTHWESTERN PART
OF THE UNITED STATES—Dr. Foster H. Benjamin - =
METAMORPHOSES OF FIVE CALIFORNIA DIURNALS—
J. A. Comstock and C. M. Dammers = = = = = © © 2-28
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS
OFF SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA—Ralph Hoffmann -
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PLANT NOTES—Dr, Philip A. Munz
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY—Dr, R. H. Swift -
Issued August 20, 1932
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
= 8B
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Mri THEODORE PAYNE (233 UC O ey e ae President
Pr’ BorpiA ACARPEN TERS 3 22 eo Vice-President
Mar FLOWARD Ryden ees a ee eee Secretary
Mr Harry. Ki SARGEN De i ee a eae Treasurer
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. Harry K. SARGENT
Dr. WILLIAM A. BryANn Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. Gro. W. Parsons
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Mr. Howarp R. HILL
Dr. T. C. Low
a «@
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BurLew
Dr. MELVILLE DoZIER Dr. CHARLES VAN BERGEN
Dr. D. L. TASKER
=
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT 3 Mr. WirtiaM A. SPALDING
Chairman - Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Mr. THEODORE Payne, Secretary
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Mr. WittiAM A. SPALDING Mr. Geo. W. Parsons
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT
= 8
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock
=
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los ANGELES Musrum, Exposition Park,
Los ANGELES, CAL.
LIBRAP)
NEW Yo. x
BOTANICA,
GARDEN
A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PHALAENIDAE*
FROM CALIFORNIA
By Foster H. BENJAMIN
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture
The notes and descriptions in this paper are the result of the
identifications of specimens submitted by Dr. John A. Comstock of the
Los Angeles Museum.
One genus and one species of North American moths are described
as new and the transfer of one other genus and three species is dis-
cussed.
TRICHOCERAPODA, new genus.
Tyee: Trichocerapoda comstocki, new species.
Antenna of male serrate and fasciculate; of female simple,
ciliate. Eye large, rounded, hairy; with lashes from behind and
with a few scales resembling lashes from near the base of the
antennae. Palpi obliquely upturned, fringed with long scales and
hair-like scales. Proboscis fully developed. Frons slightly ex-
curved, roughened. Head and thorax clothed with bi- and tri-
furcate scales, collar tending to form a slight ridge, metathorax
with a strong paired crest. Fore tibia with a curved claw on the
outer side. Fore tarsus with rather evenly spaced claw-like spines
on the joints. Abdomen with dorsal crests on the first three seg-
ments. Fore wing rather narrow, the apex somewhat produced,
the termen obliquely curved; veins 3, 5 from near angle of cell;
6 variable from areole distad of the discocellular vein in the male,
from upper angle in the female; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8
to form the areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from
angle of cell, 5 obsolescent from near middle of discocellulars ; 6,
7 shortly stalked from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with the cell
near base only.
The present genus falls in Hampson’s “Keys” (Cat. Lap.
Phai. B. M.) into a small group of the Hadeninae containing only
Barathra, Thargelia, and Hypobarathra, from all of which it be
immediately sorted by the presence of the claw-like tarsal spines,
as well as by the combination of the roughened frons with the
dorsal abdominal crests.
“Cerapoda” oblita Grote has a similar claw on the fore tibia
as well as the claw-like tarsal spines, and possesses hairy eyes,
the hair rather difficult to see. Temporarily it may be placed in
*Noctuidae of Authors.
Trichocerapoda. “Cerapoda” or “Calophasia” strigata Smith also
has hairy eyes, has the chitin of the fore tibia somewhat produced
distally, and possesses claw-like spines on the fore tarsus. Pend-
ing further studies it may be placed in Trichocerapoda, where it
so agrees with comstocki in habitus and maculation that sorting
of the two species will be difficult except on the basis of the struc-
tures discussed in a following paragraph.
Cerapoda Sm. (type obliqua Sm.) has a few obsolescent hairs
on the eyes and will also have to be transferred to the Hadeninae.
It is easily sorted from Trichocerapoda by the absence of normal
hair on the eyes, by the absence of any indication of a claw on
the fore tibia, and by the presence of terminal heavy claws on the
segments of the fore tarsus, the basal joint with two curved claws
on the basal half.
TRICHOCERAPODA COMSTOCKI, new species.
Agrees in size, shape, coloration, and maculation with pale
specimens of Cerapoda strigata Smith, with similar frons and tarsi,
the male antenna somewhat more serrate and fasciculate, the uncus
broader at the tip, the harpe less trigonate, eye with more strongly
developed hair, fore tibia with an outer claw.
Head, thorax, and fore wing white, powdered with black
scales. Abdomen luteous white powdered with black scales. Fore
wing with the transverse markings obsolescent except for the
subterminal line of the female which 1s obliquely excurved from
near apex to near the base of the reniform, thence as a weak W-
mark, and incurved around a dark tornal blotch. The male has
the subterminal line indicated by a triangular dark patch on the
margin distad of the cell. Basal line black, not conspicuous ; clayi-
form elongate, but poorly defined; orbicular elongate, occupying
most of the cell mesad of the reniform, and sometimes contiguous
with that spot; reniform strongly bent, not conspicuous, merging
with the ground color except for a central darker crescent; veins
indicated as fine black lines; fringe somewhat luteous at the base
and paler at the tip, with a broken blackish interline giving a
checkered appearance. Hind wing; of male white, the terminal
margin and veins powdered with black scales, fringe white; of
female more or less suffused with fuscous, the fringe with dark
interline. Beneath: male white, with scattered black scales, the
fore wing with a blackish bar on the discocellulars ; female similar
but with the dusting of black scales more noticeable, especially on
the terminal areas of all wings.
EXPANSE: ¢ 27-29 mm.; 92 27-29 mm.
TYPE LOCALITIES AND NUMBER AND SEXES OF TYPES: Holo-
type ¢, Snow Creek, Coahuilla Valley, Nov. 2, 1930; 4 ¢ Para-
types, same data: Allotype @ , Indian Wells, Oct. 15, 1921 @kKGgke
E8
Coolidge) ; 1 g¢ , 1 2 Paratypes, Indian Wells, Oct. 30 and Oct. 16,
Ite Paratype, Palm Springs; Oct. 22, 1927; 4 g , 19 Para-
types, Indio, Oct. 31, 1927, Nov. 4, 7 and 10, 1923, and Oct. 20,
1921; all from California.
Tyres: U. S. N. M., except 6 ¢ 2 9 Paratypes returned to
Dr. Comstock.
Notes: Described from eleven male and two female speci-
mens submitted by Dr. John A. Comstock for identification, and
one female from the U. S. National Museum Collection. Cat. No.
44075 U.S. N. M.
NEW PHALAENIDAE* FROM THE SOUTHWESTERN
PART OF THE UNITED STATES (LEPIDOPTERA)
By Foster H. BENJAMIN
Bureau of Entomology. United States Department of Agriculture
The descriptions in this paper are the result of the identification
of specimens submitted by Dr. John A. Comstock of the Los Angeles
Museum.
One genus and two species of North American moths are described
as new.
TRICHOCLEA MOJAVE, new species.
Agrees in size and habitus with Scotogramma gatei Smith,
with similar but less pronounced markings on the fore wing, due
to the presence of somewhat more fuscous powdering which tends
to obscure the sordid luteous tintings.
Male antenna simple, ciliated, with a longer seta from each
side of each joint; eye large, rounded, with long hair; frontal
bulge approximately equal to half the width of the eye, rough-
ened, with a roughened transverse ridge and a broader rough-
ened vertical ridge; clypeal plate somewhat produced; all tibiae
lacking spines or claws; fore tarsus with long, heavy, curved
outer claws, the first joint with three claws on the basal half, one
distally, and with a spine between the basal half and the ter-
minal claw, all the remaining joints spined and each equipped
with an outer terminal claw except the last joint, which possesses
*Noctuidae of Authors.
the normal claws; mid and hind tarsi normally spined; venation
normal except that veins 6 and 7 of the hind wing are well stalked
in all the types and 5 is from well below the middle of the disco-
cellular vein, somewhat stronger than normal, and almost parallel
with vein 4, but the lower part of the discocellular is strongly
recurved, making the venation definitely trifid.
Head and thorax clothed mainly with broad scales, inter-
mixed with a few hair-like scales and hairs, black, white, and
sordid luteous, so mixed as to appear to be a dull brownish ashen
with obscure blackish and pale lines and interlines. Fore wing
presenting a dull powdery ashen appearance due to black and
white scales which are dusted over a sordid luteous-brown ground ;
the ordinary lines and spots obsolescent, but indicated as follows:
basal dash consisting of a few black scales; claviform indicated
by black scales which outline its position; orbicular and reniform
almost lost, the former indicated by a slightly darker central pow-
dering, the latter by powdering on the bases of veins 4 and 5;
the transverse posterior line indicated by only a few blackish
scales; the subterminal line mainly indicated by a slightly paler
shade outwardly defined by heavier blackish powdering and in-
wardly by obsolescent blackish dashes between veins 2-3, 3-4, and
4-5; veins black lined; a pale point on the costa indicating the
beginning of the transverse anterior line; a similar pale point
is above the reniform and probably indicates the beginning of the
transverse posterior line; fringe luteous white tinged with gray,
interlined and checkered with fuscous gray. Hind wing white;
without discal spot; with some fuscous powdering which grays
the longitudinal veins, and the costal and terminal margins; a
broken, thin, black terminal line; fringe whitish, luteous at base,
interlined with fuscous gray. Beneath: white, sparsely powdered
with fuscous gray, which is emphasized along the costal and ter-
minal margins, on the discocellulars of the fore wing, and more
or less darkening the longitudinal veins; fringes as on upper side.
EXPANSE: 34-35 mm.
Type LtocaLity: Mojave Desert, Calif.
NUMBER AND SEXES OF TYPES: Holotype 3g, OG eakatyipes:
all April 20, 1930 from “Coll. J. A. Comstock.”
Tyers Holotype So , Wo Paratype, in U.S, Ne ieee
Paratypes returned to Dr. Comstock, Cat. No. 44108, U. S. N. M.
PoOLICOCNEMIS, new genus.
Type: Policocnemis ungulatus, new species.
Antenna with pectinations to the tip in both sexes; proboscis
small; palpi obliquely upturned, slender, hairy, short, not reach-
ing the middle of frons, the third joint minute, obscured; frons
30
flattened, scarcely projecting, at vertex its width approximately
equal to the width of the eye, narrowed toward clypeus; clypeal
plate strongly produced; mesothorax with a transverse band of
metallic-black scales; metathorax with a large paired tuft of sim-
ilar scales; abdomen without crests, the female with a strong
caudal disconcolorus tuft of scales mixed with hair completely
clothing the terminal segment; fore tibia with a strong claw on.
inner side, the edge of this claw forming a shovel-shaped ridge
on the outer side; mid and hind tibiae unarmed save for the
normal spurs. Fore wing with the apex rounded, the termen
evenly curved and not crenulate; veins 3, 5 from near lower
angle of cell; 6 from just below upper angle; 9 from 10 anasto-
mosing with 8 to form the short areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing
with veins 3, 4 from lower angle of cell, or shortly stalked; 5 from
just below middle of discocellulars : 6, 7 stalked from upper oe
8 anastomosing with cell near base only.
The present genus keys to Oxycnemis in Hampson and has
a similar habitus, markings, and peculiar thoracic tuftings; but
it may be easily dierent by the pectinate antennae, and the
terminal abdominal tuft of the female, a tuft similar to that pos-
sessed by Andropolia Grt. The claw on the fore tibia is similar
in shape to the claw on the fore tibia of specimens of Fala pty-
chophora Grote.
POLICOCNEMIS UNGULATUS, new species.
Fore wing whitish, powdered with black scales and appear-
ing gray except in the cell and the costal region, or where marked
with black; veins black; basal line absent ; the transverse anterior
line black, ‘outwardly oblique from costa through the cell, absent
below, with a mesial tooth; claviform elongate, outlined by a
thin line, its distal portion suffused by a black shade which ex-
tends from vein 3 to the apex as a triangle inside of the sub-
terminal line; the transverse posterior line black, thin, excurved
in radial region, slightly bent inwardly between veins 4 and 6,
thence abruptly rounded and proceeding to near the tip of the
claviform where it becomes obsolete ; subterminal line is indicated
as a narrow pale shade; terminal line whitish; fringe fuscous at
base and tip, interlined and interrupted with whitish. Hind wing
of male white; of female dull fuscous brown, somewhat paler
basally ; fringe of male almost pure white, somewhat discolored
at the base; fringe of female luteous at base, with a faintly
darker interline, and white tip. Beneath: fore wing dull fuscous,
gray at apex and along the outer margin; hind wing of male white,
powdered with only a few fuscous scales throughout the costal
region; of female white, more or less dusted with dull fuscous
brown which tends to form an obsolescent but broad median band.
EXPANSE: ¢ 26-29 mm. 9 33 mm.
31
TYPE LOCALITIES AND NUMBER AND SEXES OF TYPES: Holo-
type g and Allotype ¢ , Alpine, Texas, 22-31 Aug. 1926, and 8-14
Sept., 1926 (©: Cy Pooling); 34 Paratypes, Shelter Cave; Nay Mics
Jistby Zils WSO),
Qyers: Holotype, Alloty pe ;! 4 Paratyperms Oasau\e
M.; 2 g Paratypes returned to Dr. Comstock. Cat. No. 44109,
lo Se IN, IML,
Notes: The two specimens from Alpine, Texas, are part of
the material obtained from the William Barnes Collection; the
three males from New Mexico were recently received from Dr.
Comstock for identification.
Ep. Note: All material reported as returned to Dr. Com-
stock is permanently deposited in the collection of the Los An
geles Museum.
96
D2
METAMORPHOSES OF FIVE CALIFORNIA
DIURNALS (LEPIDOPTERA)
By Joun A. Comstock and Cuartes M. DAMMERS
ANTHOCHARIS CETHURA F. & F.
Females of this species were observed in April of this year
ovipositing on Sisymbrium pinnatum and Thelypodium longiros-
tris, in the vicinity of Phelan, Mojave Desert. An imprisoned
female laid 5 eggs on April 4th, which emerged April 7th.
The eggs are usually laid singly on the blossoms, tucked in at
the base, or upon the stems close to the blossoms. Occasionally,
however, they are placed on the leaves. The young larvae feed
preferably on blossoms, but later transfer to the seed pods.
EGG: Tall, cylindrical, of the usual Anthocharid type, taper-
ing at both ends: slightly more robust than the egg of lanceolata
or sara. Base slightly flattened.
There are from 13 to 19 longitudinal ribs or ridges, between
which are deep grooves which are crossed by numerous low trans-
verse ridges.
Color, orange yellow. Size, averaging about 1. mm, tall by
4 to .5 mm. through middle portion.
LARVA: FIRST INSTAR. Length 1.5 mm.
Head and appendages black. Body, yellow.
Five rows of simple hairs occur on each side of the mid-
dorsal area. Each hair arises froma papillus that is slghtly darker
than the body of the larva. The head also bears a few scattered
black hairs, discernible only under magnification.
First moult, April 11th. Duration of first instar, 7 days.
There is probably some variation as to the time involved.
SECOND INSTAR.
Body color, greenish yellow, the head concolorous with body.
The same series of hairs is present, but the prominent papillae
from which they arise show a lighter coloration. There is a sug-
gestion of a light sub-stigmatal line.
Ocelli, black. Tips of true legs black, the remaining portion
of legs and also all prolegs, concolorous with body. The single
example under observation moulted April 14th.
The succeeding instars, up to the mature stage, show little
change except that the hairs become progressively smaller, and
the lateral white or creamy-white line more prominent, with a
brownish upper edging. Some examples show a narrow brown
mid-dorsal stripe.
cs
(Tu)
MATURE LARVA.
The hairs over the dorsum are now short, dark, and very
numerous, and arise from black prominent papillae. On the ab-
domen these hairs are light.
Head, green with a slight over-
cast of maroon.
A narrow white stigmatal
line is present, edged superiorly
with brown or purplish brown.
The body color is at first a dark
green over the dorsum and a
lighter green on the abdomen.
As the instar advances a change
of color occurs. The dorsal area
becomes ivory, with heavy black
punctae, giving a mauve cast.
Yellow transverse bands begin
to appear at the segmental junc-
tunes:
A_ yellow or orange point
also appears at each segmental PLATE 13
juncture on the stigmatal white MEK J OF
line and grows progressively § Anthocharis cethura,
larger. The stigmatal white enlarged.
line, between these yellow
points, grows progressively
larger, wider and more conspicuous and the head becomes a darker
purple. Also there begin to appear numerous black points between
the yellow bands of the dorsal segmental junctures. This change
continues until the orange spots on the stigmatal line become quad-
rate and paired each side of the segmental crease, with a heavy
black area above, and the mauve edging above the white stigmatal
areas fades to white, thus creating a wide, interrupted stigmatal
band, superior to which is a wide black area. The abdomen changes
to grey, then to speckled, and finally to a black, while the legs and
prolegs are concolorous with the abdomen.
The head becomes a solid black except for an extension of
the white lateral band onto the cheeks. Ocelli, black and prominent.
Spiracles, dirty white.
The illustration, Plate 13, shows this terminal color phase,
shortly before pupation.
Wenothe Zopnata:
Pupated April 27th. Pupation occurs on the foodplant, with
the usual girdle, and caudal button, the head always pointing
upward.
puPA: Strongly arched over the dorsum, with a forward ex-
tension of the head and a robust straight “beak’’for the palpal
34
cases. The dorsal thoracic-abdominal juncture 1s more deeply in-
curved than in any other species thus far described. Wing cases,
strongly marked with dark bands along the venules, and edged
with lighter areas. A poorly defined mid-dorsal dark stripe is
present, and a light interrupted supra-stigmatal band occurs on
the abdominal area. The ground color varies from a mottled black-
ish gray to a light old wood color.
Illustrated on Plate 14.
In addition to the food plants above noted, the larva has been
taken on Streptanthus inflatus. The species 1s single brooded.
PLATE 14
Pupa of Anthocharis cethura,
lateral view, enlarged.
EUCHLOE CREUSA LOTTA BEUT.
This species has been observed to oviposit on the same food
plants as are recorded for A. cethura. Specimens have been reared
In captivity on Sisymbrium altissimum.
Eggs were secured this past spring from the Mojave Desert
and the following notes recorded.
35
EGG. Similar to that of sara and cethura: lemon yellow.
Laid singly on the food plant. Emerged in 3 days.
The first larval instars were indistinguishable from A. cethura.
As maturity’: approaches a marked difference occurs. The first
instar occupied 4 days and the second was of only
3 days duration.
MATURE LARVA. Length 24 to 28 mm.
Ground color, green. Covered with numer-
ous raised purplish punctae, bearing each a short
dark bristle, those on the abdominal surface being
longer and colorless.
There is a faint brownish or purplish mid
dorsal stripe, due largely to the enlargement of
the purplish areolae at the bases of the punctate
papillae in this region. These papillae are thickly
scattered over the entire body of the caterpillar
above the stigmatal line.
This latter line is wide and clearly marked,
being creamy white in color, and edged above
with a purplish or brownish-pink band.
Abdomen, bright green. Head, bluish-green,
thickly covered with small purplish-black nodules
and bearing a covering of colorless hairs which
are noticeably longer in the region of the mouth
parts. Ocelli black. Mouth parts green.
True legs green except for the tips of ter-
minal joints which are brown. Prolegs concol-
orous with body. Spiracles white. See Plate lo.
The larvae feed only on the seed pods of the
food plant. A short time prior to pupation they
turn a mottled dark maroon over the dorsal and
lateral surface above the stigmatal line. Pupation
PLATE 15 occurs in the same manner as with 4. cethura.
Larva of =
Euchloe creusa PUPA. Length 17 to 20 mm.
lotta, enlarged. The color varies from a light straw through
light brown or pinkish brown to dark wood brown.
Sub-cylindrical, the thorax only slightly protruded : abdomen taper-
ing regularly and gently: venter much less acutely protruded in
its center than with cethura. The palpal cases protrude forward
in a snout which is more gradually tapering and pointed than is
the case with the above compared species. Two examples show
a slight downward curve to this snout, but in the majority of
cases it is straight. A mid-dorsal narrow dark stripe is always -
present, and a wide stigmatal series of dark blotches and broken
lines occurs on several. The lines of the venules on wing cases
are Clearly discernible, as will be noted in our illustration. About
36
20 days elapses from the emergence of egg to pupation, and only
a single brood is produced in a year.
The pupa is illustrated on Plate 16.
mesa
Sic
ic
“fs
}
rs
8,
g
sacar tai
?
WL ee
ieee
Pern R STERN
i Py
oh beng
Pw
SATA
+
Peeve
=
SRR ores
Be
reek
Se
PLATE 16
Pupa of Huchloe creusa lotta, enlarged.
a. Ventral aspect. 0b. Dorsal aspect. c. Lateral aspect.
Drawing by Comstock.
APODEMIA PALMERII MARGINALIS Skinner.
Edwards, in his “Butterflies of North America,” briefly des-
cribes the egg and first larval instar of “Lemonias” palmerti and
shows figures of the egg and young larva. His illustration of the
egg is somewhat misleading and does not conform to our observa-
tions on the California race, marginallts,
Eight eggs of this species were secured from a female in cap-
tivity, captured at Fish Springs, Imperial Valley, Calif., on Oct.
25, 1931. These emerged on Nov. 4th. The eggs are probably
deposited singly, on the young tender leaves of the food plant,
Honey mesquite (Prosopis julifloria v. glandulosa Ckll.). In cap-
tivity the females laid on any variety of plant supplied them, but
on emergence, fed only on the mesquite.
37
EGG: A flattened hemisphere about half as tall as the base
measurement, the micropyle acutely depressed, not rounded on
the edges. The surface is covered with a regular network of hex-
agonal cells. The raised walls separating these cells do not show
the raised nodules mentioned by Edwards, and shown in his illus-
tration. Ground color of egg, light
green, of the partitions, translucent
white.
The egg is illustrated on Plate 17.
LARVA, FIRST INSTAR: pale trans-
lucent green, with gray-brown patches
running in vertical lines on each seg-
ment. Four rows of tufted hairs run
longitudinally, the upper series com-
posed each of a single erect dark
Egg of Apodemia palmerii
marginalis, highly brown hair, and two to three short
magnified. colorless hairs. The lower series are
Drawing by Comstock: composed of colorless hairs only.
These tufts arise from tumid_ pro-
cesses, arranged one to each segment. On the first segment is a
fringe of hair which inclines over the head.
Head, yellow or brownish-yellow; obovoid, bilobed, slightly
pubescent. Ocelli and mouth parts, brown.
Successive instars: body pale bluish-green, faintly mottled
with white and pale brown. A narrow, white band runs longi-
tudinally below the upper series of hair tufts.
Six rows of hair tufts are present, three on each side ar-
ranged longitudinally. The upper row 1s composed of an admix-
ture of dark brown, and white stiff hairs. The next lateral row
is similar but contains more of the white hairs. The inferior row
is composed of long white soft drooping hairs.
The lateral overlapping fold is white. Stigmata, white. Ab-
domen, pale green. Legs, colorless with black markings. Prolegs
and anal proleg, green with brown claspers.
Head, white, with black blotches, covered with long white
hairs.
There is a narrow black bar across the top of the first segment.
MATURE LARVA: length, extended, 13 mm.
30dy a pale bluish-green. A lemon-yellow mid dorsal line
is present, as is also a similar line running longitudinally below
the upper row of hair tufts.
Six rows of hair tufts are present, as in former instars, one -
tuft to a segment in each line. The upper tufts contain a few
dark hairs on the first four segments, interspersed in white hairs,
the remaining hairs all being white.
38
The surface of the body is sparingly covered with short white
vibrissae.
The lateral overlapping fold is yellowish-white.
Stigmata, white. Abdomen, pale green. Legs, pale green
with colorless tips. Prolegs and anal prolegs, pale green with
colorless claspers. Ocelli, black.
The mature larva is shown in dorsal aspect on Plate 18.
PLATE 18
Larva of Apodemia palmerii marginalis,
dorsal view, enlarged.
Pupation takes place on the for Yel plant ina silken nest formed
by drawing a few leaves together. This occurs in April for the
spring brood.
PUPA. Length 8 mm.: greatest width through thorax 2.8
mm. Predominant color a pale bluish green, the wing cases
slightly lighter and turning to a pale straw, with wing pattern
discernible on a dull white, before the imago emerges. A yellowish
white line extends from the mid-thoracic area to the caudal end
39
on each side of the mid-dorsal area. Eye cases yellow, and very
prominent. The head, thorax and body are covered with short
white or colorless pile.
Cremasteric hooks, minute and colorless. Spiracles minute,
brown centered.
Pupa, illustrated on Plate 19.
The larvae of this species spend their entire life, except when
feeding, thoroughly concealed in a silk nest formed by drawing
two leaflets together. In early February they were only in their
third instar, eae fed only occasionally during the winter, but
never going into true hibernation. As soon as the new spring
growth of the food-plant was given them, they rapidly reached ma-
turity. Imagos emerged Agora 19th to early May, 1932. There are
two broods in a year.
PLATE 19
Pupa of Apodemia palmerii marginalis, enlarged.
showing ventral aspect (at left), dorsal aspect
(center) and lateral view (right).
Mitroura Loki. Skinner.
An egg of this species was secured April 2, 1930, by Theo-
dore Chi Ge Jr., in the Gavilan Hills, near Riverside. At a later
date additional examples were obtained in the same region.
EGG. Delicate light green, with the raised portions of a lighter
shade almost approximating white. The form is similar to that
of Mitoura siva juniperaria, as illustrated in “Butterflies of Cali-
fornia,” but with the following slight divergences.
The raised points are not as clearly defined in the region of
the micropyle, and are more pronounced at the outer circumfer-
ence of the egg. These points do not show a tendency to regular
40)
alignment to the same extent as in the egg of jusiperaria. Period
in ovum, 5 days. The eggs are laid singly on the tender tips of
the plant.
LARVA, first instar. Yellow: covered with long curved gray-
ish hairs. Head, yellow, with black ocelli and mouth parts.
Length, at time of emergence, about 1:25 mm. On the second day
the larva assumed a greenish shade. Duration of instar, 6 days.
SECOND INSTAR.
Bristles now relatively short and profuse. Larva a darker
green. Head green; ocelli black. Duration of instar, 10 days.
THIRD INSTAR.
The color is a mottled green and yellow-green, simulating the
juniper stems. The segments are thrown into numerous promi-
nent folds, further aiding in this simulation. The pile is greatly
reduced in length. Head retractile.
Further records of the moults was not observed, but the
final instar shows the following characteristics.
MATURE LARVA. Length, 22.5 mm.
Form, of the usual slug type, as illustrated
on Plate 20. The segmental creases are deep,
throwing each segment into rounded relief.
These segments are also thrown into a series
of protrusions and depressions, in regular
form, somewhat as are the twigs of the jun-
iper. Ground color of body, vivid green, with
the raised lobulations a darker green. A lemon-
yellow broken longitudinal line, or series of ir-
regular crescents, occurs each side of the me-
dian dorsal area. A similar line, creamy-white,
is also present along the lateral edge of the
overlapping fold.
The body is covered with minute brown
pile, which gives the larva a velvety appear-
ance.
A small diamond shaped cervical shield
occurs on the first segment in the median line.
This ts of a soiled white color.
PLATE 20
Mature larva of
Mitoura loki. :
enlarged. Abdomen, concolorous with body. Legs,
green, with pink terminal hooks. Prolegs and
anal prolegs, green, with pink claspers.
Head, greenish brown, with gray mouth parts. Spiracles,
brownish red,
Pupation takes place on the food plant, suspended from a silk
button, and supported by a delicate silk girdle.
PUPA. Robust, thickest through the mid-abdominal region;
dark chestnut-brown, somewhat mottled, and covered with a chest-
4]
nut pile except for the wing cases and facial portions. The sur-
face is heavily creased and irrocated, particularly over the anterior
portions. The segmental creases and junctures are deep and
clearly defined. Breadth at widest point equals half of the length.
See; late Ze
The imago emerged June 4th, making a duration for the entire
life cycle of slightly over two months.
This species is doubly brooded. The first brood appears in
April or May, and the second flies in late June and July. The type
locality is Jacumba Hot Springs, San Diego County, but captures
have lately been recorded from Chino Can on, near Palm Springs,
Riverside County; Morongo, and Warren’s Wells, San Bernar-
dino County; and Redlands, Riverside County, in addition to the
Gavilan Hills near Riverside.
This extends the range considerably north of the original
recorded point.
The species feeds on Juniperus californica Carr. and prob-
ably also on other native junipers. It was bred in captivity on
Guadeloupe cypress.
PLATE 21
Pupa of Witoura loki, enlarged.
a. Ventral aspect. 6b. Lateral aspect. c. Dorsal aspect.
ERYNNIS TRISTIS Bdvy.
This species was unusually abundant in Southern California
during the fall of 1931. Numerous eggs were secured in Septem-
ber, and a series were bred to maturity.
EGG. Sub-spherical, with a flattened base. .8 mm. broad x
9mm. high. Color, when first laid, a lemon-yellow, changing later
42
to a rich orange. There are from 18 to 20 longitudinal ribs ex-
tending from the base toward the micropyle, but many of these
become confluent on the upper surface of the egg. These ridges
are well defined and rise more sharply from the surface than is
the case with other closely related species.
The grooves between these ridges are crossed transversely by
numerous low inconspicuous ridges. At their point of juncture
with the main ribs a slight, barely perceptible beading results.
Micropyle depressed. Emergence of the young larva occurs
within 5 days from the time of oviposition.
The eggs are laid singly in the terminal tender leaves of
Quercus. In the Los Angeles city parks, the cork oak seemed the
species of choice, but eggs were found on several species of oaks.
Illustrated on Plate 22, fig. a.
LARVA: first instar. Length when newly emerged, 2.2 mm.
Head large in comparison with body; orange-yellow, with a
number of short colorless vibrissae protruding from the lobes.
Mouth parts, orange-yellow, the tips of mandibles and antennae
brownish-black. Ocelli, black.
Body, uniform dirty yellow.
There are four rows of colorless, short hairs on each side
placed longitudinally. Each separate hair arises from a papillus,
the tip of which is black.
Under high magnification the surface of the body is seen to
be studded with minute warts, concolorous with the body.
Legs and prolegs are of the same shade as the body surface.
Duration of first instar, 5 days.
SECOND INSTAR. Length, 2.8 mm.
Head, black, or brownish-black, covered with short white sp1-
culiferous hairs and bearing suggestions of orange spots on the
cheeks. Body, dirty yellow, profusely studded with raised yellow
nodules and bearing minute pile.
Legs and prolegs concolorous with body. The rows of hairs
characteristic of the first instar have disappeared. Duration of
instar, 5 days.
THIRD INSTAR.
Head brown, with a slightly more pronounced suggestion of
the three orange spots near the edge on each lobe.
A barely perceptible narrow mid - dorsal line begins to ap-
pear and a prominent but narrow yellowish or dirty white lateral
line is present. In other respects the larva is similar to the pre-
I
viously described instar.
FOURTH INSTAR.
Similar to last, but more pronounced
orange spots on the cheeks and a slight in-
crease in the definition of the mid-dorsal line.
The duration of this and the final instar was
not recorded.
MATURE LARVA. Length, extended, 25. mm.
Head orange brown, with three large pale
orange spots on each side. Covered with very
short colorless pile. Bilobed, as shown in the
illustration. A thin black collar occurs di-
rectly behind the head on the first segment.
Body, pale gray-green, covered with raised
fungiform white dots, absent only on the first
segment. Greatest girth at 5th and 6th seg-
ments. Mid dorsal line well defined, and
caused by the absence of the raised papillae.
A thin lemon lateral line extends from the
3rd segment to the caudal end.
Abdomen concolorous with body, but with
fewer and more restricted white tubercles. The
entire body is covered with short colorless pile,
which, however, is absent on the first segment.
Legs concolorous with body, the tips
colorless. Prolegs, same as legs, the claspers
lighter in color. Stigmata white. Illustrated,
Plates 22 tices:
When newly emerged the larva cuts two
longitudinal incisions on the tip of a tender
leaf and folds back the flap thus formed, unit-
ing the edges to the leaf, thus making a pro-
tective nest. Later it makes a nest by uniting
the edges of a single leaf, or it may bring two
leaves together, uniting the edges. It remains
concealed throughout life, except at the time
of feeding. Pupation occurs within the pro-
tective domicile.
PuPA. Length, 15 to 17 mm. Olive gray,
the wing cases much darker. The segmental
joints on the last four segments are a con-
spicuous pale olive-green.
PLATE 22
Egg and larva of
Erynnis tristis.
a. Egg highly
magnified.
b. Mature larva,
enlarged.
Eye and prothoracic stigmata prominent and protruding,
The head, body and thoracic area covered with light brown
vibrissae. A heavy tuft of longer sharp hairs over the eyes.
Spiracles oval, not conspicuous.
44
There is a suggestion of a light supra-stigmatal longitudinal
line.
Tongue case protruding only slightly beyond the wing cases.
Venules slightly discernible through the chitinous covering of the
wings. Illustrated, Plate 23.
Imagos emerged from January 24th to early May.
The larva were heavily parasitized with a small Ichneumonid,
and in a few cases by a Tachinid, which may account for the
scarcity of this insect.
PLATE 23
Pupa of Lrynnis tristis, enlarged.
a. Dorsal aspect. b. Lateral aspect. c. Ventral aspect.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS
OFF SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA
Being chiefly a list of the species added to the flora of the
islands since Brandegee’s list in Zoe, Vol. 1, No. 5, July, 1890.
By RatpH HorrMANN
Director, Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History
The writer has since 1925 been collecting, for the herbarium
of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, on the four
islands off Santa Barbara, viz.: Anacapa, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa
and San Miguel. About 420 additions have been made to Greene's
and Brandegee’s lists, 138 from Santa Cruz, 209 from Santa Rosa
and 74 from San Miguel.
The writer plans eventually to publish a full list of the species
found on the four islands, with notes on their distribution and
habitat and on the relationship of the flora of each island to that
of the others in the group and to that of the mainland.
The present paper is a list of the species added to the flora
of the three islands covered by Brandegee’s list, Santa Cruz, Santa
Rosa and San Miguel, with brief notes on the distribution of each
species. There are also notes on the status of certain species on
which the writer’s collections have thrown additional light. There
has been no published list of the plants found on Anacapa Island
since Yates’ list of twenty-one species in the Ninth Annual Re-
port of the State Mineralogist, of the California State Mining
3ureau, 1890, p. 181. A few noteworthy species found on that
island are, therefore, included in this paper.
In the Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sci-
ences, Vol. XXX, Part 2, May-August, 1931, Mr. 1. W. Clokey
published a list of forty species collected by him on Santa Cruz ©
Island, not given in Brandegee’s list. Mr. Clokey gave no account
of the distribution of the plants listed. The writer has, therefore,
included in the following list most of the species in Clokey’s list,
with notes, based on his own observation, with regard to distribu-
tion, indicating in each case that the species occurs in Clokey’s list.
The nomenclature used is that of Jepson’s Manual of the
Flowering Plants of California, wherever possible.
All species listed are represented by specimens in the her-
barium of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. Num-
bers used with the initials S. B. M. refer to this herbarium.
The preparation of the following list has been made possible
by a generous gift, from Dr. Philip S. Chancellor, for field work
on the islands.
The writer wishes to acknowledge with thanks the assistance
which he has received from Dr. P. A. Munz in the preparation
of the list. He also acknowledges gratefully the help which he
46
has received in determining difficult or doubtful species, from
the following: LeRoy Abrams, C. R. Ball, S. F. Blake, Agnes
Chase, Alice Eastwood, Carl Epling, Adele L. Grant, H. M. Hall,
J. Y. Howell, D. A. Johansen, 1. M. Johnston, K. Mackenzie, A.
chidemmne i “Schatinen Pi€ Standley, “C, P. Smith, C: A:
Weatherby and C. B. Wolf.
Mr. F. R. Fosberg, Mr. Guy Fleming and Mr. Benjamin Nor-
ris have deposited in the herbarium of the Santa Barbara Museum
of Natural History specimens collected by them on the islands,
and have given the writer permission to use their records.
Thanks are due to Mrs. Lora J. Knight for arranging two
trips to the islands for collecting purposes.
Acknowledgment should be made of the courtesy extended to
the writer, during his work on Santa Cruz, by Mr. Fred Caire
and by the Santa Cruz Island Company, by Mr. N. R. Vail on
Santa Rosa Island, and by Mr. R. L. Brooks on San Miguel
Island.
GYMNOGRAMME TRIANGULARIS Kaulf. var. viscosa Eat.
Occasional on Santa Cruz* and Santa Rosa Islands, far less
common than the type.
POLYPODIUM VULGARE L. var. KAULFUSSII (Eat.) Fer.
Exposed banks and sea cliffs, Santa Cruz* and Santa Rosa
Islands.
PoLyPODIUM SCOULERI H. & G.
Reported by Yates, (Bull. Santa Barbara Soc. Nat. Hist. 1:9,
1890) from Santa Cruz I.; questioned by Munz and Johnston (Am,
Fern Journal, Vol. 12, no. 4, p. 118). Collected by the writer at
the base of sea cliffs at Valdez Harbor and at East Twin Harbor,
SantayGruz.l. S. B. M. No: 10;/912, Nov. 10, 1930:
ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS L.
At the head of a canyon, east of Tranquillon Canyon, on Santa
Rose) 1B
CHEILANTHES CALIFORNICA Mett.
Reported by Greene (Bull. Calif. Acad. of Sciences, II, 7,
1887) from Santa Cruz I. Dropped from the list for that island
by Brandegee. Collected by the writer from the canyons back of
Ladys, Dicks, Twin and Pelican Harbors on Santa Cruz I.*
PELLAEA ORNITHOPUS Hook.
Frequent on a rocky slope above Water Canyon and occa-
sional on a canyon slope west of the Ranch, on Santa Rosa I.
* (Clokey).
WoopWARDIA RADICANS Sm.
A few struggling plants on a steep side-wall of a canyon
northwest of the Ranch, Santa Rosa I.
ATHYRIUM FILIX-FOEMINA (L.) Roth var. SITCHENSE Rupr. f.
HILLI Butters (Gilbert).
Occasional along streams in the deep canyons on the north
sidexof Santa (Cruz l., (Pelican, Orizabas Dicks; andelbacdhc))e
5S, BEM. No. 5156, Sept. 1, 1928. Determined by GA Wieath=
erby.
PoLySTICHUM MUNITUM (Kaulf.) Presl.
One plant in Canada de la Casa, Santa Rosa I.
CySTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh.
Damp ground at base of cliff, Orizaba Canyon, Santa Cruz I.
EQUISETUM FUNSTONI A. A. Eat.
Occasional along streams, both in the interior of Santa Cruz
I. (Canada de la Siesta) and on the north side (Punta Diablo,
lazards)=) S- BoM. No. 9156, April: 7, 19302 Detabyallaalin
Schaffner.
EQUISETUM KANSANUM Schaffn.
One station on a bank above the stream, one-half mile below
the Main Ranch on Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 9147, July 1,
19307 Detabya) tl. Schariner.
EQUISETUM HYEMALE L. var. CALIFORNICUM Milde.
Abundant on a moist bank at the Water Hole, two miles west
of China Harbor, Santa Cruz I. “S. B. MM. No, 1 ls4Sepeaz0:
19305. Det byes Ei. Schatiner.
SELAGINELLA BIGELOVII Underw.
Frequent on steep, rocky slopes and canyon banks on Santa
Rosa I.
TYPHA sp.
Pool in Tranquillon Canyon, Santa Rosa I.; not in flower.
POTAMOGETON PECTINATUS L.
In the lagoon at Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz I.*
RUPPIA MARITIMA L.
In a brackish lagoon at the east end of Santa Rosa I.
ZOSTERA MARINA L.
OffeSantagnosa 2
* (Clokey).
48
|
\
i
i
i
PHYLLOSPADIX TORREY! Wats.
Common on submerged rocks, off San Miguel I.
BROMUS CARINATUS H. & A.
Occasional on open banks, San Miguel I.
BROMUS HORDACEUS L.
Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz 1.*; common
in the interior and to the south on Santa Rosa I.
BROMUS LAEVIPES Shear.
Occasional on wooded slopes on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa
ices.) MeINo. 10,132, June 29, 1930, and No. 10,180; June 13,
1930. Det. by Mrs. Agnes Chase.
BROMUS MARITIMUS (Piper) Hitche.
Anacapa I.; frequent on sea cliffs, San Miguel I. S. B. M.
Noes; March: 11,1928 and No, 11,952, Apr. 19; 1932. > Det.
by Mrs. Chase.
BROMUS MARGINATUS Nees.
Frequent on sea cliffs, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San
Miguel Is.
Bromus ricipus Roth.
One collection on Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 7648, April
AV 192Z9.. Det. by Mrs. Chase.
BROMUS RIGIDUS var. GUSSONEI (Parl.) Coss. & Dur.
Abundant on Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
BROMUS RUBENS I..
Widely distributed on open, even on rocky slopes, on Santa
Cruz I.; common in the interior and toward the south shore of
Sanita Rosa
BROMUS SUBVELUTINUS Spear.
Occasional on wooded slopes, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No.
7649, April 18, 1929. Det. by Mrs. Chase.
BroMus TRINIT Desvy.
On a steep canyon bank, Santa Rosa I., and on a rocky head-
land, San Miguel I.
FESTUCA BROMOIDES L.
Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz* and Santa
Rosa Is.; occasional on San Miguel I.
OS)
* (Clokey).
49
FESTUCA MEGALURA L.
Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz* and Santa
Rosa Is.; occasional on San Miguel I.
FESTUCA OCTOFLORA Walt.
Occasional on bare, rocky slopes on Santa Rosa and San
Miguel Is.
FESTUCA PACIFICA Piper.
One collection on a rocky slope, near Pelican Harbor, Se
Cruz I., and one on San Miguel I. S. B. M. No. 11,953, April 22,
1932 and No. 4991, June i 1930; Det” by Mrs.*Chase:
Poa ANNUA L.
Frequent in moist ground on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
Poa DOUGLASII Gray.
Frequent on sandy slopes, near the sea, on Santa Rosa I.;
occasional on San Miguel I. S. B. M. No. 9152, April 8, 1930,
and No. 9494, April 1, 1930.
POA SCABRELLA Thurb.
Frequent on shaded banks, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 945,
March 26, 1927.
LAMARCKIA AUREA Moench.
Frequent on rocky slopes, Santa Cruz I[., occasional on Santa
Rosa I. and one collection on Prince I., off San Miguel I.
MELICA IMPERFECTA Trin.
Common on steep banks on Santa Rosa |. and occasional on
canyon banks and sea cliffs on San Miguel I.
MELICA IMPERFECTA var. FLEXUOSA Boland.
Occasional on shaded banks, Santa Cruz J. S. B. M. No.
{99 March 2891925) Det. any Vins. Ghase:
ELYMUS CONDENSATUS Presl.
Frequent on canyon banks on Santa Rosa I.
ELtymMus GLAucus Buckl.
Occasional on wooded banks and canyon walls on Santa Cruz
and Santa Rosa Is.
ELyMuUs TRITICOIDES Buckl.
In waste ground at the Main Ranch on Santa Cruz I.; com-
mon on wind swept mesas on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
* (Clokey).
50
HoRDEUM GUSSONEANUM Parl.
Occasional on Santa Rosa lI. S. B. M. No. 12,109, May 10,
1932: Det. by Mrs. Chase.
HorDEUM MURINUM L.
Common on San Miguel I.
HorDEUM NODOSUM L.
Occasional on exposed hills and mesas on Santa Cruz I.;
frequent on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
HorDEUM PUSILLUM Nutt.
Occasional in low ground, San Miguel I.
LOLIUM PERENNE L.
In waste ground, Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I.
LoLIUM TEMULENTUM L.
Occasional in waste ground and fields near ranches, Santa
Cruz and Santa Rosa Is.
LoLIUM TEMULENTUM var. ARVENSE Bab.
One collection on Santa Cruz I.
PHOLIURUS INCURVUS (L.) Schinz & Thell.
On the border of a stream near the sea and in a salt lagoon
on Santa Rosa I.
AVENA BARBATA Brot.
Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz* and Santa
Rosa Is.
AVENA FATUA L.
Frequent on Santa Rosa I.
AGROSTIS DIEGOENSIS Vasey.
Frequent on shaded banks on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is.
Seba WE No. 4751, June 15; 1930, and No: 4789, June-13, 1930.
Det. by Mrs. Chase.
AGROSTIS EXARATA Trin.
Frequent on canyon banks, on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa
~
Is.; the form A. microphylla Steud. occurs on Santa Rosa I. S.
Davie No wl0;765, Aug. 7, 1930. Det. by Mrs. Chase.
AGROSTIS VERTICILLATA Vill.
Common in stream beds and on moist banks, Santa Cruz I.
* (Clokey).
PoLyPoGon LuTOSUS (Poir.) Hitche.
Occasional on the borders of streams or 1n seepage from cliffs
on Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
GASTRIDIUM VENTRICOSUM (Gouan) Schinz & Thell.
Common on rocky slopes near Pelican Harbor, Santa Cruz
I.*; collected on a rocky slope in the interior of Santa Rosa I.
MUHLENBERGIA MICROSPERMA (DC.) Kunth.
Frequent on steep rocky slopes with southern exposure, Santa
Rosa I.
ORYZOPSIS MILIACEA (L.) B. & H.
A patch has persisted for many years near the Ranch House
on Santa Rosa I. but has not spread.
STIPA LEPIDA Hitchc.
Common on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I.
STIPA PULCHRA Hitchc.
A few plants on a rocky mesa near the east end of San
Miguel I.
ARISTIDA ADSCENCIONIS L.
Occasional on steep, rocky slopes with southern exposure on
Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 6633, March 22, 1929.
CYNODON DACTYLON (L.) Pers.
Occasional near dwellings and ranches, Santa Cruz and Santa
Rosa Is.
PHALARIS BULBOSA L.
In waste ground at the Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I. S. B. M.
Now7550, June-ts, 19307 Det. by Mis: Chase:
PHALARIS LEMMONII Vasey.
On an open mesa, northwest of the Ranch, on Santa Rosa I.
So 8. Me No 12.072) May lOP932;
PHALARIS MINOR Retz.
Occasional near the sea on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS R. & S.
In a stream bed, in the Canada del Rancho) Viejo, “Santa
oSame:
SCIRPUS CALIFORNICUS Britt.
A large colony in the lagoon at Prisoners Harbor, Santa
Ciizele
* (Clokey).
ScIRPUS CERNUUS Vahl.
On a wet bank, at the mouth of Arlington Canyon, Santa
Rosa I.
ScrRPUS OLNEYI Gray.
On a wet bank, at the mouth of Arlington Canyon, Santa
Rosa I.
CAREX BARBARAE Dewey.
On the border of the stream, one-half mile below the Main
Ranchesanta Cruz lS. Ba MM: No. 11,131, Apr. 12; 1931.
CaREX GLOBOSA Boott.
Frequent on rocky brushy slopes, on Santa Rosa I.
CAREX GRACILIOR Mkze.
On a ledge above the stream at Scorpion Harbor, Santa Cruz
I.; on the border of the stream, Canada de la Casa, Santa Rosa I.
S. B. M. No. 5568, March 17, 1929, and No. 12,112, May 10, 1932.
The former determined by K. Mackenzie.
CAREX MONTEREYENSIS Mkze.
On the moist face of a cliff, Pelican Harbor, Santa Cruz I.
Sasa ME No: 11,125, Sept. 10, 1931. Det. by K. Mackenzie.
CAREX PANSA Bailey.
Occasional on sandy slopes, near the sea, Santa Rosa |. S.
B. M. No. 12,304. Det. by K. Mackenzie.
CAREX PRAEGRACILIS Boott.
One collection on Santa Cruz I., near the ridge above China
Harbor, and one on a sandy slope, on the east end of Santa Rosa I.
Sebe Me No: 1129, April 18, 1931, and No: 12,111.
CAREX SENTA Boott.
Along the stream at Dicks Harbor, and in the Canada de la
Siestamoantaceruz 1. SS. Be Me Now ll:836, March’ 25. 1932.
CAREX TRIOQUETRA Boott.
One collection on Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 238, March
ZO 925-
Juncus surontus L.
Frequent in moist ground on San Miguel I.
JUNCUS XIPHIOIDEs E. Mey.
Along the bed of a short canyon, northwest of the Ranch,
Santa Rosa I. S. B: M. No. 12,161, May 5, 1932.
Luzuta cAMPEsTRIS DC. var. CONGESTA Buch.
The variety is commoner than the type, both on Santa Cruz
and Santa Rosa Is.
o1
a)
CHLOROGALUM POMERIDIANUM (Ker.) Kunth.
Occasional on a grassy hill top on Santa Rosa I.
ALLIUM HYALINUM Curr. var. PRAECOX Jepson.
Frequent on grassy mesas near the sea and on slopes above
canyons on Santa Rosa I.
BRODIAEA SYNANDRA (Hel.) Jepson.
Frequent on canyon banks and mesas near the sea on the
north-east end of Santa Rosa I.
CALOCHORTUS CATALINAE Wats.
Occasional on brushy slopes on Santa Rosa I.
CALOCHORTUS LUTEUS Dougl.
Locally common on grassy slopes near the Main Ranch on
Santai@ruz
HABENARIA MICHAELI Greene.
Frequent on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 10,408,
June 13, 1930.
EK PIPACTIS GIGANTEA Doug].
Occasional on moist banks of Santa Cruz I. (five localities ).
SALIX LASIANDRA Benth.
At Valdez Harbor, Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 10,800, Nov.
ON930> Det by Cok Ball:
SALIX LASIOLEPIS Benth.
Common and widely distributed along streams on Santa
Rosa I.
QUERCUS CHRYSOLEPIS Liebm.
Greene’s statement that this species occurs on the “north side,
near summit” of Santa Cruz I., is confirmed by collections from
the high ridge at the head of Twin Harbor Canyon (a grove of
about a dozen trees) and from just north of the summit of Mt.
Diablo (about fifteen trees). S. B: M. No. 11,188, Sept, 8) 193i8
QUERCUS LOBATA Neé.
Brandegee records finding “small” Quercus lobata on Santa
Cruz I. There are two trees in the Canada del Medio about a
mile and a half west of the Main Ranch which, except for the bark,
match Q. lobata of the mainland. One of these has a circumfer- —
ence of twenty-nine feet, three feet above the ground, with a
spread of fifty-four feet. The question of their specific identity
is still unsettled in the writer’s mind. See under QO. macdonaldi.
D4
QUERCUS MACDONALD! Greene.
Jepson makes this tree a subspecies of Q. dumosa; Trelease
(Flora of Santa Catalina I., p. 77) describes it as a “Small ever-
green tree.’ On Santa Cruz I. the tree is deciduous. If it 1s not
a distinct species, it seems to the writer to be much more closely
related to Q. lobata than to QO. dumosa.
wy
QUERCUS MOREHUS Kell.
A single tree in a canyon west of Portezuelo, on Santa Cruz
ieee No, 11142° April 12, 1931.
QUERCUS TOMENTELLA Engelm.
In the only deep canyon on Anacapa I.
URTICA URENS L.
Occasional on Santa Rosa I.
HESPEROCNIDE TENELLA Torr.
Occasional on shaded banks on Santa Cruz I.
ANEMOPSIS CALIFORNICA ( Nutt.) Hook.
A small colony at the border of the lagoon at Prisoners Har-
bor, Santa Cruz I.*
This plant, Yerba Manza, though in plain sight at Prisoners
Hartor, where Greene must have landed in 1886, is not on his list.
The writer’s conjecture that it might have been brought over from
the mainland by an employee of Mr. Caire and planted where it
could be easily gathered for medicinal purposes, was confirmed by
Michael Lugo, who was told by one Francisco Leyva that he
(Leyva) had planted it at Prisoners.
POLYGONUM AVICULARE L. var. LITTORALE Koch.
Near the beach at Scorpion Harbor, Santa Cruz I. S.B.M.
No. 10,306.
POLYGONUM RAMOSISSIMUM Michx.
Occasional near ranches, Santa Cruz I.
RUMEX ACETOSELLA L:
A small colony on a grassy bank, toward the west end of
Santa Cruz I.
RUMEX CRISPUS L.
Common along streams on Santa Rosa I., and occasional on
moist banks on San Miguel I.
PTEROSTEGIA DRYMARIOIDES F. & M.
Frequent on north slopes and on sea cliffs on San Miguel I.
* (Clokey).
ol
oO
LASTARRIAEA CHILENSIS Remy.
A large colony at the mouth of Corral Canyon on the south
shore of Santa Cruz [., locally common on a sandy area on the
east end of Santa Rosa I. and occasional as far north as Water
Canyon on Santa Rosa I.
CHORIZANTHE INSULARIS sp. nov.
Chorizanthe staticoides Benth. 1s given from Santa Cruz and
Santa Rosa Is. in Brandegee’s list. Examination of a large amount
of material collected on both islands shows several marked dif-
ferences between the island plant and C. staticoides. The writer
has therefore given the island plant specific rank under the above
name. He wishes to express his appreciation of Miss Eastwood's
courtesy in giving him her MS. notes, made when she had also
decided that the island plant was specifically distinct.
Plant generally low, 2-8 (14) cm., erect, simple or in vigorous
plants with wide-spreading and somewhat flexuous branches,
dichotomously branching, generally from 1-2 cm. above the base,
villous; leaves ovate-oblong, 1-3’ cm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, nar-
rowing at base to slender petioles, longer than the blades, rounded
at tip, often reddish above though villous, white-tomentose below ;
leaves basal and in whorls at the nodes, passing into foliaceous,
lanceolate, mucronate bracts; involucres 2 mm. long, very numer-
ous, crowded at the ends of the branching inflorescence, forming
runded heads, or solitary at the nodes and 4+ mm. long, sparsely
pubescent; the teeth short, the alternate ones smaller: flowers
white, 24% mm. broad; calyx lobes oblong-ovate; stamens 6.
Type specimen No. 254, Ralph Hoffmann, Herbarium of
Santa Barbara Museum, No. 12,302.
Planta plerumque humilis, 2-8 (14) cm. alta, erecta, simplex
aut, in plantis robustis, cum ramis late expansis et aliquanto flex-
uosis, dichotome divisa, plerumque a 1-2 cm. supra basem, villosa ;
foliis ovato-oblongis, 1-3.5 cm. longis, 4-6 mm. latis, basi angus-
tatis in petiola tenuia, longiora quam laminae, apice rotundatis,
supra saepe subrubris, villosis autem, subtus albo-tomentosis ; foltis
a basi et in verticillis ad nodos, superioribus conversis in bracteas
foliaceas, lanceolatas, mucronatas ; involucris 2 mm. longis, numer-
osissimis, ad fines inflorescentiae ramosae congestis, capitula ro-
tundata facientibus, aut solis ad nodos et 4 mm. longis, sparse
pubescentibus; dentibus brevibus, alternis minoribus; floribus
albis, 2.5 mm. latis; lobis calycis oblongo-ovatis ; staminibus 6.
Chorizanthe insularis has hitherto passed as C. staticoides
Benth. in Greene’s and Brandegee’s lists (Greene, Bull. Calif.
Acad. of Sciences Tl, 7, 1887; Brandegee, Zoe, IF 5) 1690) rai
differs from C. staticoides, as described by Watson (Geological
Survey of Calif. Botany, II, p. 37), in the presence of foliaceous
bracts, and in this respect seems closer to C. Nanti Watson, from
which it differs in the crowding of its numerous small involucres
56
into subcapitate cymes. It differs from both species in its con-
spicuous white flowers.
It occurs on Santa Cruz I. on nearly every rocky slope with
southern exposure, from the north side to the south side of the
island; it is less common on Santa Rosa [. It is well-developed
by the middle of February, but does not yet show the inflores-
cence. Early in April it begins to flower, and by the end of June
it has for the most part passed flowering.
ERIOGONUM GIGANTEUM Wats.
Jepson (Manual of the Flowering Plants of California, p.
313) gives Santa Cruz as within the range of this species. The
writer has never found it on the island nor seen any specimens
collected there.
Y EricoNUM NUDUM Dougl. var. GRANDE Jepson.
Jepson includes in this variety Eriogonum grande Greene and
E. rubescens Greene. 2) » >
Satta Gnaz
T. micropon H. & A. var. PILosuM Eastw.
Plants as pilose as Miss Eastwood’s type have been collected
on an open gravelly ridge, Pine Forest, at the west end of Santa
Cruz) Match 25) 1932:
197
T. VARIEGATUM Nutt.
Occasional on the flood plain in the Canada del Puerto, Santa
Cruze
Lotus GRANDIFLORUS Benth.
On a rocky slope above Lobo Canyon on Santa Rosa I.
L. HAMATUS Greene.
Occasional on stony slopes on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is.
SS Bae Nos! 545 -ands 1935:
L. sALSUGINOSUS Greene.
Occasional on stony slopes, San Miguel I.
L. scoparius (Nutt.) Ottley var. veatcuHir (Greene) Ottley.
Material intermediate between L. scoparius var. dendroideus
and var. veatchi is found on sea cliffs at the west end of Santa
Cruz I. and on steep canyon slopes near the sea on Santa Rosa I.
L. SUBPINNATUS Lag.
Frequent on rocky slopes on Santa Rosa I.
ASTRAGALUS DIDYMOCARPUS H. & A.
Common on hill slopes in thin soil in the interior of Santa
Rosa I., occasional on San Miguel I.
A. LtEucopsis T. & G. var. BRACHYPUS Greene.
Typical A. leucopsis is common on the southwest portion of
Santa Cruz I., the variety brachypus is the common form on the
grassy uplands of Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
VICIA AMERICANA Muhl.
Occasional on San Miguel I.
V. CALIFORNICA Greene.
Material from Santa Rosa I. would fall into the above classi-
fication, if the specific difference between V’. americana and V.
californica is maintained.
V. EXIGUA Nutt.
Occasional on shaded banks on Santa } 75a I
LATHYRUS stTRICcTUS Nutt.
Frequent on shaded banks on Santa Rosa I.
OXALIS CORNICULATA L.
A garden weed at the Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I.
GERANIUM CAROLINENSE L.
Occasional on grassy banks on Santa Rosa I.
108
EropiuM sotrys Bertol.
Collected by P. A. Munz in the interior of Santa Rosa I.
EropiuM MosSCHATUM L’Her.
Frequent on Santa Rosa I.
POLYGALA CALIFORNICA Nutt.
Frequent under pines toward the west end and at one locality
south of Pelican Harbor, on Santa Cruz I.
EREMOCARPUS SETIGERUS Benth.
Collected by I. W. Wiggins near the Ranch on Santa Rosa I.
RHAMNUS CALIFORNICA Esch.
A colony of about seven bushes in the upper part of Babys
Canyon on Santa Cruz I. The form according to C. B. Wolf, is
intermediate between var. typica and var. tomentella.
RHAMNUS cCROCEA Nutt. var. INSULARIS Sarg. (R. PIRIFOLIA
Greene )
Frequent in canyons toward the southern part of Santa Rosa I.
CEANOTHUS MACROCARPUS Nutt.
A single collection from Santa Cruz I.
MALVA PARVIFLORA L.
Brandegee listed M. borealis Wallm. from all the islands.
Greene had listed M. parviflora L. from Santa Cruz and San
Miguel Is. and noted that it was called M. borealis on the main-
land. All the material collected by the writer on all the islands
must be referred to M. parviflora.
OLIGOMERIS LINIFOLIA (Vahl.) McBr.
Common on bare slopes on the south side of Santa Rosa I.
and frequent elsewhere on the island.
OPUNTIA PROLIFERA Engelm.
Common along the highest part of the ridge on Anacapa I.;
one colony at the south-east end of Santa Rosa I.
ECHINOCYSTIS FABACEA Naud.
Brandegee included under the above species, Greene’s E. guad-
alupensis and E. macrocarpa. The writer has collected at least
two species on both Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is., one with
large white flowers, long spines and from eight to sixteen seeds.
This species occurs also on Anacapa and San Miguel Is. Another
species, with small greenish-white flowers, short spines and four
seeds, is frequent in the Canada del Medio on Santa Cruz I. and
occasional in the interior of Santa Rosa I.
eZ 109
CUCURBITA FOETIDISSIMA HBK.
A few plants on the beach at Fry’s Harbor, Santa Cruz I.
EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON Hausskn.
Water Hole near China Harbor, Santa Cruz I. Det. by
Eee we Miz Sees vie Norl 36950 Sept 20/1980!
GODETIA EPILOBIOIDES Wats.
Common on steep banks, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 6164.
OENOTHERA CHEIRANTHIFOLIA Hornem. var. TyprcA Munz.
A few plants on beach back of Gull Rock, Santa Cruz I.;
common on beaches, bluffs and mesas near the sea, Santa Rosa I.;
dunes on San Miguel I.
OENOTHERA CHEIRANTHIFOLIA var. NITIDA (Greene) Jeps.
Occasional on sand dunes at east end of Santa Rosa I.
OENOTHERA CONTORTA Dougl. var. EPILOBIOIDES (Greene) Munz.
San Miguel I. :
OENOTHERA CONTORTA Dougl. var. sTRIGULOSA (F. & M.) Munz.
Sea-bluffs at East Point, Santa Rosa I., April 9, 1930. S. B.
M. Nos. 9383 and 9423.
OENOTHERA MICRANTHA Hornem. var. TypIcA Munz.
On open rocky, gravelly or sandy slopes, Santa Cruz, Santa
Rosa and San Miguel Is. Sometimes quite near the var. jones
(Lévl.) Munz.
OENOTHERA LEPTOCARPA Greene (EULOBUS CALIFORNICUS Nutt. ).
Occasional on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I.
SANICULA BIPINNATIFIDA Dougl. var. HOFFMANNII Munz., n. var.
Winged rachis not continuous but extending only part way
to the lower divisions of the leaf, hence V-shaped; flowers yellow.
(Rachis alata non continua; floribus luteis). Type, from springy
bank, Valdez, Santa Cruz I., June 13, 1930, Rk. Hoffmann. (Po-
mona College Herbarium No. 183,133.) Other collections, under
oaks, one mile below Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I., Hoffmann on
April 12, 1931 (S!°B. M.No, 115153) and Water CanyonmSanta
Rosa I., April 18, 1932, R. Hoffmann (S. B. M. Nos. 12,055 and
12,056). This proposed variety has the large heads of S. bipin-
natifida with sessile fruits; it agrees in its yellow flowers with the
var. nemoralis Jeps. from the Sierra Nevada, but differs from
that variety by the rachis narrowing down to the midrib instead
of running the whole length from the upper to the lower leaf-
divisions.
7 110
ToriLis Noposa (L.) Gaertn.
Near Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz I.;* on shady bank in
canyon northeast of Black Mt., Santa Rosa I.; and along rivulet
above Cuylers Harbor, San Miguel I.
CAUCALIS MICROCARPA H. & A.
Common on grassy and rocky slopes, Santa Cruz I. at Babys
Harbor, a mile below the Main Ranch, and one mile west of Puer-
tazuela.
APIASTRUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Nutt.
Occasional on rocky slopes in a compact dwarf form, Santa
Rosa I.
BOWLESIA LOBATA R. & P.
Frequent in rich soil on shaded banks at Pelican, Orizaba
and Babys Harbors of Santa Cruz I.,* and common on canyon
banks of Santa Rosa I.
FOENICULUM VULGARE (L.) Gaertn.
A few plants in a canyon near the ranch house, Santa Rosa I.
LoMATIUM CARUIFOLIUM (T.&G.) C.&R.
On San Miguel I. S. B. M. Nos. 9475 and 618.
ARBUTUS MENZIESII Pursh.
A single tree, 20 feet tall, at the head of a small canyon west
of the ridge leading from Fry’s Harbor to the summit, Santa
Gruz lt: S. B. M. Nos. 11,141 and 11,204.
=
” ARCTOSTAPHYLOS INSULARIS Greene.
Common on steep hillsides and rocky canyon slopes and
ridges of Santa Cruz I., and in a side canyon above Water Canyon,
Santa Rosa I. The leaves are oblong and rounded to cuneate at
the base. A form in which the racemes are elongated and almost
glabrous, the sepals being ciliate is determined by Miss Eastwood
as a new variety. It occurs at Valdez, Pelican, Christy’s and
Cochies Harbors on Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. Nos. 2894, 1726,
2436 and 10,792. Between China and Scorpion Harbors, Santa
Cruz I., growing on high ridges, occurs another plant with sub-
cordate leaves and the twigs and inflorescence heavily glandular-
pubescent. Miss Eastwood has determined it as an undescribed
species, S. B. M. Nos. 10,301, 10,798, 10,797. This same form is
Oamsantadvosay 1S. B. 3M. Nos: 62515, 10}039) 75, 6199; 9194,
9145, 6037 and 9540.
* (Clokey).
111
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS TOMENTOSA (Pursh) Lindl.
Represented by plants 3 feet high with branches spreading
on the ground, near the pines at the west end of Santa Cruz I.
On the same island, on ridges in the pines east of Christy's is a
more hispid form which Miss Eastwood has identified as var.
hispida Hook., S. B. M. No. 5736.
VACCINIUM OVATUM Pursh.
A few bushes at the heads of canyons on the northeast slope
of Black Mt., Santa Rosa I., one reaching the height of 10 feet.
ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L.
Occasional along streams, Santa Cruz I., and in a meadow
northwest of the Ranch, Santa Rosa I.
CENTUNCULUS MINIMUS L.
Moist spot in meadow, northwest of the Ranch, Santa Rosa I.,
SeBs Mie Nos 12074:
STATICE ARCTICA Blake var. CALIFORNICA Blake.
On open ridges facing the sea, Water Canyon, and west of
Torrey, Bines, Santa INosa ley S.-B: Me No: 12°090:
ASCLEPIAS MEXICANA Cov.
Frequent along a stream running into Smugglers Harbor,
Santa Cruz I., also in upper main valley west of the Main Ranch,
and on dry slopes near Mt. Diablo.
DICHONDRA REPENS Forst.
On Santa Cruz I., two small colonies on ridge from Laguna
Canyon to Sierra Blanca.
CONVOLVULUS SOLDANELLA L.
San Miguel I., Ben Norris, S. B. M. No. 9332; beach at west
end of Santa-€ruz 1S) BME No326:
CRESSA CRETICA L.
A large patch at mouth of stream at Scorpion Harbor, Santa
Cruz I.; locally abundant about salt marsh, east end of Santa
Rosa I.
CUSCUTA CALIFORNICA Choisy.
Sand dunes at east end of Santa Rosa I., growing on Franseria
and Lupinus. S. B. M. Nos. 9674 and 9181.
GILIA MILLEFOLIATA F. & M.
Common on grassy slopes on Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, San
Miguel and Anacapa Is.; ranging from form quite near G. multi-
caulis Benth. with rather broadly funnelform corollas to forms
near G. nevinit Gray with narrower ones. For the most part, the
112
corollas are narrow, rather dark blue, and 6-9 mm. long. These
probably are the G. nevinii of Brandegee’s list, but that species
from Catalina I., has corollas 10-14 mm. long. Det. P. A. Munz.
—
GILIA TENUIFLORA Benth.
Sandy areas at the end of Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. No. 9432.
NEMOPHILA PARVIFLORA Dougl.
Frequent on shaded banks, Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is.
S. B. M. Nos. 5994, 5993, 5992 and 9226.
PHACELIA GRANDIFLORA Benth.
Occasional on steep banks, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 977
and 5989 and on rocky canyon banks, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M.
No. 10,105.
V-
PHACELIA INSULARIS Munz. n. sp.
Annual, decumbent, simple or branched from the base, stems
5-15 cm. long, villous; leaves oblong-ovate, 1-2 cm. long, obtuse,
entire or the lower ones coarsely few-toothed, on petioles equal
to or shorter than the blades; cymes lax, few-flowered, not grand-
ular; pedicles 5-8 mm. long; calyx-lobes oblanceolate, 5-6 mm.
long in flower, 8 mm. long and venulose in fruit; corolla open-
campanulate, violet, 8 mm. long; scales lance-ovate, free in upper
half ; stamens included, filaments glandular-puberulent ; style pub-
escent, slightly longer than calyx, divided in upper third; capsule
ovoid, 5-6 mm. long, pubescent; seeds foveolate.
Annua, decumbens, simplex vel ramosa, 5-15 cm. alta, villosa ;
foliis oblongo-ovatis, 1-2 cm. longis, obtusis, integris vel infinis
interdum cum dentibus grandibus paucisque; petiolis non longi-
oribus ac laminis; cymis laxis, cum floribus paucis, non-glandu-
losis; pedicellis 5-8 mm. longis; lobis calycis oblanceolatis, 5-6
mm. longis in floribus, 8 mm. longis et venulosis tardius; corollis
lato-campanulatis, violaceis, 8 mm. longis, squamis corallae lanceo-
lato-ovatis, supra liberis ; staminibus inclusis ; filamentis glanduloso-
puberulentis ; stylo pubescente, ca. 4 mm. longo; capsulis ovoideis,
5-6 mm. longis, pubescentibus ; seminibus foveolatis.
Type, from sand dunes at northeastern part of Santa Rosa [.,
April 9, 1930, Mung 11,756, Pomona College Herbarium, No.
170,966. Other collections are from Santa Rosa I.; S. B. M.
Nos. 9400, 9166, and San Miguel I., S. B. M. Nos. 756 and 9439.
This species is near P. curvipes Torr. and P. davidsonii Gray,
but the corolla-scales are more free; the filaments are glandular-
puberulent, not bearded; and the calyx-lobes are broader.
HELIOTROPIUM CURASSAVICUM L.
Common on beaches, in stream-beds, and on mesas near the
sea, Santa Rosa I.
113
AMSINCKIA SPECTABILIS F. & M.
A plant in which the calyces have two of the axial lobes
united at least to the middle, and the leaves are usually erose-
dentate. Usually prostrate. On Santa Cruz I., on Santa Rosa I.
and on San Miguel I, where it is abundant.
AMSINCKIA SPECTABILIS var. NICOLAI (Jeps.) Johnston.
(A. St. nicoLai Eastw., A. INTERMEDI var. NICOLAI Jeps. )
Spikes leafy-bracted throughout. On San Miguel I., Munz
and Crow, 11,789.
AMSINCKIA INTERMEDIA F. & M.
An erect species, with distinct calyx-lobes and entire leaves.
On Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel Is.
CRYPTANTHA MICROMERES (Gray) Greene. (KRYNITZKIA MICRO-
MERES Gray.)
Occasional on shaded banks, Elder Canyon, Santa Rosa I.,
S. B. M. Nos. 6002 and 6003. Det. by I. M. Johnston.
PLAGIOBOTHRYS CALIFORNICUS (Gray) Greene var. GRACILIS Jtn.
On Santa Cruz I. above Ladys Harbor. S. B. M. No. 10,361.
Det. I. M. Johnston. The var. fulvescens Johnston, occurs on
Santa Cruz 4h; SS. B. M: Nos. 113187; 5498, 5480; and 352s70m
San Miguel I.; S. B: M. No. 11,905; and on Anacapa 1)S2Bave
Nos, 6627, 6088.
PLAGIOBOTHRYS CANESCENS Benth.
Common on grassy slopes, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. Nos.
1O;3607and 5995; Det iby 1. NE yohnston.
MARRUBIUM VULGARE L.
Frequent on Santa Cruz I.* in waste ground and on stony
ridges along sheep trails, as well as at the landing place at Orizaba
Harbor. On Santa Rosa I. there is a patch in a flat in the canyon
near the ranch.
LAMIUM AMPLEXICAULE L.
A dozen plants near the cabin at Portezuela, Santa Cruz I.
DATURA METELOIDES DC.
Occasional in lowlands, Santa Rosa I., April 9, 1930.
PETUNIA PARVIFLORA Juss.
Common in bed of stream near the ranch, Santa Rosa I.
LycIUM FREMONTII Gray.
One bush on sea cliff, two miles west of Arlington Canyon,
Santa’ Rosa I. S. BM: Nos, 10;081 ‘and 12,5187.) Det2 bys Cae
Hitchcock.
* (Clokey).
114
yy
“ SoLANUM CLOKEY Munz. (S. ARBORESCENS Clokey, not Moench. )
In flower at Pelican Harbor, Santa Cruz I., Feb. 21, 1932.
Other specimens Santa Cruz I., Ladys Harbor, Pelican Bay, Fry’s
Harbor, Cuesta Grade. S. B. M. Nos. 5165, 1082, 10,916, 11,760.
ANTIRRHINUM GLANDULOSUM Lindl.
One plant in a crevice of a steep rock wall above Diablo
Stream, but near its mouth, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 12,040.
)
LINARIA CANADENSIS Dum. var. TEXANA (Scheele) Pennell.
San Miguel I., grassy slope, April 10, 1930. B. Norris.
SCROPHULARIA CALIFORNICA Cham.
Santa Rosa I., one plant on canyon bank.
MIMULUs FLORIBUNDUS Dougl.
A small colony in a deep canyon tributary to “Short’’ Canyon,
Samtaeivosa ly . B. M. No. 12/073:
CASTILLEJA PARVIFLORA Bong. var. CALIFORNICA (Abrams) Zeile.
Santa Cruz I., on bank above stream, Pelican Bay, S. B. M.
Now T1604" Det. D. D. Keck. Santa Rosa I., where frequent on
brushy banks, S. B. M. No. 5955. The var. douglasii Jeps. also
occurs on both these islands.
CASTILLEJA LATIFOLIA H. & A.
Sandy mesa and beach at west end of Santa Rosa I., and at
Carrington Point. S. B. M. Nos. 10,035, 12,124, 10,075, 9215.
ORTHOCARPUS DENSIFLORUS Benth.
Frequent on grassy mesas, Santa Rosa I.
ORTHOCARPUS PURPURASCENS Benth.
Occasional on grassy hills, Santa Cruz and San Miguel Is.
OROBANCHE CALIFORNICA C. & S.
One collection from canyon bank in Elder Canyon, Santa Rosa
ise Be ME Nos. 10/080;
OROBANCHE GRAYANA G. Beck (OrRoBANCHE CoMosA Hook).
One colony on sandy mesa at west end of Santa Rosa I.,
S. B. M. No. 4041.
OROBANCHE FASCICULATA Nutt.
On Eriophyllum, above water canyon, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M.
No. 12,047.
OROBANCHE UNIFLORA L.
On shaded banks on north side Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. Nos.
9167 and 11,744.
115
PLANTAGO BIGELOVII Gray.
Abundant on mesa west of ranch, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M
Nos. 12,065, 5951.
PLANTAGO HIRTELLA H. B. K.
Common on springy sea cliffs at “Water Hole,” China Har-
bor, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 10,469. Also on springy bank,
Arlington Canyon, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 10,068 and
10,085.
PLANTAGO MARITIMA L.
Springy bank, Arlington Canyon, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M
No. 10,083.
GALIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Nutt. var.
A plant determined by Miss M. Hilend as an undescribed
variety of this species is frequent on brushy or rocky banks, Santa
Cruz, Santa Rosa and Anacapa Is. It is ae by a very
dense arrangement of its short leaves. S. B. Nos. 1046, 5573,
5945, 5595, 8642, 5503, 5440, 9426, 10,313, i 799, 10,794.
GALIUM MIGUELENSE Greene.
Under oaks on Black Mt., at Arlington Creek, and west end
of Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 10,473, 10,474, 10,472, 12,125.
Also on grassy slope above the west shore of Cuylers Harbor, San
Micuelal Ss 8. MEsNo. 9220:
GALIUM APARINE L.
Frequent on north side of steep banks, San Miguel I.
SPECULARIA BIFLORA (R. & P.) Gray.
On shady banks, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. No. 5944.
GITHOPSIS SPECULARIOIDES Nutt.
Frequent on steep gravelly slope above Diablo Canyon and
above Pelican Canyon, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 11,936.
CicHORIUM INTyBUus L.
A few plants along the road one mile above Christys Harbor,
Santa Cruz I.
MiIcROSERIS APHANTOCARPHA Gray var. ELEGANS (Greene) Jeps.
On bare summits ain. mesas, Santa Rosa I. and San Miguel I.
RAFINESQUIA CALIFORNICA Nutt.
Santa Rosa I., on bushy banks in shade, S. B. M. No. 904.
TRAGOPOGON PORRIFOLIUS L.
Established on grassy slope near Main Ranch, Santa Cruz L.,
S: Be M_ Noe 9940:
116
HyPOCHOERIS GLABRA L.,
Fairly widely distributed in open places, Santa Rosa I.
LACTUCA SCARIOLA L.
In neglected garden patch at the ranch, Santa Rosa I.
SoNCHUS ASPER L.
San Miguel I., on wet slopes, April 10, 1930.
SONCHUS OLERACEUS L.
Scattered everywhere in open ground, San Miguel I.
SONCHUS TENERRIMUS L.
San Miguel I., on grassy slope, March 25, 1927. S. B. M.
No. 1069.
“ MALACOTHRIX COULTERI Gray var. COGNATA Jeps.
On sea cliffs at south side of Santa Cruz I., and on Santa
Rosa I., on steep slopes above Tranquillon Canyon near the mouth
and in “Short’’ Canyon. S. B. M. Nos. 6643 and 12,099.
MALACOTHRIX SAXATILIS (Nutt.) T. & G.
The var. implacata (Eastw.) Hall is common on sea cliffs
and steep canyon walls, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, San Miguel and
Anacapa Is. Var. tenuifolia Gray occurs on Santa Cruz, Santa
Rosa and Anacapa Is., S. B. M. Nos. 4129, 4067, 10,517.
AGOSERIS APARGIOIDES Greene.
On rocky slopes, Green Canyon, Santa Rosa I., April 16,
19295 Det. by Hi. M. Efall:
AGOSERIS HETEROPHYLLA ( Nutt.) Greene.
Frequent on grassy hillsides near Torrey Pines, Santa Rosa
[, S. B. M. Nos. 9458, 6029.
IsocoMA VENETA (H. B. K.) Greene.
Var. vernonioides (Nutt.) Jeps. On Santa Cruz I., near
hina Harbor, S. B. M. No: 10,279.
Var. sedioides (Greene) Jeps. Common on sea cliffs and
canyon banks, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 4131; and on Santa
Rosa I. at west end. Det. H. M. Hall.
Var. decumbens (Brandegee) Jeps. On sea cliffs and can-
yon walls, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. No. 2691; and Anacapa I.,
Sse Me No: 10)278:
117
CoRETHROGYNE FILAGINIFOLIA (H. & A.) Nutt.
Var. robusta Greene. On San Miguel I. it occurs among
high rocks in the southeast portion, also on the top of Princes I.,
S. B. M. No. 9464. On Santa Rosa I., it is also found, at Lobo
Canyon, and near Tranquillon Canyon, S. B. M. Nos. 81, 6012,
10,521, 12,163 and 12,164—the first three numbers determined
by H. M. Hall.
Var. virgata (Benth.) Gray. Santa Rosa I., where it is
common on rocky slopes in the interior, S. B. M. No. 10,509. On
Santa Cruz I. it is occasional in rocky grounds in the interior,
S) Bo Me No; 10/411 Det, by. Ela M. Fall:
ASTER CHILENSIS Nees.
Abundant on springy bank at “Water Hole,” China Harbor.
Santa Cruz I., S. B: M: No. 10,452.
ASTER EXILIS EI.
Common on springy bank at “Water Hole,” China Harbor,
Santa Gruz lS, Bo MeNoz 1OANG:
ASTER RADULINUS Gray.
Santa Rosa I., head of Lobo Canyon, S. B. M. No. 6013.
ERIGERON CANADENSIS L.
Frequent along streams, Santa Rosa I.
MIcRropus CALIFORNICUS F. & M.
Locally common on dry slopes, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos.
6083 and 5953.
FILAGO CALIFORNICA Nutt.
A few plants in desiccated spots on the mesa at the west
endiofesan Wiciel eSB. Vib No mse925)
PSILOCARHUS TENELLUS Nutt.
Occasional on flood plains and about hill tops, Santa Cruz L.,
S. B. M. Nos. 5492, 5491 and 925. A few plants in the dry
bed of the stream in canyon west of Canada de la Casa, Santa
Inoca, I, Ss 1B IML, IN@; WZ IKOR.
EvaX CAULESCENS Benth. var. HUMILIS Jeps.
A dwarf plant answering to the description of this variety
was found on clayey slopes south of summit, Santa Rosa L.,
S. B. M. Nos. 12,094 and 12,087.
GNAPHALIUM BICOLOR Bioletti.
Frequent on brushy banks, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos.
535, 6085, 6053, 6055 and 6056. Det. by H. M. Hall.
118
GHAPHALIUM CHILENSE Spreng.
Common on sea cliffs and flood plains, Santa Cruz I., and
On open mesas near the sea, Santa Rosa I., also on Anacapa I.
Var. confertiflorum Greene. Occasional in sand on the
bare ridge above Tranquillon Canyon, Santa Rosa I., and on
sandy and rocky slopes, San Miguel I.
GNAPHALIUM PALUSTRE Nutt.
Occasional on flood plains, Santa Cruz I.
GNAPHALIUM WRIGHTII Gray.
Santa Cruz I., from near Buena Vista and from the vine-
yard at the Main Ranch. Det. by H. M. Hall.
PLUCHEA CAMPHORATA (L.) DC.
A few plants on a springy sea-cliff, China Harbor, Santa
Cruz
HEMIZONIA PANICULATA Gray.
In open fields at the west end of Santa Cruz I.
ACHYRACHAENA MOLLIS Schauer.
Common on grassy slopes and ridges, Santa Rosa I.
FRANSERIA BIPINNATIFIDA Nutt.
Common on beaches and in sandy stretches near the sea, Santa
Rosa I.; also on Anacapa I.
FRANSERIA CHAMISSONIS Less.
Not only on San Miguel as reported by Brandegee, but also
on Santa Cruz I., where it was found on the beach at Cochies
Prietos. Det. by H. M. Hall.
XANTHIUM SPINOSUM L.
San Miguel I., in East Canyon and in the canyon going
from the ranch to Cuyler’s Harbor.
LASTHENIA GLABRATA Lindl.
On Santa Rosa I., about a marsh at the east end; inter-
mediate with the var. coulteri Gray.
BAERIA HIRSUTULA Greene.
Mesas near the sea, San Miguel I.; also Santa Rosa I. on
mesas near the west end, and on sea-cliffs at the west end of
Santa Cruz I.
ERIOPHYLLUM CONFERTIFLORUM Gray.
Common on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 37,
12,048 and 12,049.
Var. laxiflorum Gray. Santa Rosa I. in Elder Canyon; det.
by H. M. Hall.
a9
PERITYLE EMORYI Torr.
Near the sea, at South Point, Santa Rosa I.
JAUMEA CARNOSA Gray.
Springy sea cliff at south side of Santa Cruz I.; and in salt
marsh at east end of Santa Rosa I., as well as on a springy bank
at the west end.
ANTHEMIS COTULA L.
Established about Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz I.*
MATRICARIA SUAVEOLENS (Pursh) Buch.
Occasional around the ranch house, Santa Rosa I.
CoTULA AUSTRALIS Hook.
Santa Cruzz I., in waste ground, Main Ranch, Pelican Har-
bor, and in a burn on the summit of the ridge south of Pelican.
COTULA CORONOPIFOLIA L.
Santa Cruz I.* along the stream at Prisoners’ Harbor; and
Santa Rosa I., in stream beds and on springy banks.
SENECIO APHANACTIS Greene.
Santa Cruz I., on rocky slopes at the west end, S. B. M. Nos.
1110, 1109; Santa Rosa I., on a rocky ridge in the interior, S. B.
M. Nos. 6082, 6072.
CyNARA SCOLYMUS L.
Escape from the garden at the Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I.
CIRSIUM CALIFORNICUM Gray.
Canyon bank, Cochies Priestos, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No.
11,204.
CIRSIUM OCCIDENTALE (Nutt.) Jeps.
Occasional on steep bank above Cuylers, San Miguel I.,
S. Ba MaiNos. 91235 9236:
Var. coultert (Harv. & Gray) Jeps. is frequent on rocky
slopes and canyon banks, Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is., S. B.
M. Nos. 6032, 6048. Det. by H. M. Hall.
A peculiar low stout form with persistent white wool and
red flowers suggestive of var. candidissimum Macbr. Occurs
on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is., S. B. M. Nos. 12,180, 10,519,
2758.
CENTAUREA SOLSTITIALIS L.
Established for half a mile along a stream bed above the
Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I.
* (Clokey).
120
BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)
Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A.
Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
BSB B
Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo-
ber) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No.
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem-
ber-October; No. 6, November-December.
From 1925 to 1932, including volumes XXIV to XXXI, three num-
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume
121
All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary
of the Academy at the appended prices:
Vol. 3, No. 7. October DD 04 toe eee Ce eee $ .25
oe 4 ove, Dee Maye EGO 5 psn eR eee ee 25
ss Oye ee uliys a US) Uy (eer ee a er ees PAS)
a OE ae hy, Oise ee Se eee eee 75
el 2 ieee aM aye OWS iss ei aan ee 50
Ale Seo ye Ah, DON Gir eas ee Ree 50
OG ANG aS AU, GAS ee ee ee ee 1.50
Oe ee aMmianye 192 Oi eas ee ee ee .25
19, “ 4. October, 192 Opulence een eel eee .25
“21, “ 2. October, 19205 eee -25
, 23, a2 January, 1924 toe ee Se ee .25
Ta Se a ON neha, VO 24 oS Sree ee eae 25
CIB RE WIEN PO D4 eS SN eee .25
Se E23 ie ed Sea yA a IAS (ile earner ent en .25
Todo ine 2oe pSeptember | 21924 cee ee eee 25
So wii (ese NOMEN DORs, «O24 4 mie alco EL he ce aca -2D
“24, “ 1. January, WO DSi ec NGS See P25
i 24 er 2 Sy May, 192.5) 22 Se Ce eee 25
S24. noi SCDECIMDeR TOD Divers sea ree cca eek eae PAS
= 925, te 1 January, 92 Gib ee ee ce eee 3s
pee 2 O Fe amet ane Vilaiye PO26o ese ee ee .25
SEA! Meee Seon Ss GP tLEMUD STi n wil 2 Oc sater rece sete Va etn nea .25
20; ae ola January. a VAY (eee aie ee Meee ees tetas 25
Oe A RE A DAN ONE 192 tie ee 25
SU AOes aoe DEDLEMDEI. LOZ qt noe ee Ae ee 25,
emecr ua Velma aTaye NOD Bik earseee es BS ie a ae .25
CP irate ee eA nN E NO 2 Si 2 evens Soe sl eens ao. LD
edt os wSeptemben~ il928) = 22a oe eee 25
S28 et lean PANU ATA: 1G 29) 20 25 Se a E25
ae 2 Seen 2 save 1 ESS aie ee eet Be ONS 25
ee O koa See eptember. (L929) es ee eee .50
s 295e = le January, 193 Ocoee he he ee .25
peed eee des Naye 193 Ooo ee nin es eae 25
2 et oo oy OCDLEM DET rl GS Oi eae e ania ce £25
O05 ele anlanye AO Bl ee evr ce a eae eee .25
Sa, Ye NEE 1931 2h ee 25
So ns0s ee Say Septembers: Ogi eee eee .25
ool ee eee anuarys OS 2) See Ca ee ean 25
el SSS MEE 1.932) 223) Ee Oe ee 25
PS Ole tin oe (SEDLEMDCT As 2s G32) seer ae ee ee 25
The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have
no further use for back issues. Address all communications concerning
the above to:
Dr. Joun A. Comstock
Southern California Academy of Sciences, Care of Los Angeles Museum,
Exposition Park, Los Angeles, California.
122
NEW York
BOTANICAL
GARDEN
Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOL. XXXI, 1932
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
INolanSmcalitOnmiGay ...---)-s2e-see eee 17
Amelanchier alnifolia venulosa 64
v. cuyam-
acensis
Munz.... 65
ss ss nitens,
n. comb 65
Anstruther Davidson, Dr.
In Memoriam ...........-.... itis
Anthocharis cethura .........--......- 33
Apodemia palmerii marginalis.. 37
ATADISMOISD aye ee 3
os Johnstonii Munz —....-.. 63
A maxima yv. Hoffmannii
INO Ans a 63
Shockleyi Munz -.._....... 62
Astragalus Antiselli —................. 67
v. gaviotus,
n. comb .. 67
Crotalariae v. Day-
re idsonii, n. comb. — 66
i Crotalariae 2222 66
ve 1D Xo b ifs Keyisnht eee ee 8 65
ee Sis v. megal-
ophysa,
n. comb. 65
se ss v. Parishii 65
“ce “ec Vv. per-
stricta,
n. comb... 65
insularis v. Har-
woodii Munz &
McBurney ...........-.- 66
A Wa ChiysDUs eee eee 67
o s v. Jaegeri
Munz &
McBur-
pOV SNS 67
os Piersonii Munz
& McBurney ............ 67
f pynchnostachyus v.
lanosissimus, n.
GOT pm tees es aes 66
§ trichopodus —.......-.... 7
ey v. capil-
ipes, n.
comb. .. 67
os WESC Vile ene eee rais 66
Calephelis nemesis, Early
SSUES ESS CO) ieee eae ee peace 9
Cardamines oligosperma __....... 62
Castilleja miniata v. oblongi-
POT COMI ye en ee 69
Ceanothus megacarpus V.
inswlarish ns comps eek. 68
Chorizanthe insularis Hoffm. . 56
Colubrina californica .....-......-..... 68
Danais berenice strigosa -......... 16
Delphinium Parishii vy.
pallidum Munz .... 61
Parryi v. mont-
anum Munz 61
“c
i a subglobo-
sum Munz 61
Echeveria lagunensis Munz _.... 64
Erynnis persius afranius —...... 94
w CRISEISH seve sneak teas 42
Eucaterva variaria .....--..............- 9S
Euchloe creusa lotta __...-.......... 3
Euphorbia polycarpa .................-.. 68
ks a Vv. append-
iculata,
n.comb 68
Fort Tejon, A list of the
Coleopterano thse ae ees 75
Gilia Jaegeri Munz _._..._...........-- 68
Glossopetalon pungens _........... 68
Goniurus proteus
Lasquerella bernardina Munz — 62
Linum! puberulumo 222 68
Melitaea leanira wrightii, early
Slasesvofise a. aw 9
rs pola, Notes on the
IDEN AVE Y Olbr ke 8
Metamorphosis of Five Cali-
LOTTA MUTANS eee ene 30
Metamorphosis of Six Cali-
fornia wepidoptera, 22. 88
Mat Ota O Keiiseee see ee eae Ap 40
oe nelsoni 8
New Phalaenidae from the
Southwestern Part of the
WimitedsStates,- ses rs 9
Notes on the Flora of the
Channel Islands off Santa
Barbara, California ......-..... 46-101
Peroselanmollitsi ee eee 65
Petalostemon Searlsiae —..........- 65
Phacelia insularis Munz —..-...... 1LilR
Phalaenidae, a New Genus
and Species of .......- ep Bid ee 27
PhHivOteswSpeClOSay wesc eee 90
IDovoylisfong Abo nya, ae ee 96
Photinia arbwbitolia 64
Plebejus emigdionis .................. 92
Policocnemis ungulatus Benj. . 30
Polygala subspinosa .................. 68
Potentilla Piersoni n. nom.
NVI T RN Zar eae a Sy 9 65
OCC CONN igure ee inane eee 70
Ribes amarum Erythea _............ 64
oF or vy. Hoffmanni
VIGITN Zsa 64
Salvia Brandegei n. nom. Munz 69
Sanicula bipinnatifida y.
Ommiannii Wiunz) 2222s 110
Sisymbrium diffusum vy.
RAC CENT UUIN Zea eee 61
Solanum Clokeyi n. nom. Munz 69
55 Wialllalceitve 2. ae ee 69
PREATY Cellete e 2 69
ee “ce
vy. glabrescens 70
Solanum Xanti v. Hoffmani
VET Zaeese ees 70
se na v. intermedium 70
we i Vv. montanum
VII Zee ee 70
Southern California Plant
IN OUES iV nee re eames ae 61
Sphaeralcea ambigua _.......... Bue G8
Studies in Pacific Coast
AGE PIA OP CCay ee eee ee 16
Teponaztl or Aztec Drum,
anwuUndescribeds= 3
Thysanocarpus laciniatus —--... 62
Trichocerapoda comstocki Benj. 27
Trichoclea mojave Benj. —.......... 29
Whipplea utahensis --.-............-.- 64
New genera, species, varieties and names indicated by bold face type.
INDEX OF AUTHORS
Benjamin, Dr. Foster H. -....... 27-29
Comstock, Dr. John A. __.9-16-33-38
Dammers, Charles M. ~...-..... 9-33-88
TOES ZN * (Ci eee 75
Homann ehalph: 2.05. 46-101
Mirn7z-sD ree nilip Anes es 61-101
Spalding \Walliam Ae 19
Sperry, Grace H. and John L. —.. 8
SUR eee) Doar ariel ca Esti ee een ee eee 71
Woodward Arthur 2222: 3
REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the
Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof
to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following
rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los
Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints.
PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
| 4pp. | 8pp. | 12pp | 16pp See 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp.
50 copies "$3.75 $ 5.75 |$ 8.50 | $10.25 | $11.75 | $13.50 | $16.00 | $17.00
100“ | 4
50| 7.50; 10.75) 12.75) 15.00| 17.25) 20.25) 21.50
150“ +525) 9.25| 13.00 15.25) 18.25! 21.00! 24.50| 26.00
200 “ | 6.00! 11.00) 15.25| 17.75| 21.50| 2475! 28.75| 30.50
250 “ | 6.75) 12.75| 17.50| 20.25| 24.75| 28.50| 33.00! 35.00
300“ | 7.50} 14.50| 19.75| 22.75] 28.00) 32.25) 37.25| 39.50
Covers: 50 for $2.00. Additional covers, 114¢ each.
PRINTING
HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS
SUNG e A k880
SERVICE and QUALITY, com-
bined with FAIR PRICES, has
made this business a success for
over fifty years.
McBride Printing Coe:
261-263 So. Los Angeles St. Los Angeles
meee le PIN OF THE
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
Vol. XXXII January-April, 1933 Part 1.
CONTENTS
NOTES ON CERTAIN ORDOVICIAN FAUNAS OF THE
INYO MOUNTAINS, CALIFORNIA—Fred P. Phleger, Jr. - -
RARE FISHES FOUND IN CALIFORNIA COASTAL
WATERS—Howard R. Hill -4- < -5 = we le ew ee
A NEW LYCAENID FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
—John A. Comstock and Chris Henne - - - - = - = =
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO CALIFORNIA
LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS—John A. Comstock and
Charles M. Dammers - - - = - = - = = = = = = =
GEORGE WHITWELL PARSONS, WILHELM SCHRADER:
IN MEMORIAM - - - - = = = = =
Issued March 1, 1933
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
= 8
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Mri HEODORE RAYNE 0 200k St ae) ee eee President
DrvHorp vA. CARPENDER. neg ce Se ee ee Vice-President
WViR: HOWARD: Ri GAILi ne oh Ge ts oo ee Secretary
Me HARRY Ie SARGENT iS ee ee Ae Treasurer
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. WiLt1aM A. Bryan Mr. Harry K. SARGENT
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WItiiAM A. SPALDING
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt
Mr. Howarp R. HI
a
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BurRLEw
Dr. MELVILLE DoZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN
Dr. D. L. TasKER
aha ote
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. W1tx1AM A. SPALDING
_ Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Mr. THEODORE PayneE, Secretary
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Mr. WitiiAM A. SPALDING
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT
= 8
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. Wittiam A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock:
2 8
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTIon Park,
Los ANGELES, CAL.
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
Garba
NOTES ON CERTAIN ORDOVICIAN FAUNAS OF
THE INYO MOUNTAINS, CALIFORNIA
By Frep B. PHLEGER, JR.
The purpose of this paper is to describe the faunas and stratig-
raphy of the Ordovician Barrel Spring and Mazourka forma-
tions as exposed in the Inyo range in east-central California.
During the fall of 1931 the writer spent several days collect-
ing in the Inyo range with Dr. John H. Bradley, Jr. The field
work was continued during the following winter and spring.
Ordovician rocks outcrop over a large area in the Inyo moun-
tains, mainly in the southern part of the Bishop quadrangle and
in the northern part of the Mount Whitney quadrangle. The best
exposures for study occur in the vicinity of Mazourka canyon,
east of Independence, California.
In 1912 and 1913, Adolph Knopf and Edwin Kirk made a
reconnaissance geological survey of a large area in the vicinity of
Owens valley which includes the Inyo range.’ Kirk, in his study
of the Ordovician section of the Inyos, recognized four divisions:
“The lowest is the basal sandstone 300 feet thick. Overlying
this is a great series of limestones, probably of Beekmantown
age. Above these limestones is a series of argillaceous limestones
which is equivalent to the upper part of the Pogonip limestone
and is of Chazy age. Apparently above these argillaceous lime-
stones there is a series of arenaceous shales which is probably
equivalent, at least in part, to the Palmetto formation of Turner.
It is possible that rocks of Richmond age also occur in the range.”
PLATE 1.
* Knopf and Kirk, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 110, 1918.
*Ibid., p. 32.
1
THE MAZOURKA FORMATION
The term, Mazourka formation, is here proposed to include
a succession of argillaceous shales and limestones of lower Middle
Ordovician age, 675 feet in thickness, underlain conformably by
the Ordovician limestone which Kirk considers of Beekmantown
age, and overlain conformably by the Barrel Spring formation.
The beds strike north 35 degrees west and dip from 55 to 65 de-
grees southwest, and are exposed typically in Mazourka canyon
between Barrel Spring canyon and the Lead canyon trail. The
type section has been measured in an unnamed canyon which 1s
the first tributary canyon entering Mazourka canyon on the east
below the Elbow in Mazourka canyon. Two lithologic facies, a
lower calcareous shale and an upper argillaceous limestone, mark
the formation. The lower 125 feet, constituting the calcareous
shale, is interbedded at irregular intervals with thin-bedded lenses
of argillaceous limestone. It is dark gray on fresh fracture and
weathers to a light gray. The lowest 75 feet is unfossiliferous,
but in the overlying 50 feet scattered fragments of crinoids and
trilobites occur on weathered surfaces. The shale beds grade into
an argillaceous limestone, which is interbedded at infrequent inter-
vals with a few thin shale layers. The limestone is dark gray on
fresh fracture and weathers in light and dark discontinuous bands.
It is abundantly fossiliferous and continues to the top of the for-
mation.
In the type section the Mazourka formation is overlain with _
apparent conformity by the basal Devonian quartzite, which
weathers white to buff. The absence of the Barrel Spring forma-
tion at this place may be due to faulting, since a short distance
south of the type section extensive faulting has taken place.
Farther south, in Barrel Spring and Mexican canyons, the Ma-
zourka formation is overlain conformably by the basal quartzite
of the Barrel Spring formation. The massive Beekmantown lime-
stones, which underlie the Mazourka formation, weather white to
buff.
The limestone of the Mazourka formation in most cases ap-
pears barren on fresh fracture. The fossils occur on weathered
surfaces, and are found mainly in talus material. Weathering and
recrystallization have combined largely to obliterate more minute
characters and to make ident earsion very difficult. The strata
have also been sheared in places.
bo
THE FAUNA OF THE MAzouRKA FORMATION
The following is a complete list of the fauna collected and
identified by the writer from the Mazourka formation, including
the forms also collected by Kirk :°
**Beatricea sp. ind.
**( 2) Streptelasma sp. ind.
*Diplograptus sp.
**Blastoidocrinus carchariedens Ballings
**Prasopora contigua Ulrich
**( 2?) Chasmatopora sp. ind.
**Crania sp. ind.
**Orthis minusculus sp. nov.
**Plectorthis mazourkaensis sp. nov.
**Plectorthis patulus sp. nov.
*Triplesia sp.
Ctenodonta hamburgensis (Walcott )
*Modiolopsis sp.
Pleurotomaria sponsa Billings
Hormotoma sp. ind.
Liospira sp. ind.
*Fusispira sp. —
Maclurites (?) subannulata (Walcott)
Maclurites sp. ind.
**Trochonema sp. ind.
Endoceras proteiforme Hall
**Tloydia obsoletus sp. nov.
*Nileus sp.
**Tsotelus gigas DeKay
**T sotelus sp. ind.
**Bumastus sp. ind.
**Encrinurus hastula sp. nov.
**Encrinurus octonarius sp. nov.
**C ybeloides calliteles sp. nov.
**Ceraurus infrequens sp. nov.
Pliomerops barrandei Billings
Leperditia bivia White
**Teperditia nana Jones
*Leperditella sp.
3 Op. cit., p. 35.
* Included in Kirk’s faunal list and not collected by the author.
** Species not collected by Kirk.
Tue AGE OF THE MAZOURKA FORMATION
Most of the new species from the Mazourka formation de-
scribed in this paper are closely related to known Chazy types
from other localities. These together with the Mazourka speci-
mens which fall into previously described Chazy species from other
localities constitute about 75 per cent of the Mazourka Fauna.
About 20 per cent of the remaining species have been found
elsewhere in rocks of Trenton age. The abundance of gastropods
is a notable characteristic of the fauna; six genera are represented,
and of these three are extremely common throughout the forma-
tion. The Mazourka formation is faunally a unit and undoubtedly
of Chazy age.
CORRELATION WITH STRATA ELSEWHERE
Kirk correlates the Mazourka formation with the upper
Pogonip of the Eureka district, Nevada, described by Hague.
The term “Pogonip” has been used in Nevada in various ways.
Hague’s* use of the term includes strata of Beekmantown, Chazy,
and Trenton ages, with a maximum thickness of 5,000 feet. Em-
mons’ and Spencer® used the term “Pogonip” to include beds con-
taining Ordovician fossils between Cambrian strata and the Eureka
quartzite, which is stratigraphically lower than a limestone carry-
ing Trenton fossils. Over 15 per cent of the Mazourka species
are closely related to species reported by Hague from the middle
part of his section. Since this middle part of Hague’s fauna is
of Chazy age, it would appear that the Mazourka formation may
be equivalent, in part at least, to his middle Pogonip. Walcott’s
faunal list of the upper Pogonip of the Eureka district* includes
species of Chazy age. About 25 per cent of the species from the »
Mazourka formation are either identical with or are closely re-
lated to species which Walcott reported. The two formations may
be partially contemporaneous.
There is a similarity between the fauna of the lower part of
the Simpson formation of Oklahoma® and that of the Mazourka
formation. About 20 per cent of the Mazourka forms are rep-
resented in the lower Simpson by identical or related forms. It
is probable that the two formations are partly contemporaneous.
The Swan Peak quartzite of Idaho carries a small fauna of
Hague, Arnold, Geol. of the Eureka Dist., Nev.; U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. 20, pp.
48-54.
° Emmons, S. F., U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 308, pp. 27-29.
® Spencer, A. C., U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 96, pp. 25, 26.
*Waleott, C. D., U. S. Geol, Surv. Mon. 8, pp. 65-98.
5 Edson, F. C., Notes on the Simpson Formation of Oklahoma, Bull. Am. Ass. Pet.
Geol., vol. 7, 1923, pp. 558-64.
4
questionable Chazy age. Mansfield gives no faunal list in his
papers® but Richardson* lists eight forms. This formation is a
possible correlative of the Mazourka formation.
A fairly close correlation by means of fauna can be made be-
tween the Mazourka formation and the type Chazy formation of
New York and Canada. About 50 per cent of the Mazourka
forms which have been specifically identified are either identical
with or closely related to forms occurring in the Chazy of the
eastern section.
THE BARREL SPRING FORMATION
The term, Barrel Spring formation, is here proposed to in-
clude a succession of quartzites, impure limestones, and argilla-
ceous shales of Middle Ordovician age, in the Inyo mountains.
The formation is 130 feet in thickness, overlain conformably by
basal Devonian quartzite and underlain conformably by the argil-
laceous limestones of the Mazourka formation. The type section
has been measured in the south fork of Mexican canyon, which
is the second canyon north of Barrel Spring canyon. The beds
strike north 15 degrees west and dip from 60 to 70 degrees south-
east. They are well exposed in Barrel Spring canyon and in each
of the next four canyons to the north. Three lithologic facies: a
basal quartzite, an impure limestone, and an argillaceous shale,
mark the formation. The lower 41 feet, constituting the quartzite,
is very resistant and stands out in bold relief. It is white in color
and is unfossiliferous. The overlying 25 feet consists of an impure
limestone which is only slightly less resistant to weathering than
the quartzite, and is also unfossiliferous. It is dark gray on fresh
fracture and weathers to a lighter gray. The limestone beds grade
into an argillaceous shale which is 64 feet thick and continues to
the top of the formation. It is dark gray to black on fresh fracture
and weathers to a reddish-brown color. The shale is highly fossil-
iferous at certain localities.
Fossils appear in most cases on fresh fracture as an iron re-
placement which weathers to limonite. The better specimens are
preserved as molds and casts. The best locality for collecting is
in the exposures of the shale member on the north slope of Barrel
Spring canyon about one-half mile east of Barrel Spring.
® Mansfield, G. R., U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 152, p. 57. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull.
WLS sD Del O25 oo
* Richardson, G. S., Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. 186.
5
FAUNA OF THE BARREL SPRING FORMATION
The following is a list of the fauna collected by the writer
from the Barrel Spring formation:
Orthis tricenaria Conrad
Orthis decipiens sp. nov.
Plectambonites angulatus sp. nov.
Orthoceras sp. ind.
Remopleurides occidens sp. nov.
Isotelus gigas DeKay
Isotelus spurius sp. nov.
Five of the seven forms which are present in the fauna of
the Barrel Spring formation are either identical with or are closely
related to species of Trenton age.
CORRELATION WITH STRATA ELSEWHERE
Due to the paucity of the fauna of the Barrel Spring forma-
tion and also because of incomplete information concerning Ordo-
vician faunas of Trenton age in western United States, it is 1m-
possible to correlate this formation with strata elsewhere in the
west. Hague'® assigns a Trenton age to the uppermost part of
his Pogonip formation. It is possible that the Barrel Spring for-
mation is contemporaneous with some part of Hague’s upper
Pogonip, although no related species occur in common at both
localities.
It is also possible that the Barrel Spring formation is the
equivalent of some part of the upper Simpson formation of Okla-
homa. Although no species occur in common at the two localities,
there are two or three species which are distantly related.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The writer wishes to acknowledge the assistance of Dr. John
H. Bradley, Jr., at whose suggestion this problem was begun and
whose constant supervision has made its completion possible. Dr.
Chester Stock helped in the preparation of the illustrations, and
Dr. John A. Comstock and the members of the Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences have been generous in affording a
medium of publication.
The types described in this paper, the gift of Dr. Bradley
and the author, are in the Los Angeles Museum.
1 Hague, op. cit., pp. 48-54.
DESERILTIONS OF SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE
MAZOURKA FORMATION
Puytum Molluscoidea
Crass Brachiopoda Dumeéril
OrberR Protremata Beecher
SUPERFAMILY Orthacea Walcott and Schuchert
Famity Orthidae Woodward
SUBFAMILY Orthinae Schuchert and Cooper
GeNus Orthis Dalman
Orthis minusculus sp. nov.
Plate II, Figs. 6, 7
Shell small, semi-oval; sides gently convex or concave just
below the cardinal extremities, gently converging for about one-
half the length, forming a broadly rounded curve latero-anteriorly,
the anterior margin only gently convex. Width of pedicle valve
of a cotype 10 mm., length 7 mm. Valves equally convex. The
brachial valve is uniformly convex, with a narrow, fairly distinct
mesial sinus extending the full length of the shell. The pedicle
valve is uniformly convex, with a small portion at the cardinal
angles depressed; the beak is large, broadly convex, and appears
to overhang the hinge line a little. The surface is marked by
twenty simple rounded plications, averaging three plications to
three millimeters at the anterior margin. Internal characteristics
unknown.
This species resembles Orthis euryone Billings, from the Ca-
nadian beds of Quebec, except that it has fewer plications, the
mesial sinus in the brachial valve is narrow and distinct and ex-
tends the entire length of the shell, and the brachial valve is not
flat. O. minusculus is closely related to O. ignicula Raymond,
from the Chazy of Valcour Island, N. Y., but it does not have
the difference in convexity of valves shown in O. ignicula. O.
acutiplicata Raymond, from the Chazy of Valcour Island, has
fewer plications than O. minusculus. A close relative seems to be
O. laurentia Billings, from the Gamachian of Canada. In the
description given by Billings, however, no mention is made of a
mesial sinus. The difference in relative convexity of valves is
greater in O. laurentia than in the species here described.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, at the Elbow in
Mazourka canyon, Inyo mountains, California.
PLATE 2.
Famity Plectorthidae Schuchert and Cooper
SuBFraAMILy Plectorthinae Schuchert and Cooper
Genus Plectorthis Hall and Clarke
Plectorthis mazourkaensis sp. nov.
Plate miei ocr oneca)
Valves subequally convex, the pedicle valve a little more so
than the brachial; the lateral margins are rounded anteriorly,
straight or slightly rounded posteriorly. Outline semioval to sub-
quadrate ; the hinge line a little less than the greatest width. The
width of an average specimen varies from 17 to 18 mm., length
from 16 to 17 mm., forming a ratio of breadth to length of ap-
proximately 1:1, the breadth in some cases being 1 to 2 mm.
greater than the length. The surface of both valves is marked by
from 18 to 20 primary plications, subangular to rounded, increas-
ing to about 35 at the anterior margin by bifurcation 5 to 8 mm.
from the beak. Usually one minor and less prominent plication
is added in this manner to each major plication, frequently two,
rarely none. No example of implantation was seen. At the an-
terior margin there are five to six plications to 4 mm.
In the brachial valve a shallow but fairly distinct mesial sinus
extends from the beak, usually broadening anteriorly. In front
of the cardinal angle on either side is a flat, depressed area.
The pedicle valve is gently convex, with a slight flattening
at the cardinal angles, and the suggestion of a low median fold.
Umbo flattened, with the beak not perceptably incurved; the fora-
men is triangular; the cardinal area is concave, about 1 mm. deep.
The muscle scars are vague in the specimens at hand, but they
seem to form a subelliptical area, extending anteriorly from the
region of the beak about one-fifth the length of the shell; the
components are not easily distinguishable but there is a faint me-
dian ridge extending most of the length. In the interior of the
pedicle valve the plications are clearly observed extending from
the anterior margin almost to the cardinal area.
This is the most common species in the Mazourka formation.
It is closely related to Plectorthis exfoliata (Raymond), from the
lower Chazy at Valcour, New York, except that the bifurcation
takes place regularly in all the Mazourka specimens. P. whitfieldi
(N. H. Winchell) has a longer and more complex muscle impres-
sion. P. jamesi (Hall), from the Maysville of Ohio, is consider-
ably longer than it is wide, and it also has a tendency towards
gibbosity in the brachial valve, as well as a greater number of
plications which bifurcate near the anterior margin. No specimen
examined shows the quadrate muscle scar of P. scovillei (Miller),
9
from the Richmond of Ohio. A very distant relative, Dalmanella
hamburgensis (Walcott), is found in the Pogonip of Nevada.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka
canyon about one-half mile below the Lead canyon trail, Inyo
mountains, California.
Plectorthis patulus sp. nov.
iPlatesibags: IZ
Valves subequally convex, the pedicle valve only a little more
convex than the brachial; outline transversely oval to subquad-
rate, lateral margins straight, rounded anteriorly and slightly con-
vex on the anterior margin; the hinge line is a little less than the
greatest width of the shell. Width of both valves 17 to 25 mm.,
length 11 to 15 mm., forming a ratio of breadth to length of about
5:3. The surface of both valves is marked by 20 to 22 primary,
subrounded plications which increase by bifurcation anywhere
from the posterior to the anterior margin to from 40 to 48 plica-
tions at the anterior margin; in most cases one plication is added
to each primary plication by bifurcation, but in some cases two
and not infrequently three are added in this manner; there is
rarely any distinction in prominence at the anterior margin be-
tween the primary and secondary plications. At the anterior
margin there are four plications to 4 mm.
The brachial valve is evenly convex with a shallow, distinct
mesial sinus extending from the beak the entire length of the
valve, greatly widening anteriorly.
In the pedicle valve the umbo is high, sloping equally in all
directions; there is a slight flattening at the cardinal angles; the
beak is not perceptably incurved; the cardinal area is narrow, the
greatest width being 2 mm.; foramen triangular.
In Plectorthis exfoliata Raymond from the Chazy at Chazy,
N. Y., the bifurcation is neither so regular nor so abundant as in
P. patulus. P. patulus differs from P. mazourkaensis from the Ma-
zourka formation in the ratio of breadth to length, being consider-
ably wider than long; also in having a greater number of secondary
plications, and the fact that these plications are as prominent at
the anterior margin as the primary plications; and in having a
wider foramen and a considerably smaller muscle impression.
The specimens at hand show no evidence of the gibbosity in the
brachial valve shown in P. jamesi (Hall), from the Maysville.
They have fewer and more prominent plications than P. kanka-
kensis (McChesney), from the Fernvale of Illinois. P. neglecta
(James), from the Maysville of Ohio, has very narrow grooves
between the plications. No near relatives of P. patulus have been
listed from any formation east of Illinois.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka
canyon one-half mile below the Lead canyon trail, Inyo moun-
tains, California.
10
Puytum Arthropoda
CLass Crustacea
Suscrass Trilobita Walch
ORDER Opisthoparia Beecher
Famity Asaphidae Burmeister
Genus Lloydia Vogdes
Lloydia obsoletus sp. nov.
Plate II, Fig. 15
Cephalon moderately convex, broadly rounded anteriorly.
Glabella large, oblong, most elevated opposite the eyes and gently
sloping downward to the anterior margin; sides sub-parallel, front
margin gently rounded; occipital furrow somewhat indistinct in
the type specimen, but appearing to extend in a straight line across
the glabella. Eyes large, about one-half as wide as the glabella,
crescentiform, situated very near the glabella and about halfway
between the posterior and anterior margins.
The thorax is a little longer than the cephalon, with a distinct
axial lobe about two-thirds as wide as the pleural lobes, and di-
vided into eight smooth segments. The pleural segments appear
to extend laterally into short, blunt spines.
The pygidium is rather long, subrounded to subtriangular,
with a well-defined axial lobe which is about half as wide as the
pleural lobes and extends almost to the posterior margin. The
axial lobe narrows posteriorly and there is no trace of segmenta-
tion.
MEASUREMENTS OF COTYPES
Cranidium
Wencthw car aaa Spare si ee) ee maa:
Width Resa ake eo a oe veawe. a)O: fam:
Distance from eyes to posterior
margin of glabella - - - - - - 6mm.
Thorax
Wen otis) hae ag aera ay ie oy On mans
Nidhi oS oee a eee ee oO tam:
Width of axial lobe - - - - - - - 8 mm.
Pygidium
eno the t= eta nar ott ele a eee Nona Ta.
Within aver cna Senos a aie oe = = ol 5) mm:
Lloydia obsoletus is closely related to L. strenuus (Billings),
from the Beekmantown of Quebec, but it differs in having the
eyes close to the glabella. L. oblongatus (Billings) differs from
L. obsoletus mainly in having small eyes situated well away from
the glabella.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, about one-half
mile below the Lead canyon trail in Mazourka canyon, Inyo moun-
tains, California.
11
OrpeErR Proparia Beecher
Famity Encrinuridae Angelin
Genus Encrinurus Emmrich
Encrinurus hastula sp. nov.
Plate II, Figs. 13, 14
Cranidium sub-lunate in outline, the anterior and lateral mar-
gins more or less regularly rounded, with the posterior margin
broadly sinuous, and the posterior extremities bluntly subtrian-
gular. The facial sutures originate in front of the genal angles
and pass obliquely forward and around the eyes, intersecting the
anterior margin at points a little nearer together than the breadth
between the eyes. Eyes small and prominent, situated on conical
protuberances fairly close to the glabella. The glabella is prom-
inent and is separated from the fixed cheeks by deep, dorsal fur-
rows. The sides are nearly parallel for the posterior third of
the length, but converge slightly farther forward. The anterior
margin is broadly rounded. There are two pairs of prominent
glabellar furrows which curve posteriorly only slightly; each fur-
row extends about one-third the width of the glabella. The neck
segment is prominent, with median spine, and is separated from
the glabella by a well-defined occipital furrow.
The thorax consists of eleven segments. The median lobe is
about equal in length to the pleural lobes and is slightly more
convex, with an increased convexity on the first two or three seg-
ments. The segments of the pleural lobes end laterally in blunt
spines which curve posteriorly at their extremities.
The pygidium is subtriangular in outline, slightly wider than
long. The lateral margins are straight or slightly convex, with
the posterior extremity rounded or subtriangular. The axial lobe
is narrow, with tapering sides, terminating in the posterior margin
of the pygidium and showing about twenty segments. There are
twelve segments on the pleural lobes. The anterior segments are
directed laterally for a short distance and are there deflected pos-
teriorly through a broad curve. The posterior deflection of the
succeeding segments becomes more marked, until the twelfth pair
extends parallel to the axial lobe.
MEASUREMENTS OF COTYPES
C ranid i um Gaon Genes
Whadthy se Ziemm: 10 mm.
Tene thes cate eigen 4 mm.
lengthrotvelabellast= (-5 ess 4 mm.
Width of glabella - - - 9 mm. 5 mm.
Thorax
Wenethivoweas == = a 23) mm: 12 mm.
Vveilichie te a LO am: 12 mm.
Pygidium
Wensthy= t=) === = — 5 20 min. 10 mm.
Wwadthy t=) = 92) = =) = = 7 mm 10 mm.
Encrinurus trentonensis Walcott, from the Trenton of New
Jersey, is a smaller form with the pleurae of the pygidium aris-
ing from alternating median segments. E. hastula may be dis-
tinguished from E. tuberculosus Collie, from the Trenton of New
Jersey, by having more pleurae on the pygidium, and also fewer
annulations on the median lobe. EE. deltoides Shumard, from the
upper Medinan of Illinois, may be distinguished by its greater
number of segments (24) along the median lobe, and less number
of segments (8) along the lateral lobes of the pygidium. E.
americanus Vogdes, from the Clinton of Georgia, has only six
pleurae on the pygidium. EF. thresheri Foerste, from the upper
Medinan of Indiana, has seven lateral segments in the pygidium
and the segments are narrower than the intervening grooves.
Tubercles are also present on the median lobe.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, at the Elbow in
Mazourka canyon, Inyo mountains, California.
Encrinurus octonarius sp. nov.
Plate hs biee.9
Pygidium fairly convex, subtriangular in outline, length and
breadth equal. The lateral margins are straight, with the pos-
terior extremity subtriangular. The axial lobe is a little greater
in width than the pleural lobes at the anterior end of the pygidium,
but it rapidly tapers posteriorly to about half the width of the
pleural lobes at the posterior extremity. The axial lobe shows ten
segments clearly and there are ten or twelve more posterior to
these which are obscured in the holotype. There are eight seg-
ments on the pleural lobes. The anterior segments are deflected
posteriorly through a broad curve. The posterior segments extend
directly posteriorly. The rest of the pleurae are transitional be-
tween these two extremes. Cephalon and thorax unknown.
MEASUREMENTS OF HOLOTYPE
WWemethe re yee eee ey ot. | pam.
Wwhdthe ===" =) = === = =. - - )- «10 mm.
Width of axial lobe at anterior margin - - - 4 mm.
Width of axial lobe at posterior margin - - - 1.5 mm.
Widtheot pleuralilobes: 2 9= ==) 2 =" )- =~ 3) mam:
13
Encrinurus octonarius differs from E. hastula Phleger, which
is also from the Mazourka formation, in being equal in length and
breadth and in having only eight pleurae. E. americanus Vogdes
has six pleurae on the pygidium. £. trentonensis Walcott, from
the Trenton of New Jersey, differs from FE. octonarius in that
the pleurae arise from alternating segments of the median lobe.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka
canyon at the Elbow, Inyo mountains, California.
GeENus Cybeloides Slocom
Cybeloides calliteles sp. nov.
Rlatesls Bige S
Pygidium suboval to subtriangular, about as wide as long,
with a narrow, well-defined median lobe and well-defined side
lobes. The median lobe is traversed by five furrows, forming
five small segments with a sixth larger segment at the posterior
extremity. The side lobes are produced in five pointed spines
which curve distally until parallel to the axial lobe. The first
spine extends laterally for about one-third its length and is there
abruptly rounded for the second third, whereas the last third is
parallel to the axial lobe. The fifth spine extends straight back-
wards, curving slightly outward and around the posterior seg-
ment of the median lobe. The shape of the second, third, and
fourth spines is transitional between these two extremes. The
spines are separated from each other by deep furrows which be-
come 1 mm. wide at their distal extremities.
Cybeloides calliteles differs from C. mirus Billings, from the
Chazy of Tablehead, Newfoundland, in having fewer segments
in the pygidium, and in having more pleurae. It differs from
C. primus (Raymond), from the Chazy of New York, in having
fewer segments and in lacking nodes along the axial lobe of the
pygidium.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, at the Elbow in
Mazourka canyon, Inyo mountains, California.
14
FaMILy Cheiruridae Salter
SUBFAMILY Cheirurinae Raymond
GENUS Ceraurus Green
Ceraurus infrequens sp. noy.
Plate II, Fig. 12
Cephalon broad, roughly crescentiform, four-tenths as long as
wide. Glabella only moderately convex, expanding forward at a
rate of 1 mm. ina length of 3 mm. The front of the glabella is
gently rounded; there are three pairs of glabellar furrows; the
third pair is shorter than the other two and appears to be joined
to the occipital furrow by faint longitudinal depressions, forming
a third lobe roughly quadrangular in shape. The lobation is faint
and not well-defined. The frontal lobe constitutes a little less
than one-half the glabella. The occipital furrow is narrow but
well-impressed. Occipital segment narrow, slightly elevated, curv-
ing a little anteriorly in traversing the middle of the glabella. The
fixed cheeks are weakly convex, increasing somewhat in convexity
in the palpebral region. The genal angles are produced laterally
into short, curved spines. The eyes appear to be small, situated
high on the cheeks, and a little nearer to the glabella than the
posterior margin of the cephalon. No surface characteristics
shown. Thorax and pygidium unknown.
MEASUREMENTS OF HOLOTYPE
Wenstiot cephalon) --9 =(9=! = = => = = © 8: mim:
WWwidthwoticephalon’ -)\- = (=) =. =) ==. =. 27, mnt
Front width of glabella- - - - - = = = 8 mm.
Rear width of glabella - - - - - - - - 5 mm.
Went otcelabellani= 22) -- = >) s2°)2 >=) 2) 98 mm:
Length of frontal lobe - - - - - - - - 3.6 mm
This species differs from Ceraurus granulosus Raymond and
Barton, from the Chazy of Valcour Island, in not having a rec-
tangular-shaped glabella. C. imfrequens is rather closely related
to C. bispinosus Raymond and Barton from the Black River of
Quebec, but in the latter the glabellar furrows are neither so
distinct nor so continuous. C. pleurexanthemus from the Black
River and Trenton does not have the rapid forward expansion
seen in C. infrequens.
Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka
canyon at the Elbow, Inyo mountains, California.
SUBFAMILY Pliomerinae Raymond
GENUS Pliomerops Raymond
Pliomerops barrandei (Billings )
Plate II, Figs. 10, 11
Amphion barrandei Billings, Pal. Fossils, 1, Geol. Surv. Canada,
ISOS (os AOS, nes, ZIV, De
Pliomerops barrandei Raymond, Ann. Car. Mus., 7, 1910, p. 76,
ne
Plhomerops nevadensis (Walcott), Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv., 8,
1884, p. 94, pl. 12; fig. 13.
Kirk reported the presence of Pliomerops nevadensis (Wal-
cott) in the beds of the Mazourka formation. The present species
is very abundant and is undoubtedly the species to which Kirk had
reference.
A comparison of the description and illustration of Pliome-
rops barrandei (Billings) with that of P. nevadensis (Walcott),
from the Pogonip of Nevada, brings to light only obscure dif-
ferences. The first glabellar furrow of P. nevadensis may be, and
probably is, the equivalent of the anterior oblique depression of |
P. barrandet. From Walcott’s restored illustration, it would seem
that this furrow was not actually observed to cut the front margin
of the glabella. Also, the fragmentary condition of his material
was mentioned in Walcott’s description. It is probable, since so
many specimens of P. barrandei from the Mazourka formation
clearly show the arrestment of the first glabellar furrow before
reaching the margin, and in all other regards resemble P. nevad-
ensis, that Walcott’s species is synonymous with P. barrandet.
Horizon and locality: Chazy of Quebec; Point Rich, Table
Head, and other localities, Newfoundland; the most abundant tril-
obite in the Mazourka formation.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OCCURRING IN
THE BARREL SPRING FORMATION
PuHytumM Molluscoidea
Crass Brachiopoda Duméril
OrpeER Protremata Beecher
SUPERFAMILY Orthacea Walcott and Schuchert
Famity Orthidae Woodward
SUBFAMILY Orthinae Schuchert and Cooper
GENUs Orthis Dalman
Orthis decipiens sp. nov.
Plate hig. Z
Shell transversely oval in outline, wider than long, with di-
vergent sides. The greatest width is at the hinge. The width of
the brachial valve of the holotype at the hinge is 10 mm., at the
anterior margin the width is somewhat less. The length is 6 mm.
The brachial valve is moderately and uniformly convex, with a
narrow, indistinct mesial sinus extending posteriorly from the
hinge area for about half the length of the shell. The cardinal
area is narrow. The surface is marked by about 30 simple
rounded plications. At the anterior margin there are three plica-
tions to two millimeters.
Orthis decipiens differs from O. ignicula Raymond, from
the Chazy of New York, in lacking a broad depression towards
the anterior margin and also in having a very narrow cardinal
area. It differs from O. minusculus Phleger, from the Mazourka
formation of the Inyo mountains, in having a greater number of
plications and in having more plications per unit width at the
anterior margin. It also lacks the distinct and continuous mesial
sinus of O. minusculus. It differs from O. euryone Billings,
from the Canadian beds of Quebec, mainly in the convexity of
the brachial valve.
Horizon and locality: Barrel Spring formation, in Barrel
Spring canyon, Inyo mountains, California.
SUPERFAMILY Strophomenacea Schuchert
Famity Strophomenidae King
SUBFAMILY Rafinesquinae Schuchert
GeENus Plectambonites Pander
iby)
Plectambonites angulatus sp. nov.
Plate sietiggsl
Shell subquadrate in shape, usually wider than long, with a
pair of lateral pointed projections at the hinge line. Measure-
ments of an average specimen: width at mid- length 15 mm., width
at hinge area 21 mm., length 10 mm. Surface finely striated,
with three to four striations to one millimeter at the anterior
margin. Pedicle valve evenly convex, but gently arched along the
median line from beak to front; beak very small; delthyrium,
known only from a cast, appears small but comparatively wide.
On the interior of the pedicle valve the muscle scars form a bi-
lobed area divided longitudinally by a slightly elevated area. Each
lobe is long and slender with an abruptly rounded anterior pro-
jection; the outer ridges of the abductor areas are nearly straight
with a very slight tendency to be curved in part.
Plectambonites angulatus differs from P. curdsvillensis
Foerste, from the Trenton Curdsville formation of Kentucky, in
not having a thickening near the anterior and lateral margins,
in having less crescentic-shaped muscle scars, and in having fewer
striae per millimeter width. It differs from P. sericeus (Sowerby)
mainly in having no alternation in the prominence of the striae
and in being somewhat larger.
Horizon and locality: Barrel Spring formation, in Barrel
Spring canyon east of Barrel Spring, Inyo mountains, California.
PuyLtuM Arthropoda
Ciass Crustacea
Susciass Trilobita Walch
OrpbER Opisthoparia Beecher
FamiLy Remopleuridae Corda
GENUS Remopleurides Portlock
Remopleurides occidens sp. nov.
Plate I, Figs. 3, 4
Cranidium rather strongly convex, anterior margin abruptly
elevated; width of the neck segment and also the portion of the
cranidium in front of the eyes a little more than half the width
between the eves. The facial suture originates at or very near
the posterior margin of the palpebral lobes and curves upward
and outward around the lobes in the form of a half oval, and there
proceeds directly forward to produce a gently rounded curve an-
teriory. The occipital furrow is well-defined and deeply incised,
traversing the cranidium in a straight line. .
18
The thorax is a little wider than the cranidium, rather strongly
convex, consisting of eleven segments. The axial lobe is wide
and stands out in bold relief; it tapers sharply posteriorly to the
pygidium. The side lobes are narrow, only slightly convex, pro-
duced in pointed pleurae which curve backwards and decrease in
length posteriorly.
The pygidium is very small and rarely well preserved. One
specimen shows a pygidium which is produced in two pairs of
short spines curving sharply to a directly posterior direction.
MEASUREMENTS
Cranidium Small Average Large
Menoth )- =~ = => = 4mm: 5 mm. 6 mm.
Width - - - - - 4mm. 5 mm. 6 mm.
Width directly in front
of palpebral lobes - 2mm. 3 mm. 4 mm.
Thorax
Weng thpis i= gape = ak = mm 13mm:
Wwidthien = =e 8 9S = = Simms 10mm:
Posterior width - - - - - 3.5mm. 5 mm.
Pygidium
enothie: =.= ie = = et = mam:
Widths "2-9 s= == = ee 2 mm.
Remopleurides occidens is closely related to R. canadensis
Billings, from the Chazy of Valcour Island, but it differs in being
more convex and in lacking glabellar furrows. FR. missouriensis
Foerste from the Kimmswick of Missouri differs from R. occi-
dens in having a more rounded cranidium; and also the facial
suture immediately anterior to the palpebral lobes is only slightly
indented, whereas in RF. occidens it is well indented. R. affinis
Billings from the Beekmantown of Quebec differs from R. occi-
dens in having the part of the cranidium anterior to the eyes less
quadrate in shape, with the sides sloping and the front less abruptly
rounded.
Horizon and locality: The most common fossil in the Barrel
Spring formation, in Barrel Spring canyon, Inyo mountains, Cal-
ifornia.
9
Famity Asaphidae Burmeister
SUBFAMILY Asaphinae Raymond
GeNus Isotelus DeKay
Isotelus spurius sp. nov.
Plate I, Fig. 7
Cephalon short, wide, gently convex, and either abruptly de-
scending at the margins, or with a slightly flattened border. The
eyes are large, situated about halfway to the front of the cephalon,
moderately close together. The facial suture begins at a point well
within the genal angles and proceeds forward and outward at an
angle of about forty-five degrees; after swinging around inside
the eye it proceeds forward and outward at about sixty degrees
and meets the antero-lateral margin. Glabella not defined, gla-
bellar furrows absent. The free cheeks are large, rounded at the
genal angles.
The thorax has eight flat segments, with a wide axial lobe
occupying more than two-thirds the width. Pleurae short, rounded.
The pygidium is wider than long, with a subrounded outline.
It is gently convex, with a slightly flattened border. The axial
lobe is only obscurely defined and apparently narrows abruptly
posteriorly ; no segmentation has been observed. A median fur-
row has been observed in one mold of a pygidium.
MEASUREMENTS
Cephalon
Weneth (= 9-9) a a ee Sear
Width Se Ne ooh eee eer
Distance from eyes to posterior margin - 4 mm.
Distance between eyes — =) = -- = 5-9 /amame
Pygidium
Eéength = (25525 eo a eee
Width’ "===" = 92 = > =) =) Senate
Isotelus spurius is distinct in the abrupt rounding of the
cranidium antero-laterally ; in other species this region is more or
less broadly rounded. It resembles Homotelus in this respect,
and also in the abrupt descent of the anterior part of the cranid-
ium; the absence of a median pustule on the cranidium, how-
20
ever, excludes it from that genus. J/sotelus spurius differs from
I. latus Raymond, from the Trenton of Ottawa, Ontario, in hav-
ing larger eyes situated farther forward, and also in having a
wider median thoracic lobe.
Horizon and locality: Barrel Spring formation, in Barrel
Spring canyon east of Barrel Spring, Inyo mountains, California.
PrAnrel
1. Plectambonites angulatus Phleger. Cast of interior of pedicle
valve of cotype. L. A. M. No. A8158-76.
2. Orthis decipiens Phleger. Cast of interior of brachial valve of
holotype. L. A. M. No. A3158-70.
3, 4. Remopleurides occidens Phleger. Cranidium and thorax of
cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-75, 73.
5, 6. Isotelus gigas DeKay. Cranidium and hypostoma of plesio-
types. L. A. M. Nos. A8158-71, 74.
7. Isotelus spurius Phlieger. Dorsal view of cotype. L. A. M. No.
A38158-69.
IPA NG aD LIE
1, 2. Plectorthis patulus Phleger. Exterior and interior of pedicle
valves of cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-26, 22.
3, 4, 5. Plectorthis mazourkaensis Phleger. Interior, exterior and
interior views of pedicle valves of cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-23,
52, 25.
6, 7. Orthis minusculus Phleger. Pedicle and brachial views of
cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-30, 29.
8. Cybeloides calliteles Phleger. Pygidium of holotype. L. A. M.
No. A3158-32.
9. Encrinurus octonarius Phleger. Pygidium of holotype. L. A. M.
No. A3158-67.
10, 11. Pliomerops barrandei (Billings). Cranidia of plesiotypes.
L. A. M. Nos. A3158-12, 13.
12. Ceraurus infrequens Phleger. Cranidium of holotype. L. A. M.
No. A3158-56.
13, 14. Encrinurus hastula Phleger. Dorsal views of cotypes. L.
A. M. Nos. A3158-65, 66.
15. Lloydia obsoletus Phleger. Mold of Thorax and pygidium and
cephalon of cotypes. L. A. M. No. A3158-14.
RARE FISHES FOUND IN CALIFORNIA
COASTAL WATERS
By Howarp R. HILi
A specimen of the curious Louvar, (Luvarus imperialis Rafi-
nesque), was taken at Redondo Beach on November 20, 1932, by
Mr. Donald S. Perry of Hawthorne, California. It was found
struggling in the surf in an apparently injured condition and
killed with an improvised harpoon and dragged ashore.
The fish proved to be one of the largest of its kind ever taken
and measured 6 feet, 1 inch in length and weighed 305 pounds.
The Louvar has been recorded but once before in California
waters when a specimen was secured at Avalon, Catalina Island,
in 1901. It is most frequently found in the Mediterranean Sea
but travels far and wide and is not common anywhere.
PLATE 3.
Louvar (Luvarus imperialis) 1/18 natural size.
The Redondo Beach specimen was characteristically marked
with brilliant scarlet on the fins and a broad band of the same
color in the head region. The mouth was comparatively small and
the dentition weak. Sattu 8” ™*Nabi-n@id 1%sar Babili™
Be lee ids
TRANSLATION
12% shekels of silver, property of the king, ?which is/out
of the tax of Enlil-shar-usur “entrusted to Bel-etiru-Shamash
+the steward of Enlil-shar-usur °1s to be paid by Iddia son of
6Ashshia. In the month Shebat the silver, namely ‘2% shekels
on his principal She shall pay. ®Witness: Zabdu-ilani !°son of
Tahuia; Tuqqinessu son of Shalti-ilani 1°and scribe: Nabt-
bani-ahi son of !%Ea-mukin-apli. (executed) City of the Bond-
men !4Tebet 26th 1°8th year of Nabonidus 1%king of Babylon.
L. E. Belonging to Iddi.
XS S ©: 77—STIPULATION. TO; PAY DATES
2 pi
14 gur 18 qa suluppi 7?" A-num-ahe™®’-usur apil-su Sa
3™ 4hen*-su-nu ina muh-hi ™ Bel-Ctir-“Samas +*apil-su Sa "A pla-a
ina”™*Dwisi 4 gur 2 pi 18 qa *suluppi ina gagqqadi u hubulli( 7)
Sina alu Sa ardani”™® i-nam-din ‘suluppi mas-Sah?-ti Su-il-tim
Sa ma-In-is bu-tu-tu %.... Sa ™Enurta-ib-ni 1 mu-kin-nu ™Ri-
mut-"Béel Uapil-su sa "Sil-la-a ™"Ardi-“Béel 1apil-su sa "™'Nabii-
sum-lisir 134 “"dupsar ™Ni- din-tum-“*Bél NIK (?).SU (?)
Mapil-su sa ™ Bel - ah - usabsi(-si) alu Sa ardani™® Dw tizu
Cin 27" sattu 11°" 1° 4Nabi-n@id sar Babili™
TRANSLATION
14 kor 2 pi 18 ga of dates ?Anum-ahe-usur son of *Ahe-
shunu to be paid by Bel-etir-Shamash *son of Apla. In the month
Tammuz, 4 kor 2 pi 18 ga *of dates on principal and interest
°in the city of bondmen he shall pay. ‘Dates measured. ( ?) SDoc-
ument of agreement. (?) (lit. striking responsibility.) 9 .... of
Enurta -ibni 19Witness: Rimtt- Bel son of Silla; Ardi - Bel
57
12son of Nabu -shum-lishir 1%and scribe: Nidintum- Bel ? ?
M4son of Bel-ah-ushabshi. 1°City of Bondmen, Tammuz 1®the
27th, 11th year of 1!*Nabonidus king of Babylon.
0 TET “PAT BAF bk
PET VL I
FSET MESA B SREY “ern son ran
4 RE BEET Da A 4
» AEA Ser Agr TEL
[EAE PF EREIEE Teer B= entrain nar
Tit FAP
HE THR
2 BAL. THT WK
wo LF VR PF Te BA
WL ALEK
Lg ell THERE PLL
THERA TF BET TA AR PR
PEE EET AV XH XK
1s ER EE RET Ege Pe
PE «Br Pe
ee
PLATE XI.
Autograph copy of tablet CSK 035 showing scribe’s notation in alphabetical
characters on the edge of the document.
58
SAN
af
Wie Poe:
: ff A ey . iy
|
|
PLATE XII.
Obverse of tablet CSK 035 referring to a city of bondmen.
PLATE XIII.
Cierk’s notation incised on edge of tablet. Reading from right to left, the alphabetical
characters are lI, ’i, d, i,—le ’Idi, “belonging to Iddo,’’ or Iddia as he appears in
the cuneiform text. Tablet was photographed upside down to obtain proper
lighting.
ey ica Ske
Riana “y rl
er ice Pe
5 Pee Z
IE 1 a ea A
ve
RIN AR Jef aA
or LEAS F pris & AAT
hiss VO ae
"eet solic fs Tr TAA
war DEERE G4: AST :
SFL T
jeua re GS al
oir a =i
ean
i pe pe a WL
PLATE XIV.
PossisLeE Light Uron THE MEDIAN REVOLT AGAINST DARIUS
Text SC 134 has presented not only a problem in decipher-
ment but further historical problems of far-reaching import grow-
ing out of variant readings.
The tablet is 174” x 13” x 34”, 17 lines of text, deeply in-
cised but considerably flaked in lines 8-11, preventing smooth
translation but in no way interfering with the point to be dis-
cussed. The tablet was incrusted with what appeared to be saline
deposits. Fortunately, before trying dilute hydrochloric acid the
tablet was immersed in distilled water, dried and carefully brushed.
The incrustation was found to be a smear of clay such as might
have resulted from dampness at the time of excavation.
Careful inspection of the tablet reveals that lines 4 and 16
contain a proper name followed by Sar-matati “king of countries”
the usual royal title of the Persian era. The proper name varies,
however, as in line 16 it ends with Su, which is omitted in line 4.
The first sign (line 4) is clearly ku, with the initial upright wedge
obliterated. The four horizontal wedges of the ra sign are badly
mutilated, but the general form is unmistakable. Under a micro-
scope the fine horizontals of the aS sign appear. The second sign
is Clearly the kur or Sat sign. The reading, then, might be either
Ku-kur-ra-as or Ku-Sat-ra-as. Line 16 is quite clear and verifies
the reading, adding Su.
On the leit edge of the document is a seal impression, with
three thumb-nail marks above and below. The figure on the seal
is evidently a bowman, with head dress and general aspect scarcely
Babylonian: but suggestive of some of the Persian, Assyrian, Hit-
tite and northern figures.** The tablet was not executed in Baby-
‘on, but at Nippur, at the hand of the scribe Rimut son of Gimillu.
42 The original impression of this seal was not good, and a slight
crack and flaking have further destroyed the lines. The bowman motif
is similar to certain Hittite seals. Two prominences correspond with
the shock of curled hair and beard often found on Assyrian seal figures.
The face is almost obliterated, though in certain light suggestive traces
of the northern “bird nose” are observable. The cap seems Persian,
though at certain angles it seems to resemble some of the Hittite forms.
The chief point is that the figure is not characteristically Babylonian.
Similar figures appear on the frieze of Iasili-Kaia, the figure from
Jerabis and on seals noted by Ward and Legrain. See International
Standard Biblical Encyclopedia, Chicago, Howard-Severance Co., 1915,
pp. 1399 and 1401, Ward, W. H., The Seal Cylinders of Western Asia,
Washington, 1910 and Legrain, L., The Culture of the Babylonians from
ais Seals in the Collections of the Museum, Phila., 1925, Pl. XLIII-
61
At first thought, the easier reading of the name is Ku-kur-ra-
as(-Su) and the easiest interpretation would be Cyrus. Such a
duplication as ku-kur for kur is not uncommon, e.g. di-dim for dim,
pa-par for par, ki-kir for kir, but is characteristic of Hittite and the
north.** There are instances of this duplication where late Baby-
lonian scribes were making an interlinear translation of ancient
Sumerian hymns,** but it must be remembered that they were
probably working from old material. At least, it was not a case
of the routine execution of a Neo-Babylonian tablet. According
to information at hand, no such writing has appeared in Neo-
Babylonian contracts.
The form on this tablet, then would not only be unusual in
a general sense, but absolutely unique as a rendering of Cyrus.
The usual forms of the name Cyrus are:*°
Ku-ras*® Ku-rdas-su Kur-ra-as
Ku-ra-as Kur-ras Ku-ur-ra-as
Kur-as Kur-ras Ku-ur-ra-as-su
Ku-ra-su Kur-ra-as Ku-ur-su
If the scribe really intended to write the name Cyrus, we can only
say that text SC 134 gives an important variant of the form of
the name. Beyond that: there would be nothing of import in a
simple business document drawn in the second year of this well
known Persian king. Many, preferring to accept the unusual com-
bination ku-kur as a rare Neo-Babylonian writing of kur, may
ascribe the tablet to Cyrus’ reign, and rest the case there.
43 Deimel, Sumerisches Lexikon 334,109 quotes a reading of Keilin-
schriften aus Boghazkoi 1, No. 42 obverse 1:18 as: A.GIS.GAR.RA =
is ga-gar. The publication in which this reading is found is Weidner,
Studien zur hethitischen Sprachwissenschaft, 60. This is an example
of the sign GAR glossed with GA to show the pronunciation, just as
KUR might be glossed with KU.
44 Reisner, Geo., Sumerisch Babylonische Hymnen nach Thontafeln
Grieschischer Zeit, Berlin, 1896. See No. 14, obv. line 2 and No. 28,
rev. line 11. Line 2 reads ws-ta-tah-ri-ir for us-tah-ri-ir, but line 11 is
doubtful. It might be ws-ta-tal-pit for ws-tal-pit, but the tal sign can
also be read as sab and the pit sign as bit, hence ws-ta-sab-bit. (So
Meissner, 7216). In this connection thanks is due Dr. A. Walther of
the Oriental Institute, University of Chicago. In personal correspond-
ence, June 8, 1932, he called attention to a number of these duplica-
tions and suggested that ‘probably the marginal nations as the Hittites
and later Babylonians used the signs of three sounds and considered
them as wanting explanation.” :
45 Tallqvist, K. L., Newbabylonisches Namenbuch, p. 92. Tremayne,
A., Records from Erech, Time of Cyrus and Cambyses, New Haven,
1925, p. 26. See also Weissbach, op. cit.
46 For the lay reader let it be said that the diacritical accents are
indicative of different signs. They have no vocal implication. The
§ is sh.
62
The fact that a duplication like ku-kur for kur is not char-
acteristically Neo-Babylonian raises the question as to what might
be the implications if the kur sign were given its other value of
sat. This admittedly harder reading prompts two considerations.
The first would be equating the resultant Ku-Sat-ra-as(-su) with
some form of the name Xerxes. There is a Nippur text with his
name, rendered Hi-si-’-ar(-su) quite different from Ku-Sat-ra-
as (-Sw).
At least 26 variants of the name of Xerxes are known, none
of which approximates the name under discussion. Weisshach**
lists the following forms:
Hi-Si-’-ar-Sa-’ Hi-Si-ar-Si
H1-Si-’-ar-Si Hi-Si-ar-su
In the Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft,
Vol. 62, p. 158, the following forms are given:
Ah-ha-ri-su Ah-Si-ri-ar-Si Ak-Si-1a-ar-S1
Ah-Si-a-mar-su Ah-su-mar-si-’ Ak-Si-ma-ak-Su
Ah-Si-ia-ar Ak-ka-Si-ar-Si Ak-Si-ma-ar-su
Ah-Si-ta-ar-su Ak-ki-iS-ar-Su Ak-Su-ar-su
Ah-Si-i-mar-su Ak-Si-ak-ar-Su H1-Si-ar-Si-’
Ah-Si-is-mar-ri-Si Ak-Si-ar-Su Hi-Si-1a-ar-su
Ah-Si-mar-Su Ak-Si-ia-ar-’-5u Ha-Si-1-ar-Su
Hi-Si-’-ar(-Su )
It would seem then that both in and outside of Nippur the
name of Xerxes was written either with an initial voiced guttural,
h, or an initial a vowel plus the voiced guttural or a voiceless
guttural mute, k. In no form does the voiceless guttural mute
form the initial sound, nor does the u vowel appear in the first
syllable. Furthermore, in the twenty-six noted forms, ar fre-
quently occurs, but never ra, the instance of 77 being the nearest
approach to it. As is lacking in all forms.
If the kur sign is read Sat, then we have a dental, t, preceded
by a sibilant and the a vowel, forming a heavily emphasized syl-
lable ending in a dental stop, t, before a following liquid consonant,
r. Such a combination could scarcely represent a capricious varia-
tion of Xerxes, and there is no evidence of dialectic fixation in
Nippur texts.
The reading of the name as Ku-Sat-ra-as(-Su) suggests an-
other line of investigation. The famous Darius inscription on the
47 Weissbach, F. H., Die Keilinschriften der Achimeniden, Leipzig,
splat
Rock of Behistun** lists nine rebel chieftains who opposed the ac-
cession of Darius. Written in three versions, Persian, Susian and
Babylonian, close comparison of personal names is possible. The
third figure in the row of captives 1s a certain Median pretender.
His Persian name was Fravartis*®? or Fravartais,°® written in the
Susian version as Pirrumartis,?' (note how the softer f of the
Persian becomes p in the Susian form and w passes over into m,
F-r-v-r-t-S to P-r-m-r-t-S) and in the Babylonian Pa-ar-ru-mar-
ti-1s°* or Pa-ar-mar-ti-is,°* whence came the corrupt Grecianized
form of Phraortes. (Note P-r(-m)-r-t-s again.)
This pretender, in order to promote his claims, assumed the
name of Khshathrita of the family of Cyaxares.** The revolt
spread over considerable territory and these fighting Medes who
had not forgotten the days of independence before Cyrus, consti-
tuted Darius’ most serious threat.
The assumed name 1s extensively used in the Behistun record
and can be followed through the three versions. The Persian form
appears as Khshathrita,” the elements being K-sh-t-r-t. In the
Susian version the second element, Sat, is especially prominent be-
ing the initial syllable of the Susian form. The Susian forms are
Sattarrita’® and Sattarritta.”*
Turning to the Babylonian version we find Ha-sa-at-ri-tum,**
Ha-Sa-at-ri-it-ti,’? and Ha-Sa-at-ri-e-ti.° In each of these cases
the dental stop, t, which never appears in forms of Cyrus or
Xerxes, is conspicuous. The exchange of a voiceless guttural
mute, k, and the aspirated guttural, 4, is not impossible, for the
Kampada district in Media is spoken of as the city or district
of Ha-am-ba-nu in the Babylonian version. In the linguistic
48 See Rogers, R. W., A History of Ancient Persia, Scribners, N. Y.,
1929, p. 95 ff. King and Thompson, The Sculptures and Inscriptions
of Darius the Great on the Rock of Behistun in Persia, British Mu-
seum, London, 1907.
49 Behistun Inscription, Column II, line 14; line 17 Fravartim.
50 Behistun Inscription, Column II, lines 69 and 93.
51 Behistun Inscription, Column II, lines 9, 50, 52, 53, 68; Column
III, line 53; and on skirt of garment.
52 Behistun Inscription, lines 43, 44, 58, 59, 60 of Babylonian version.
53 Behistun Inscription, lines 62 and 92 of Babylonian version.
54 See Rogers, R. W., op. cit., p. 92.
55 Behistun Inscription, Col. II, line 15; IV, line 19; ete.
56 Behistun Inscription, Col. II, line 10.
57 Behistun Inscription, Col. III, line 54; and above the carved
figure of Khshathrita.
58 Behistun Inscription, line 92, Babylonian version.
59 Behistun Inscription, line 43, Babylonian version.
60 Behistun Inscription, line 3, Babylonian version under figure of
the captive.
64
chaos of the Persian period, such elements as k-sh-t and /-sh-t
were not mutually exclusive.
Khshathrita was not a Babylonian and the inscription at
Behistun was put up by Persians, while the tablet under discus-
sion, SC 134, was written probably by a Babylonian scribe at
Nippur. This might account for the use of Kw as the initial
syllable, if he really were writing the pretender’s name. If so,
the scribe clearly caught the second element, Sat, with its charac-
teristic sibilant-dental vocalization. Then at the end of the name,
the voiceless dental, t, passed over into the sibilant, S.
Thus if the tablet is read Ku-kur-ra-as(-Su) the writing is
very unusual and open to some objections. If it is read AKu-sat-
ra-aS(-Su) the name clearly reduces to elements that call to mind
the Medo-Persian pretender.
Such an assumption combined with the dating in the second
year presents a problem and certain implications. The tablet is
clearly dated on the 18th day of the 12th month of the 2d year
of Ku-Sat-ra-as(-su) but the modern calendar date would depend
upon what year in Darius’ reign the revolt started. The Behistun
inscription helps little, except to suggest that the revolt was not
a passing one. Two years might have been consumed in quell-
ing it.
Maspero,"’ states that “to defeat Khshatrita was the work of
a few weeks only.” The Cambridge Ancient History” (Vol. IV,
p. 176) states that “it can be concluded that all the events fall in
the five months of his ( Darius’) accession year and the first year
of his reign.’ Also, Darius was able “to secure peace and quiet
throughout his dominions within a year or two of Cambyses’
death.” (CAH Vol. IV, p. 181). None of these passages makes
sufficient allowance for a situation that would yield a Nippur tab-
let dated in the second year of a Median pretender. Time and a
penetration of influence out of all proportion to what has been
previously considered the succession of events are indicated.
A hint of the longer period involved in the rebellions against
Darius is given in the British Museum publication of The Inscrip-
tion of Darius at Behistun®* (xxxviii) supported by reference to
Prasek Beitrage zur alten Geschichte (Bd. I, p. 41 ff) and Gesch-
ichte der Meder und Perser (Bd. I, p. 260 ff). Says IDB at
this point: “The rebellions . . . the suppression of which is re-
corded in the inscriptions, have been supposed to have taken place
61 Maspero, G., History of Egypt, Vol. IX, London, 1904, p. 174.
62 Hereafter indicated by CAH.
63 Hereafter indicated in the text by IDB.
65
within the first nine years of the reign of Darius.” Cambyses’
death occurred in 522 B. C. or 521 B. C.*%* Persia and Media had
already turned away from him, though not from the house of
Cyrus. (CAH 174). While Cambyses was yet in Egypt Gau-
mata, a Persian born at Pisyauvada, succeeded in winning Perso-
Median support.°? “That Gaumata succeeded in ascending the
throne of Persia is proved by the fact that Babylonian contract
tablets, dated in his reign, have been discovered.” (IDB xl).
Here is definite evidence of a case where a Median usurper’s
name appears in Babylonian contracts just as Khshathrita’s name
appears in text SC 134, according to the tentative interpretation
under discussion. Even the combination of his name with Sar
matati “king of countries” alone is present.°* But these tablets
are chiefly of the accession year (res Sarriiti) or the first year
(Sattu 1’) yet it is clear that in certain quarters he was ac-
cepted as sovereign and his name used in legal date formulae.
In other words, a usurper and rebel against Darius could obtain
recognition in the accession year; certainly one could possibly do
so by his second year, as would be the case if the following read-
ing stands: Sattu 2” ™"Ku-Sat-ra-as(-su) Sar matatim’® ; “2d year
of Kushatrash, king of countries.”
The revolt of Ashina in Susiana was brief, but Nidintum-
Bel of Babylon, claiming to be Nebuchadrezzar III, son of Nabon-
idus, gave sharp opposition. The last known tablet of the pseudo-
Smerdis is dated the Ist of Tishri; the first tablets of the Nidin-
tum-Bel régime are dated the 16th and 20th of the same month.
Darius immediately moved against Nidintum-Bel and defeated
him at the Tigris. The Babylonian fell back and gave battle at |
the Euphrates. Thence he fled with a few horsemen, was cap-
tured in Babylon and executed.
64 CAH, p. 173, fixes Cambyses’ death in the spring of 522 B. C.
so also Rogers, History of Ancient Persia, p. 84 ff. The rebellion of
Gaumata, the Pseudo-Smerdis or Barzia, ended with his death in
autumn, 522 B. C. Maspero places Gaumata’s rebellion in March,
521 5B; Cc:
65 The Pseudo-Smerdis, sometimes called Bardia or Bardiya. (so
Rogers, History of Ancient Persia, p. 85). The Babylonian scribes
wrote it Bar-zi-ia. The real Bardiya, (Greek Smerdis) had been se-
cretly slain by his brother, Cambyses. Gaumata was a living image of
the dead man, so launched one of the great plots of history, posing as
Bardiya, hence later called the Pseudo-Smerdis. He was finally exposed
by Phaedime, wife of Cambyses and member of the harem. (Herod-
otus, III, 68 ff.) cf. Maspero, History of Egypt, Vol. IX, p. 155.
66 Strassmeier, J. N., Inschriften von Nabopolassar und Smerdis,
Zeitschrift fur Assyriologie, IV, pp. 123-128. See also Weissbach, F. H.,
Die Keilinschriften der Achdmeniden, Leipzig, 1911, p. 154.
67 Note here also that the names of rebel pretenders soon entered
the date formulae of contemporary business documents.
66
Darius’ own account seems to allow little lapse of time in
these events, yet Herodotus speaks of a siege of twenty-one
months. Furthermore, tablets dated in the first and second years
of Nebuchadrezzar III would imply that the struggle lasted on
into the second year, probably until 520 B. C.°* During this time
Darius would scarcely be recognized as king in Babylon or Nippur.
If Darius captured Babylon within the few months or weeks be-
tween late 522 B. C. and early 521 B. C., then documents would
normally pass from a Nidintum-Bel date formula to a Darius
formula. If on the other hand the Herodotus tradition rests
upon fact and the interim between Nidintum-Bel and Darius was
considerable; and if in the meantime other political influences
were penetrating the empire, a Nippur document might reflect
such a situation in a date formula that ignored the struggling
Darius.
While engaged at Babylon, Darius sent Dadarshish to quell
the Armenian revolt. First contact was made at Izzila, in Assyria,
May, 521 B. C. Three battles failed to solve the problem, so
Darius sent another troop under Vaumisa, a Persian, who met
the Armenians at Autiyara in January. The question arises as to
whether this was the January preceding or following the May
date, i.e. five months or seventeen? The Cambridge Ancient His-
tory suggests a reversal of the order of the expeditions, Vaumisa
being first, and the time of the whole conflict reduced to a few
months, January to May, 521 B. C.®
Aside from conflicting ideas about the time factor,—and as
has been stated the Behistun records offer little resistance,—the
succession of events is pretty well known. Shortly after the dis-
patch of the first army against Armenia, news of the Median re-
volt reached Darius as he besieged Babylon. Khshathrita’s initial
success and influence won the support of Parthians and Hyrcan-
ians. After an account of the Elamite uprising, (column XXIIT)
the Behistun inscription reviews the rise of Ha-Sa-at-ri-it-ti, Then
follows the account of the expedition from Babylon.‘° Darius
marched into Media and met Khshathrita at Kundurush. The
rebel was defeated and fled with a few horsemen to Raga in east-
ern Media. Darius moved on to Ecbatana, and Khshathrita, cap-
tured at Raga, was brought to him, mutilated, and crucified.
68 Maspero, G., History of Egypt, p. 165, note. Hereafter referred
to as HE.
69 CAH p. 178.
70 No date is given. If the siege was short, Darius may have
started out sometime between May and September, 521 B. C.
67
After Darius left Babylon “the Babylonians seized the oppor-
tunity of rebelling a second time.’ There seems no question of
this challenge to Darius’ supremacy. Darius himself notes it. This
is probably the implication of tna Sa-ni-ti harrdni, “in the 2d ex-
pedition.” This checks with the Susian phrase, [/-wmmé-ma.
Darius’ own account runs as follows:
A certain man named Arakha, an Armenian, the son
of Halddita, rebelled in a city in Babylonia named Du-
bala and thus did he lie to the people saying “I am Nebu-
chadrezzar, the son of Nabonidus.”’ And then the Baby-
lonian people revolted from me and went over to that
Arakha and he seized Babylon and became king in Baby-
lon. And then I sent an army unto Babylon . . . Vinda-
frana took Babylon and he brought over the people unto
me. On the 22d day of the month Markazanash that
Mrakhaswees 3. was seized: and: fettered: 4... a nenml
commanded saying “Let that Arakha and the men who
were his chief followers be hanged on crosses in Babylon.”
Arakha was, then, an Armenian. Authorities agree that his
reign was short. In the Behistun inscription the account of his
defeat closes the historical section. Soon after the return of the
victorious army Darius ordered the sculptures. A later Susian
revolt was subsequently carved upon the rock. In the fifth column
the year was inscribed, but unfortunately the signs are muti-
lated.**
A comparison of chronology given by Maspero and the Cam-
bridge Ancient History reveals considerable variation between the
older and later work.
CAMBRIDGE ANCIENT History Maspero HE
Camibyses; death, springy S22 Ba:
Gaumataisedeathy tall eeeewee SOO eres at Dees, 5211 1B: C,
1D) iA Sy bt Ot ee eee 522
Nidintum=Bel, Oct:-Dec, 22. 522
Nidintum-Bel, death,
pHObablyaKebnes sees tl . .Mar.-Apr., 520
Aiinenianadekeat,s|ianeandis icy se S206 nr ee wee 520
Darius leaves Babylon,
probably summer === S74
iihshathiritaysud eatin seems OD ees eee eee eee 519
Ntalchiacs: dea thins NOVA =e yA Sts ieee reeset ee Dec., 519
71 IDB xliii.
72 TDB 194, n. 2.
78 CAH, p. 182, suggests probably 4th or 5th year.
68
The older chronology represented by Maspero involves a
period of two years during which time the position of Darius was
uncertain. In the Chronological Notes, CAH IV, p. 662, it is
pointed out that Darius states that all the events noted at Behistun
occurred fiamahyaya tharda, and this is assumed to mean “in the
same year.” The month dates given for the nineteen battles can
scarcely be brought within the compass of a year. Darius exag-
gerated, or “in the same year” is not an exact translation of his
statement. That “it is possible so to interpret the inscription that
the period covered does not exceed seventeen months” is true, but
it is equally true that a Nippur tablet acknowledging a two-year su-
premacy of a distant rebel would indicate data as yet unrecovered.
The easy way to interpret would be to place greater confidence
in Herodotus’ statement as to the length of the Babylonian siege,
and to follow more closely Maspero’s chronology. On the basis
of a tentative reading on one tablet it would be dangerous to at-
tempt conclusions as to events or chronology. That authorities
differ as to the length of Darius’ struggle for the throne is ap-
parent. That the time involved varies from twelve to twenty-
four months is clear.
If a Nippur scribe really did intend to write a Khshathrita
date formula on SC 134, then he has introduced a definite time
factor into the Behistun records. The tablet at least induces a
re-examination of the whole period and indicates a direction of
research for additional texts."
TEXT SC 134—RECORD OF PROFITS
12 siglé ribtit(-ut) mati(-ti) kaspi ?>™"Ri- mut apil-su Sa
™?!Bel-uballit(-it) *ina i-ki Sa (Satti) 2™™" 4™Ky-Sat-ra-as Sar
matati "ina gat ™Beél-ctir-"Samas apil-su Sa ®™Apla-a ma-hir (?)
e-lat ribtit(-ut) kaspi “pu-ut kaspi ina ma-? Sa ™* (ku) - tal
Cia) ina ““-Addari .... ®pa-si .... (a)=na %2ab—- bil
10 ™Bel-etir-“Samas i-nam-din 11 .... a-na muh-hi ku-tal-la-
a-tu 12™"yy-kin-nu ™Na-din apil-Su sa ™"Qud-di-ia 13 ™4Samas-
Sum-ibni apil-su sa ™Enurta-bani-ahi u 'dupsar 14 ™Ri-mut
apil-su Sa "Gi-mil-lu 2°Nippuru™ “Addaru timu 18" 16Sattu
gham mk y-Sat-ra-as-su 1" sar matatim®
74 CAH p. 663.
75 Those interested from a Biblical standpoint might connect this
question of Darius’ accession with the Haggai-Zechariah episode and the
crowning of Zerubbabel. Why did the Jews imagine they could do such
a thing in the face of Persian domination? Why did the project get
as far along as it did? Why does a curtain of silence suddenly fall,
cutting off further knowledge of Zerubbabel or the abortive coup d'Etat?
Was Darius’ accession a matter of months or years?
69
Au
Ge s both the jalules kur and sat, giving rise to suggestiv
episode in Per Ratio
leat ip ies
HL FAA ATT HAL
ea ly te
TILIA IIE RE Ae
Be aie ae sé
Diidiesta cco
ae SEMA foi apr
pe ey at
OE GI MMIII WT
r WSF WEA BE FMA
WPF APER ASE ETA
Ake bb ET A TOAUAREAT ARIE
TA AA a LY PP i oe
| UES ECA AE
ss DAR apie’
YA TTA or TEE T.
&
ae
——_—
OLE:
PLATE XV.
OWES opy of tablet SC 134. _ tae third s in line 4 and the sixth in line 16
e spe culation ee
TRANSLATION
1134 shekels of silver 7Rimut son of Bel-uballit *out of the
business of the 2d year of *Kushatrash, king of countries *from
Bel-étir-Shamash son of %Apla received (?) Furthermore/in ad-
dition (in regard to) the %4 shekel, the ‘responsibility of the
silver rests upon (?) the kutallatu official ‘in the month Adar
Rs 9? ? .... unto the porter 1°Bel-étir-Shamash shall pay
11. ... for the kutallatu official 1°Witness: Nadin son of Qudia;
13Shamash-shum-ibni son of Enurta-bani-ahi; and scribe: !4Rimut
son of Gimillu 1°Nippur; Adar the 18th 162d year of Kusha-
trash ‘king of countries.
PLATE XVI.
Obverse of tablet SC 134. The debatable sign consisting of three oblique
wedges is quite clear in line 4.
How SoME BABYLONIAN ReEcorDsS WERE MADE
In deciphering cuneiform documents it is often helpful to
compare the proper names with those listed by other investigators.
When such a comparison was made between SC 74 and text No.
168 in a volume published by Keiser in 1918,*° a striking simi-
larity was discovered. An interlinear transliteration (q. v.) and
translation (q. v.) shows the duplication.
76 Keiser, C. E., Letters and Contracts from Erech in the Neo-
Babylonian Period, New Haven, 1918.
71
PLATE XVII.
Seal impression on edge of table SC 134, showing thumb-nail marks. Sometimes a
Babylonian countersigned or validated his seal by such marks, and in many eases
the thumb-nail marks alone were used.
If no Babylonian documents in duplicate had ever been found,
it would still be logical to assume that such a practice was in
vogue. A number of texts in the SC collection have the charac-
teristic term /-bi, “broken,” indicating that the scribe was copy-
ing from a damaged original. Other investigators have found
exact duplicates.“ SC 74 is all the more interesting because it
is not an exact duplicate of Keiser’s No. 168, yet obviously bears
some relation to it.
The general arrangement of the texts is the same, but with
copious details added in Keiser’s document. At many points,
broken sections of one tablet may be restored by reference to the
other.“* SC 74 omits the plural sign and the initial Ja of the
first place name. Lines 6-20 of the Keiser text concern dates and
tax items of the fields of the city of Lasttu; SC 74, lines 1-10
cover the same transaction. Lines 21-29 of Keiser’s text parallel
lines 11-16 in SC 74, the city of Duru-sa-Itiri.
The extra lines in Keiser’s text seem to fill out details of the
original transaction. There is mention of a tax in line 3, and
a date in lines 4 and 5. At certain points the spelling has been
modified. Added data on parentage are given. Keiser’s text
77 Dougherty, R. P.. Records from Erech, Time of Nabonidus, New
Haven, 1920. Texts 169 and 231; 71 and 72. Also, Ungnad, A., in
Zeitschrift fiir Assyriologie, XXIII, p. 73 ff., and in Vorderasiatische
Schriftdenkmaler, Leipzig, 1907-1908; (Newbabylonische Kontrakte) Vol.
III, Nos. 64, 65; 94, 95; 181, 132; 138, 139; Vol. IV, Nos. 87, 88; 92, 93;
115, 116; Vol. V, Nos. 48, 44: 57, 58; 70, 71; 74,75: 87, 88: Moly Vir
Nos. 90, 91; 101, 102.
78 Note beginning of first line.
72
omits the gur (a measure) sign in the majority of cases. Prin-
cipally the deviation concerns an apportionment of tax, ma-ak-
ka-si, and an additional measure of date bunches, (?) sis-sin-nu.
Keiser’s scribe also resorts to abbreviation, ma for ma-ak-ka-si
and KI-2 for classic Sumerian K/-MJN, meaning “ditto,” refer-
ring back to the sissinnu of line 7k.
The differences between the two tablets are such as might be
expected if a scribe made a temporary notation of a transaction,”
including persons and amounts involved after which a more com-
plete record was prepared with greater care. In this final record
(for filing?) spelling was corrected; place names inserted; offi-
cial introduction affixed; dates recorded; parentage noted; dis-
counts, commissions, offerings or bonus indicated ; and totals added
up. Such a procedure would adequately explain the problems pre-
sented by these two texts. Though some such method on the part
of scribes has been assumed, the two texts offer what seems to be
direct evidence concerning this phase of Babylonian life.
In any case, it 1s interesting to find two tablets obviously re-
lated to each other appearing in collections several thousand miles
apart and a lapse of fifteen years between their respective pub-
lication.
VE RVEINEARS COMPARISON OF TEXT SC 74
AND KEISER, LCE 168
(Keiser text indicated by “k’’)
1. suluppi imit eqli sa “Su-u-tu
1k. .... imit eqlémes sa @La-su-u-tu
2k. (uu Diur-sa-i-)ti-ri makkir ¢dInnina-....
3k. wu ¢Na-na-a sa GIS.BAR Sa m™Ardi-ia a/s ™iNabi-bani-ahi
4k. apil ™Ri-mut-dHa sa satti 2kam mK am-bu-zi-ia
5k. sar Babiliki sar matati
ND
51 (gur) "La-ba-a-si u ™Muk-ka-e-a
6k. 51 (gur) mLa-a-ba-si wu ™Mwk-ki-e-a
~
7k. ina libbi 5 gur ma-ak-ka-si e-lat 4 gur sis-sin-nu
3. 60 gur "Su-la-a a/§ ™Gi-mil-lu
8k. 60 (gur) ™Su-la-a a/s m™Gi-mil-lu
9k. ina lib-bi 5 gur maso e-lat 5 gur KI-MINS1
79 Assyrian war reliefs show scribes recording booty in the field.
See H. R. H. Hall, Babylonian and Assyrian Sculpture in the British
Museum, Pl. 26.
soAbbreviation for ma-ak-ka-si.
81Written AJ-2. Semitic equivalent unknown. Means “ditto.”
73
Sal
N
ie)
3:
14.
41 gur ™Nergal-u-se-zib u ™Ardi-ia a/s ™Innia (-na)-....
-1bni?
10k. (4)1 (gur) m™4Nergal-u-se-2ib u mArdi-ia a/s mdInnina
(-n@)-SUM-....
11k. ina libbi 4 gur ma e-lat 4 gur KI-MIN
38 gur ™Pir- a/s ™Samas-z¢r-iqisa(-Sa)
12k. 38 (gur) m™Pir- a/s mdSamas-zer-iqisa(- Sa)
13k. ina lib-bi 4 gur MA e-lat 3 gur KI-MIN
106 (gur) ™Innina(-na)-zer-usabsi(-s1) u "Ar-rab a/s
™ > u-la-a
14k. 106 (gur) ™dInnina(-na)-zér-usabsi(- Si) uw mAr-rab a/s
mSu-la-a
15k. ina libbi 10 gur 2 pi 18 qa ma e-lat 10 gur KI-MIN
37 (gur) ™Niir-e-a u ™Ni-qu-du mare™® sa ™ Marduk-etir
16k. .... ™Niur-e-a wu ™Ni-qu-du
17k. .... méMarduk-étir ina libbi ma....e-lat 4 gur KI-MIN
51 ™Innina(-na)-ser-usabsi(-si) a/s "Ibm-Tstar
18k. ....-2ér-usabsi(-si) apil ~Ibni-dlstar
19k. .... gur ma e-lat 4 gur KI-MIN
20k. .... napharu(?) sa eLa-su-u-tu
20 gur imit eqli Sa dur-ra (2?) ™Nabii-ré t-1-a
g
a/s ™ Marduk-Cres(-eS)
44 $a @Diir-i-ti-ri
21ka. ? sa @Dir-*-i-ti-ri *(Mutilated sa?)
™! dny-ah-iddin u ™’Samas-bel
21kb. ™dAnu-ah-iddin
22k. apil ™4Bél-aheme-ériba wu mSamas-beél-ilanimes
23k. apil ~Mar-duk ina libbi 4 gur 1 pi 18 qa ma e-lat 4 gur
KI-MIN
3 ™ Nabi-sum-iddin a/s ™Na-....
24k. 3 méiNabi-sum-iddin apil ™4Na-na-a-€res
AMIS TOR (Oi) S ees 6 ee
25k. 2 mBa-ni-ia apil ™4Anu-ah-iddin US.SA.DU 4Samas
5) (GUL) 2 pi IE-nG-a O/.5. 3.
26k. 3 (gur) 2 pi ™Ki-na-a a/s ™I-ba-a ina @Si-li-ih-ti
6 (gur) ™Sin-ibni a/s ™"Na-na-a-eres
27k. 5 (gur) ™dSin-ibni a/s miNa-na-a-éres
28k. ina libbi ? 18 ga e-lat 1 gur sis-sin-nu e-lat ZAQ ....?
29k. napharu sa *Diir-sa-i-ti-ri *(alu omitted)
74
NI
10.
2
TRANSLATION
Dates, impost of the field of the city of —Sutu
1k. .... impost of the fields of the city of Lastitu
2k. and Diar-sha-Itiri, property of Innina ....
3k. and Nana, which is the tax of Ardia son of Nabut-bani-ahi
4k. son of Rimtt-Ea of/for the 2d year of Cambyses
5k. king of Babylon, king of countries.
51 kor Labashi and Mukka-ea
6k. 51 (kor) Labashi and Mukki-ea
7k. out of it, 5 kor tax in addition to 4 kor date bunches (7)
60 kor Shula son of Gimillu
8k. 60 (kor) Shuia son of Gimillu
9k. out of it 5 kor tax in addition to 5 kor “ditto”
41 kor Nergal-ushézib and Ardia son of Innina-shum-ibni
10k. .1 (kor) Nergal-ushézib and Ardia son of Innina-shum-...
11k. out of it 4 kor tax in addition to 4 kor “ditto”
38 kor Pir’ son of Shamash-zér-igisha
12k. 38 (kor) Pir’ son of Shamash-zér-igisha
13k. out of it 4 kor tax in addition to 3 kor “ditto”
106 kor Innina-zér-ushabshi and Arrab son of Shula
14k. 106 (kor) Innina-zér-ushabshi and Arrab son of Shula
15k. out of it 10 kor 2 pi 18 qa tax in addition to 10 kor
“ditto”
37 (kor) Nuréa and Niqudu sons of Marduk-etir.
16k. .... Niréa and Niqudu
iikeee--.- Marduk-etir, out of: it =... ‘in’ additionto 4 kor
“ditto”
51 Innina-zér-ushabshi son of Ibni-Ishtar
18k. ....-zér-ushabshi son of Ibni-Ishtar
19k Kor tax) in addition toe kor. ditto”
20k. .... total of the city of Lasitu
20 kor impost of the field of durra (?) grain Nabu-re’tta
son of Marduk-éresh
44 of the city of Dur-itiri
21ka. ? of the city of Dir-itiri
Anu-ah-iddin and Shamash bel-ilani
21kb. Anu-ah-iddin
22k. son of Bél-ahé-ériba and Shamash-bél-ilani
23k. son of Marduk, out of it 4 kor 1 pi 18 ga tax, plus 4 kor
“ditto”
ol
13. 3 (kor) Nabu-shum-iddin son of Nana-éresh
24k. 3 (kor) Nabt-shum-iddin son of Nanda-éresh
IES 2 (kor) Baia sonot.
25k. 2 (kor) Bania son of Anu-ah-iddin, adjoining the Sha-
mash (field?)
—"
on
WwW
3) (kor) 02pm Keanason.ote a5
26k. 3 (kor) 2 pi Kina son of Iba, in the city of Shilihti
16. 6 (kor) Sin-ibni son of Nana-eresh
27k. 5 (kor) Sin-ibni son of Nana-éresh
28k. out of it .... 18 qa plus 1 kor date bunches, plus im-
post ....
29k. Total of (the city of) Dtr-sha-itiri
0 JAE AT el FR A ETAT
ANY j jas
“$5, Te ETRE TAU BERTIE
s KET AP TT THEA AF oe
TBE Peak ee Te TT
Lk PETE EE TE TES AAT BF Ty 17”
Kir TRL kee BG TET TK
ASAUERTERPT EEA PEPE FERRE TF
a Seats ge
Lo. E. Va 4
lac lralnertinn
TERE AAA TICE Do
= TE PTT A
= RTA A
BE TK T
A seribe’s notes from which a more complete document was later drawn. This tabiet,
SC 74, reposes in the Welch collection while its counterpart lies in the Jas. B. Nies
collection over three thousand miles away. Filed in ancient Erech, dug up, brought
to America, separated by a continent, after fifteen years the two documents are
now coordinated through publication.
N.B.— Errata: Plate X, line 4, the fourth sign copied as ga is prob-
ably the git sign instead. Tablet badly flaked at this point. Copyist
omitted the vertical wedge determinative before the proper names
Shalti-ilani (Pl. X, line 11) and Gimillu (Pl. XIV, line 14).
76
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF FOUR
CALIFORNIAN LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS
By Joun A. Comstock and CHARLES M. DAMMERS
INCISALIA IROIDES Bdvy.
This species is one of the early spring butterflies in southern
California, and is common in its season throughout the state. It
is usually found flying in close proximity to Rhus or Eriogonum,
which had led our collectors to suspect one or the other of these
genera as its food plant. Close observation for many past years
by a host of lepidopterists has failed to unravel the mystery.
In March of 1932 the junior author of this paper, together
with Mrs. Dammers, discovered that the usual food plant is Cus-
cuta (Dodder) and that the butterfly usually deposits its eggs on
the host plant in close association with the parasite. This discovery
made possible the description of the following life history of the
Western Elfin.
Egg. Echinoid, with a depressed micropyle, somewhat sug-
gesting the egg of a Plebejus rather than one of the Theclinae.
The surface is covered by a fine reticulation of raised walls, en-
closing irregular hexagonal cells, very much
as in the egg of Strymon melinus. The points
of juncture of the cell walls show only a
slight tendency to develop raised papillae.
Color, a rich jade-green. The eggs are de-
posited singly. Illustrated on Plate 19.
Larva.
PLATE 19 First instar; slug shaped. Ground color,
Ege of Incisalia yellowish green, with a broad band of yellow
iroides, highly mid-dorsally and laterally. Abdomen and all
magnified. legs, yellowish green. There are four rows
of stiff brown hairs, as with most young
larva of the group, one hair to each segment in the row. Head,
colorless.
Second instar. Very similar to first, but the body becomes
more thickly covered with stiff brown hairs. See Plate 20.
Successive instars. Ground color, apple-green. Sub-dorsally
from the second to the tenth segments there is a line of yellowish
white bars with a diagonal elongation from their fore ends ex-
tending downwards and backwards, one to each segment, that on
the third being slightly tinged with red, while the one on fourth
segment is almost entirely red. The overlap or substigmatal fold
is yellow. Spiracles, green, with a brown rim. Abdomen, pale
green. Legs, colorless. Prolegs, and anal prolegs, pale green.
77
PLATE 20
Larva of Incisalia iroides, 2nd instar, feeding on
Dodder. Magnified x 22.
Drawing by C. M. Dammers.
Head, colorless, with the mouth parts brown. Cervical shield,
reddish.
The whole insect is covered with minute short brown pile.
Mature larva. Extended, length 16 mm.
There is considerable variation in the color. Some individuals
retain the general color pattern of previous instars, others are
olive, while a number are light green. The olive type may be
described as follows:
Ground color, olive. On each segment from the second to
the tenth, subdorsally placed, there is a raised triangular area.
bordered on its lower and rear edges with a white band (except
on the fourth, which lacks the white edging). These areas are not
PLATE 21
Larva of Incisalia iroides.
a. Intermediate stage, magnified x 12.
b. Mature larva, enlarged x 6.
Drawings by C. M. Dammers.
~l
oo
as pronounced on the second and tenth segments as on the others.
Sub-stigmatal fold, white, with raised red blotches at center of
each segment. Cervical shield, pale mauve. First segment, dark
mauve. Spiracles, green with brown rims. Abdomen, pale green
with a red blotch on center of each segment just below the overlap.
Legs, colorless. Prolegs and anal prolegs, green with pale green
claspers. Head, colorless, with white and brown mouth parts.
The entire insect is covered with minute brown pile.
The mature larva, and also one in an intermediate phase is
shown on Plate 21. Pupation took place on the host plant, ap-
parently without any attachment.
Pupa. Length, 9 mm.
Head, thorax and wing cases, pale brown. Body, bright chest-
nut. The thorax and wing cases are speckled with black. There
are seven longitudinal lines of black blotches or spots on the body,
placed as shown in the illustration, Plate 22.
The same character of short brown pile covers the chrysalis,
except for the wing cases and facial portions.
Eggs were taken from the 5th to the 20th of March.
The first larva pupated April 14.
The first imago emerged May 10.
Carl W. Kirkwood of Santa Barbara reports breeding this
species on flowers of a Ceanothus in 1932.
PLATE 22
Pupa of Incisalia iroides, lateral view, enlarged x 6.
Drawing by C. M. Dammers.
PLEBEJUS NEURONA Skin.
This small, and very distinctively marked “blue” is taken at
high elevations in the mountains of southern California in the
early to mid-summer. It occurs in isolated colonies, in association
with Eriogonum wrightii Torr., its food-plant.
Eggs were secured from captive females taken at Blue Ridge,
above Wrightwood, San Bernardino County, on June 8, 1932.
Egg: Size, about .6 mm. in diameter x .2 mm. high.
79
Color, appearing as white, but under magnification showing a
delicate grayish green. The form is of the usual echinoid, with
a depressed upper surface or shallow crater, in the center of which
is a minute micropyle. The latter is not very deep.
The surface of the egg is covered with a fine reticulation of
low raised walls, which are delicate white, and which enclose ir-
regular depressed cells. At the points of juncture of the walls
are poorly defined tubercles, as with most Lycaenid eggs.
Eggs collected on June 8 hatched on the 17th.
Larva.
First instar: pale greenish yellow, speckled white. There are
the usual four rows of long hairs. These are white, and slightly
recurved posteriorly. Head, black.
Successive instars ; slug-shaped ; the body, including abdomen,
pale green. There are two parallel pale lines along the mid-dorsum,
and also two similarly colored diagonal lines on each side, crossing
the segments, except the first. The overlap is white. Legs, pale
green, with brown points. Prolegs and anal prolegs, pale green
with light brown claspers. Spiracles, white. Head, black. The
body is covered with long white pile, each
hair of which arises from a silvery white
point.
Mature larva; extended length, 7.5 mm.
Color, gray-green, the integument being
light apple-green, with a profuse white pile
which gives the suggestion of a gray over-
cast. Each hair arises as before, from a
white protrusion. There is an indistinct —
dark mid-dorsal line which is best developed
in the region of the 5th to 8th segments,
and which fades out anteriorly and poster-
iorly. This is edged laterally with a cream
colored line, more clearly defined posteriorly.
The broad white diagonal lateral bands are
still present, except on the first segment.
Overlap, white, or pale buff. Legs, green,
with pale brown points. Prolegs, and anal
prolegs, green, with pinkish brown claspers.
Spiracles, soiled white, and inconspicuous.
Head, black, and retractile.
This larva does not taper anteriorly and
posteriorly to the same extent as with most
other species. It is illustrated in Plate 23.
Pupation occurs on the food plant, with the
Mature larva of usual silk button for the cremasteric attach-
ie eee cae ment, and a delicate silk girdle. The first
specimen pupated July 28.
80
PLATE 23
Pupa. Length 6 mm.
Head and thorax, vivid green, merging into a lighter yellow-
ish green on the terminal segments. Wing cases, bluish gray.
Stigmata, minute, yellowish-brown centered. Cremasteric hooks
few in number, very short and slightly darker than body.
There is some variation in the color of pupa.
A few very minute brownish vibrissae occur about the head
and around the spiracles, otherwise the body is free of appen-
dages, and gives the appearance of being smooth and hairless.
The first imago emerged August 6, and specimens continued
to hatch thereafter, which indicates a second brood. Mr. Chris
Henne reports the species at the base of Sugar Loaf Mt., San
Bernardino Co., in August, 1932, which further confirms a double
brood.
The pupa is illustrated on Plate 24.
PLATE 24
Pupa of Plebejus neurona, dorsal, lateral
and ventral aspects, enlarged x 6.
O
HyLEPHILA PHYLAEUS Dru.
The metamorphosis of this species was recorded in great
detail by Karl Coolidge, in Vol. 50 of the “Transactions, Amer-
ican Entomological Society.” This paper was not illustrated, and
we consider it of value therefore to include drawings of the egg,
mature larva and pupa, as shown on Plate 25.
81
Peet
PLATE 25
Early stages of Hylephila phylaeus.
a. Egg, magnified x 40.
b. Mature larva, enlarged x 2%
c.and d. Pupa, enlarged x 3.
Drawings by J. A. Comstock.
O
GRAEPERIA ALTERA Sm.
Larvae of this species were collected at Shaver’s Wells, near
Indio, California, in 1931, feeding on a species of Ericameria, and
were bred to maturity. The same caterpillar was also encountered
in the Antelope Valley in June, 1932, on the same plant. The
larva shows great variation, ranging in color from a light green
with darker lines, to an olive with blackish brown lines. The
description and illustration are made from the darker type.
82
Mature larva; average length about 22 a
mm. Of the long, cylindrical “looper” type. fil
Ground color, olive. a
The body bears numerous longitudinal Bi /
dark bands. There is a double median-dorsal .
band of dark brown, bordered laterally with a
light cream or olive area containing a sugges-
tion of two light brown discontinuous bands.
Lateral to this is a darker area containing ap-
proximately three dark brown bands, the mid-
dle one of which is fairly constant. Inferior
to this area is a broken and somewhat lobulated
raised band, placed stigmatally, and lighter in
color than any other area.
Head, cream-colored, with brown spots
and streaks. Ocelli, brown. Mouthparts con-
colorous with head. A few short bristles occur
on the face, and body. Abdomen, a shade
lighter than the dorsum, and banded with
more or less broken longitudinal lines, of a
light brown. True legs of the same shade as
abdomen, except for the dark brown tips. Pro-
legs and anal prolegs concolorous with ab- .
domen. See Plate 26. y
Pupa: 6.5 mm. long x 24 mm. wide PLATE 26
through thorax. Body surface smooth, and wpature larva of
free of all appendages. Predominant color, Graeperia altera,
green, the abdominal segments laved with enlarged x 2%.
straw, and the segmental creases green. Head, Drawing by
tinged with brown. Eye cases prominent, bear- J. A. Comstock.
ing three small black punctae. Wing cases
translucent showing the segmental lines underneath. Abdomen
gradually tapering to a rounded tip. Stigmata minute, brown.
Cremasteric hooks, 2 in number, short and brown. The pupa is
illustrated on Plate 27.
PLATE 27
Pupa of Graeperia altera, dorsal, lateral
and ventral aspects. Enlarged x 5.
106)
Oo
The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are sut-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural -
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:
Form of Legacy
To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.
I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-............-.22-------2-------+---
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.
Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy..
I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
of the: City: of Tuos:Angeles: (C22 ee ee
here describe the property or ground rent..........-0.--222.----2---22s--2s-eeeeeeee- i
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.
84
BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)
Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A.
Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
B B
Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo-
ber) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No.
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem-
ber-October; No. 6, November-December.
From 1925 to 1932, including volumes XXIV to XXXI, three num-
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.
85
All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary
of the Academy at the appended prices:
Vol. 3, No. 7. October 9 (Ae ea ere Ae sees $ .25
= 4, “ 5. May, 1D 0) Drgese sei eee aE ie a 25
ne HS duly, POO 9.5 eee enna a eee .25
a3 Os eae! Aflby, AW Qhseeoree. Pees aro aes 15
Sly Sil Aenabienry, NODS 2c Re ee Bi seen 50
elit en UU NY, OT Giese see ee ee 50
se eet (eaten ame ee SUNY ONS fe Sate 2 sane eye eee 1.50
19, “ 1. January, HOZO ake eee 725,
me lO eevee October. 92 Once ae soe ree perenne PD
THI 4 COXRHOLNELE. POD 25 eects Lyle Nive seer 25
ae 2o.0 tl ran alaye OE nies sae e Seie e O ere 25
ean ene aoe Manehr WO QA RES ies bse sree Ce Nw Oem ata 25
SR Be! INE, NS AN ee RR 2a a he, eae 25
Geo oman 4 ye Ul ye TS ay Wi ee atest beeen esa a LAS
Ss e2 oi ec ss Do OeplreMibers al924. = eee 25
mee Donn Or INOVEDID CEs lO 24 aiken ere eee 25
ae I en OnblEn Aye HG 2 wae ie as eh os oe a AB)
pea Set Zao MAsyy: NGO ust ier tet ee alee neat 25
ee 24 oO US CDLCIMD CI ai 92 Diy erate ee eee ne APS)
eS PB Tk ena: 1:92 Gee eee eae) Pee ne pares SUS
ee.) eee ae ae iaiye DCA Tee ee ecg re Be PS
CE 7) ovis om IAL SKE) OLA) 001] OFS) eee ei LW PA ty eee ee pear Me Se 25
te Ose ee ee aN alae 1927s Sone RE Dae eo een eae 25
Se 2652 so 25 April, I YA ita erecta eee Arte Me 25
SERA 7A Dope a eal Ga eRe Sy OLS 81] OED CATA LO Py (Ne eeiee eae UMC e 20
eile lee AEN an Ay, 1D 2 See oe Uae es ee 2D
Se Otsee re pede a aye 2 Sie sae Bi See ees 25
Se Deen OoS MO CDEOIUD CL ias lOO Ge enter e ve ee mae 25
Ee PAs = dks | deWnE Ay HES 2, O sey Se ea retao 2 ok ener aes 25
pee One ned =e anve 192 OF et Ge oe Ean eb eee .25
PUA he Geese Bou ro CD CCID CT il 920 ee et Se eae ae ene 50
pee eel ne aM AaTyE NOS Oy sie ers en A ie i eae .25
Se PD ee NIB BGS Os otc eae ee 25
ST NY ee a BSG SKS) OLS) OON OYE) Ore SKN) epee ser cee ee 25
CSR a le enobienAys DOB AD ets ae eee ee ei 225
eS BD 745 Ne a LS it peers oo were nee 25
sees anes TOME SCD CEMMID CIee e aliO ile imans ce eal ate are Onno .25
a Rib lS. deinen ne 0 GS ea ee ie ee eee 25
sh Od hy evoe ae! Maye TQS Ory ee Ges sees ty ieee eae eee 25
oO a BS CDLEM DCT in ClO Bae incetee ee eeeee 25
OA eel eee dM aTaye MO BB se ee ae ee 2D
Cae y ye osen agen INL A. VOSS: Ss Sia ee Se 25
The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre-
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to:
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences,
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.
86
Oe een ber
: isi i PERRI a a ec er eee ee et eee
Se rt hen mae EO RT OEE
S pry guerre =
5 3 ¥ Seems: = - —— Ss ae ee
RAITT ~ r, y : fous teeen 3 = 7 =: % Ks ¥ baw Tet Speen: 3 PF sata ns FM
Sriinesr se
eee SEN OR THE
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
Vol. XXXII Part 3.
CONTENTS
ANCIENT HOUSES OF MODERN MEXICO—
Arthur Woodward) =< =) = = \= he) ses ete eee Se OD
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO ARIZONA
BUTTERFLIES—John A. Comstock, Grace H. and John L. Sperry
EARLY STAGES OF THREE CALIFORNIA DIURNALS
(Lepidoptera) —John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers
STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA—
John A. Comstock - - - = = = = = = = = = == = = « 118
NOTES ON SOUTHWESTERN CACTI—
Wright M, Pierce and F. R. Fosberge - - - - - - = = = = 121
PROCEEDINGS—Howard R. Hill - - - - - - = - = = = = =
WILLIAM S. WRIGHT, IN MEMORIAM
Issued Sept. 30, 1933
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
= 8
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Mr “HApry: Ki(SARGEN TT aU ga eae ee President
De Horn Ay CARPENTER eet a eee [st Vice-President
Mr A aE ODORE PAW INE 2025) wey ees 2nd Vice-President
Mr: Howarp Ro Prey ieee ie ee ees Secretary
Mr: Harry, JK! SARGEN TIS o io NOE oe ees Treasurer —
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. WILLIAM A. BryANn Mr. Harry K. SARGENT
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. Cart S. KNopr Mr. Howarp R. Hitz
= 8
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. Burtew
Dr. MELVILLE DoZzIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN
Dr. D. L. TASKER
= 8
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knorr
Mr. Howarp R. Hitt
= @
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock
=e 8
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los ANGELES MusEuM, ExposITION Park,
Los ANGELES, CAL.
Y ANCIENT HOUSES OF MODERN MEXICO
By ARTHUR WooDWARD
During a trip into northern Sonora in June, 1932, the writer
encountered a small, deserted encampment left by the soldier-
laborers engaged in the construction of the Altar-Sonoita highway
which rev ealed many interesting features of pit house and flimsy
surface structures, comparable to many of the ancient forms of
habitations, the ruins of which are encountered in many parts of
our own Southwest, particularly in Arizona and New Mexico.
The author, in common with many other field workers, has
encountered or seen many puzzling features of architectural con-
struction left by the ancients, especially on those sites whereon the
perishable superstructures had either fallen to decay or had gone
down in some unknown holacaust. The chance “discovery” of this
modern Mexican pit house village with its accompanying surface
structures and evidences of household debris was very illuminating
in that it served as an excellent text book with photographic illus-
trations of the habitations of people dead these many long cen-
turies. The study of the details of the construction of the various
types of shelters represented in the group gave one the odd feeling
that here, in the midst of this dry Sonora wasteland, a group of
pre-historic people had suddenly appeared from the hazy horizon
of the past, built their homes, lived peacefully for a few weeks and
then, as must have been their wont, moved on, leaving their houses
standing for the special benefit of a modern investigator (Pl. 28).
PLATE 28
79
Here were houses in good condition, untouched by the fingers
of decay. Here was all of the miscellaneous debris of a migrant
people abandoned to the elements. Here were the out-of-doors
cooking hearths, the wind shelters, sun shades (Pl. 40), broken
pottery, the remnants of meals, bones, wind blown corn meal and
a few broken stone implements. All in all it was a perfect com-
bination for an archeologist seeking accurate knowledge of the ap-
pearance of a combination pit and surface structure village as it
must have been those decades of centuries ago when such com-
munities were common in the southwestern portion of the United
States.
The shelters in question had been erected and used as winter
quarters by the soldiers of the 39th Battalion of Infantry and the
15th Regiment of Cavalry of the Mexican regular army during -
the months of November and December, 1931, and January and
February, 1932, during which time the troops were employed on
the preliminary “pico y palo” (pick and shovel) work on the new
highway between Caborca and Sonoita.
Later these troops moved to another camp between the towns
of Santa Ana and Magdalena where they were busily engaged in
an excellent bit of highway construction when the writer saw them
in June, 1932. Unfortunately, from a student’s point of view at
least, the government had supplied the troops with new tents to
be used as summer quarters and the opportunity to view the fami-
lies actually inhabiting the pit dwellings was lost.
However, the evidence of the deserted encampment, which
was scattered along both sides of the road for some two or three
miles between the little wayside villages of Quitovac and San
Pedro, was circumstantial enough to present a very clear picture of
what had happened, and | believe the photographs, cross sectional
views and descriptions of the houses will speak for themselves.
Before entering upon a discussion of the site, the writer wishes
to emphasize the fact that, although many questions of structural
detail of ancient pit structures seem to be clarified in these modern
examples, the reader should not construe this article as a complete
solution for all pit house construction. These modern pit houses
and surface shelters certainly duplicate many of the features em-
bodied in the remnants of such habitations which have been dis-
covered in various parts of the Gila valley and the Flagstaff region
in recent years, but there are other types reported ae worker: in
the field which do not tally with these descriptions. The term
“pit houses’? evokes many mental images, many of them special
regional adaptations, and this should ine remembered by all who
read this account.
There were between seventy-five and one hundred of these
shelters. They varied in size, according to the number of persons
occupying them. Many of the soldiers had their families with
them. Others were bachelors. There were houses built to accom-
modate families. These were usually snug, well built affairs.
Others were mere holes in the ground, the sleeping quarters of
80
single men. Evidences of the families were scattered about the
camp. Here were the cast off, bright red shoes of women and
children. Many torn, discarded military caps of olive drab were
also in evidence.
Fourteen of the shelters, including the most common varieties
of both the pit and surface structures were measured and photo-
graphed. —
The materials used in the construction of the surface habita-
tions, and in the roofings of the pit dwellings were all native to
the region. No modern materials such as tin, canvas, wire, or
nails entered into the construction of the houses.
The uprights were of palo verde, the ridge poles were either
of palo verde or ocotillo stalks. The ribs of the giant sahuaro,
sectional slabs of the organ cactus, brush and earth formed the
roofing material. The framework of the tent-like roofs on both
types of houses consisted of ocotilla stems resting against the
sturdier ridge poles of palo verde or the heavy ribs of the sahuaro.
The structures were of two main types, surface brush shelters,
termed jacales in Mexico, and the regular pit house consisting of
either an oval or rectangular pit dug into the hard soil to a depth
ranging from 9 inches to 3 feet and roofed with ocofillo stalks,
brush and earth.
This roofing was tent shaped in most instances and the method
of construction was simplicity itself.
In discussing the various features of this encampment no
attempt will be made to describe in minute detail every house en-
countered. The salient points of construction will be noted and
measurements of a few of the houses will be given. A table of
measurements for the shelters which were specifically chosen for
study at the time is appended to this article.
PLATE 29
81
House No. 1 happened to be a surface structure in excellent
condition. (Pls).29, 29-a.)
This habitation was 5 feet 10 inches in width (interior meas-
urements) and 7 feet 6 inches in length. Two crotched uprights
of palo verde, each 4 feet 9 inches in height supported a ridge
pole 7 feet 6 inches in length. Leaning against this ridge pole, the
butt ends resting on the earth, were a number of palo verde and
ocotillo side poles. The entrance, facing east, was uncovered. In
fact, the majority of these houses were entirely open at one end,
or only partially closed, and with one or two exceptions had no
portable door covering.
The rear of the house was constructed of ocotillo stalks, the
upper ends resting in the crotch of the rear upright post and
against the end of the ridge pole, the butt ends resting on the-
ground in such a fashion as to make a semi-circle. Cross rods of
ocotillo were lashed to the side poles and over the cross poles was
laid a matting of brush. The entire structure was then coated with
earth. The earth was banked around the base of the house to a
depth of 30 inches while the roof covering proper was from 5
PLATE 29-a
82
to 6 inches deep. In fact the banked earth flowed around on either
side of the open end, forming small talus slopes which of course
restricted the opening and at the same time aided in diverting
water from the house during winter storms.
The upright posts supporting the ridge pole were 4% to 5
inches in diameter. The ridge pole was 4 to 5 inches in diameter
while the side poles varied from 4 to 5 inches for the palo verde
and 2 inches for the ocotillo.
In the majority of the houses the side walls were of ocotillo
stems, but occasionally as in this hut, nine pieces of palo verde
were used,
Ordinarily the strongest palo verde timbers were placed at
the front, rear and on the rides: which arrangement made a sturdy
framework and prevented sagging of the sides when the brush
and earth were laid upon the cross rods. Ocotillo stems, when
used alone, being more limber, had a tendency to sag and cause
the house to cave in more quickly than those structures where
heavier timbers were used.
The floor of House No. 1 was smooth but not surfaced in
any manner. In two or three instances surfaced floors were noted,
1.e., small gravel had been brought in and tamped down. How-
ever, in the main no attempt was made to better the flooring other
than to wet it and tamp it, or as in most cases, leave the natural
earth to be trodden smooth by the feet of the occupants.
Although this house served admirably as an illustration for
one type of the surface structures encountered it did not have one
feature which characterized some of the shelters, which feature
seems rather important to record for the simple reason that it has
occurred over a wide area in the Southwest in connection with
the ruins of both pit and surface houses.
I refer to the outlining of the floor with a single line of
stones not bound together with mortar nor serving as regular wall
of any kind (PI. 41).
The majority of field workers who have been doing such ex-
cellent work in the Southwest, Colton,t Monroe Amsden? Haury,?
Bradfield,* and others have mentioned this feature.
The writer, while working as an associate of Dr. Van Bergen
on an archeological survey of the Gila Valley, east of Blorenee:
Arizona, to the isn Pedro river in 1930, and likewise on a similar
survey of sites on the Fort Apache Reservation in 1931, during
which period the Van Bergen - Los Angeles Museum party, main-
tained by Dr. Van Bergen, with Mr. Ben Wetherill as recon-
naissance scout, observed numerous remains of surface jacales
and pit houses having this rock outline feature.
1 Colton, H. S.; Prehistoric Sites in the Region of Flagstaff, Bulletin 104, B. A. E.;
Washinoton, D. C., 1932.
* Amsden, Monroe ; Archeological Reconnaissance in Sonora, Southwest Museum Papers
No. 1, p. 47; Los Angeles, 1928.
3 Haury, Emil; Roosevelt 9:6, a Hohokam Site of the Colonial Period, Gila Pueblo,
Globe, Ariz., Aug., 1932.
* Bradfield, Wesley ; Cameron Creek Village, Santa Fe, N. M., 1931.
83
Test excavations of such sites were made, particularly on
Midway Site No. 1, a point three miles north of the main high-
way between Florence and Tucson, halfway between those places.
In those remains which were studied at first hand by the
writer, the features of the ancient houses correspond exactly with
the modern houses encountered in Sonora.
As a rule, when first encountered, these small, rectangular or
semi-rectangular outlines of small stones set flush with the present
surface of the ground or buried a few inches beneath the soil,
present somewhat of an enigma to the archeologist. It is often
difficult to tell whether the structure in question was a surface or
pit dwelling. However, a test pit usually tells the tale. Often,
in the case of surface houses, the ruined floor is speedily discov-
ered a few inches under the top surface, or it may be that the
floor, if it was unplastered or otherwise unsurfaced, has almost
entirely disintegrated. In that case digging is futile. However,
when a pit house is encountered, the character of the fill reveals
the presence of the pit and a cross trench usually ends at the
walls; the rest is simple.
In times past, while in the field, we have advanced various
theories concerning the use of these stones. Some deductions
were fairly accurate, the others were just guesses. Usually these
stones have been found too far apart to serve as a wall, and the
utter absence of other stones of a similar size precluded their use
as the lower course of a small retaining wall, nor in such cases
was there any sign of a binding mortar.
However, in the Sonora encampment, the use of such stones
was convincingly revealed. Whether or not the ancients used them
in the same manner is for the reader to decide. The fact remains
that in many cases, the modern pit and surface dwellings, when
stripped of their superstructures, tallied point by point in their
features of construction with some of the oldest of the same types
of houses encountered in the Southwest.
In the modern shelters the stones served two different pur-
poses.
Several of the surface structures had these stones set along
the periphery of the floor. These stones were rather small flat
ones from 6 to 8 inches in diameter, and 2 or 3 inches thick.
They were not laid one against the other, even as in the older
prototypes. These rocks were laid outside the line of the butt
ends of the poles acting as side walls, the lower ends of the posts
in many instances rested against the rocks. There were one or
two instances of two rows of rocks being used with the butt ends
of the side poles resting between them. These rocks therefore
served as ground braces for the poles and at the same time served
as a nuclear core for the heavy earthen base of the house, prevent-
ing the initial deposits of dirt from sliding away from the base
of the poles.
The stones outlining the pit houses functioned a bit differ-
ently.
84
Instead of acting as a basic core for the earthen bank, they
served as a solid foundation upon which the ocotillo side poles
rested. By placing the butt ends of these rather slender roof
supports upon the stones, the builders prevented the poles from
settling into the earth when the overload of brush and earth was
added.
In Plate 30, a cross sectional view of this type of a structure
is shown, indicating the use of the stones as butt supports. Plate
No. 31 shows a surface structure going to decay with the stone
outline partially covered by earth.
‘ Wy
WY
ATA
PLATE 30
Let us consider a moment the aspect of these dwellings as
they begin to disintegrate. Archeologists (save in exceptionally
favorable circumstances) are compelled to utilize only the rudi-
mentary remains of material culture in reconstructing certain
phases of the lives of the ancients. However, in the case of the
modern pit village, we have the reverse. Here are the houses
complete or in various stages of decay. It is not difficult to post-
ulate their appearance some years hence, and by combining the
complete picture with the fragmentary sketch, we achieve some-
what the effect of superimposed films, making as it were a double
exposure. With the knowledge obtained from excavations on pre-
historic sites, it is a comparatively easy matter to reverse our de-
ductions. In other words, we can easily use the present to postu-
late the future by using facts obtained in excavation of ancient
sites.
Even at the time of “discovery” of the Sonoran encampment,
some of the less sturdily constructed shelters were either falling
into ruin through the careless selection of poor building materials,
too slender branches of trees, or rotten sa/iuaro ribs, or had been
S85
PLATE 31
accidentally burned down by the inhabitants. Wood borers were
at work in the dry palo verde supports. One could put one’s
ear to the posts and hear the busy insects at work in the heart of
the timber. In a few years hence that entire village will be a
mass of ruins and fast melting into the earth from whence it
sprang. And, as the houses crumple, this will happen:
In the case of the surface structures, the ridge pole break-
ing, or one of the crotched uprights tilting, will bring the roof
down upon the floor in a shapeless mass. The brush and light
cross rods will decay. If the roof has not been covered with
earth, the light brushy covering will disintegrate and blow away,
and unless the floor happens to be outlined with stones, no visible
evidence of that house will remain for future archeologists. How-
ever, if the house has been covered with earth, wet down and plas-
tered smooth, the chances are, this roof crust will pack into a low,
uneven mound, and unless subjected to unusual climatic condi-
tions, either extreme moisture or snow fall, this mounded ruin
will remain thus for many years, and the stones outlining the floor
will be partially covered. If the house is located at the base of
even a gentle slope, in time the rain-washed detritus will bury it
deeper and deeper. It may be that one side of the house will sag
more quickly than the other. The weight of the side pieces will
press heavily upon the opposite side of the house, and thus, when
the collapse occurs, one side will be buried under a double layer
of debris, and one row of stones will be exposed cleanly at the
time of dissolution. An example of this is shown in Pl. 31.
When a pit house decays or is burned the effect is a bit dif-
ferent, and luckily for the archaeologist, a trifle more satisfying
in the ultimate results (Pl. 32).
86
PLATE 32
In such instances, the collapse of an earth-covered roof pre-
cipitates the bulk of the debris directly into the hole, with the ex-
ception of the heavier banks of earth on the periphery of the pit.
As the earth sinks into the confines of the pit, and the light brush
and poles break and rot, the earth tends to pack as it settles. In
time, the banks of earth on the edges of the pit gradually waste
away, part of the ridges slide into the pit, now a rather slight
depression in the ground, the remainder becoming aeolian loess.
As the years advance, the concavity that was a pit collects the rain
water in the wet seasons. During the dry months, sand and dried
vegetation blows into the sink. Succeeding rains pack this layer
into a thin line of silt. This process continues until the pit be-
comes level with the surface and the stones outlining the house
are the only imperishable evidence of that which lies beneath.
The picture I have drawn of this disintegration is not a myth-
ical one. It is as I have said, a combination of modern conditions
and pre-historic findings.
We have already discussed some of the main features of the
surface shelters and indicated some of the aspects of the pit
dwellings. Let us now consider some of the modern parallels of
pit house construction and a few general observations which seem
to have counterparts in many prehistoric sites.
Often, in certain types of pit houses found in the Gila Val-
ley and elsewhere in the Southwest, there were few evidences of
roof support. That is, the absence of post holes in the floors of
the dwellings seemed rather peculiar. Sometimes none were ob-
served although the floors and sides of the pits were well fash-
ioned, and in some instances neatly plastered.
87
sejod 9spiy— uy s}yustidq—n selOq epiS—d spol SsOIgj—D ysnig—d UVWey—V
aGNqDWT
soldi
By a
Whe <——————
é¢ ULV Id
SSS Sone
ai
Y,
d,
RWS
TALS
ig ay
Sp
y fi
—
AAI KN ys
MG LL
88
The writer encountered two or three such pit dwellings while
excavating upon a compound site located on the ranch of Mr, A.
J. Christensen, two miles east of the Casa Grande National Monu-
ment, in the spring of 1929.
Among the pit houses in Sonora were some which were al-
most identical counterparts of those Hohokam dwellings.
The cross-sectional view in Pl. 33 illustrates the principle
upon which this type of habitation was constructed.
The main crotched supporting poles upholding the longitud-
inal roof tree were sunk in the earth outside the pit. The house
was then covered in the usual manner. Thus there were no ob-
structions within the pit house proper, and the pit itself was in
fact but a portion of the house. The roof covered considerably
more of an area and gave the residents a chance to utilize the
surface level as a shelf. Houses of this type are deceptive when
viewed from the outside. In fact, the majority of the pit houses
shown in the photographs appear smaller than they actually are.
PLATE 34
Pit House No. 1, Midway Site, exeavated by Van Bergen - Los Angeles Museum Party
in 1931. Note post hole at end of pit. A similar hole was found at the opposite
end of the floor. In effect this ancient dwelling was almost the counterpart of
the side entrance structure found in Sonora (see Plate 33). Observe entrance way
and fire pit in floor.
Again, the majority of the houses had but two main uprights
which were sunk, one at either end of the dwelling, centered and
flush with the end walls. In such cases, when the house decays
these two post holes will remain. Houses of this type were en-
countered at the Midway Site No. 1, already mentioned. Pl. 34
shows one of the best examples of such a house excavated at that
SIE:
89
However, in the Sonora village one house presented a dif-
ferent picture. The roof was upheld by seven palo verde timbers,
and of these seven supports but five were in the pit itself. Pl. 35
illustrates the method of construction of this house.
It will be noted that this structure is rather oddly built. In-
stead of the side poles of both sides resting on ridge pole and
the stone butt supports, the uprights sunk in the pit along the
sides of the walls, uphold longitudinal side poles (A) which give
additional support to the rafters. Both of the end supports are
sunk in the earth outside the pit.
In this house is an interesting illustration of house construc-
tion, which, if uncovered on a pre-historic site might possibly lead
to a false postulation.
= SS==
SSS
TU
PLATE 35
An archeologist finding the five post holes in the floor and
noting the five grooves along the side walls might think that the
posts, being stout ones, had projected into the air higher than
they actually did, and that the roof was flat. Instead, these posts
projected relatively a short distance above the surface level and
acted as supports for the regular, slanting, tent-shaped roof. How-
ever, the builder of this house either miscalculated the length of
the poles on one side of his dwelling or was unable to secure poles
of a length equal to those used on the other side and was forced
to throw up a second row of short poles on one side, thus pro-
ducing an odd, lop-sided effect to his building, more noticeable on
the inside than on the outside of the structure. This building was
(pit measurements ) 7 feet long, 6% feet wide and 20 inches deep.
The end posts were sunk in the soil, 11 inches from the edge of
the pit while the side poles rested on their stone supports, on one
side only, some 15 inches from the pit edge.
90
The question of entrances in pre-historic pit dwellings dif-
fers of course with the areas in which they are found and the indi-
vidual examples uncovered as well as the postulated reconstruc-
tions made by the excavators. Some of the ancient dwellings
show no visible means of ingress and egress. Others have decided
steps cut in one side of the pit wall. The pit houses in Sonora
were of both types.
The majority of the Mexican dwellings however had no steps.
Even in those which had them, the steps were quite rudimentary.
A cross section of a house having a step is shown in PI. 33.
As indicated in the photographs, most of the houses were en-
tered from one end, which was left either entirely open or only
partially closed. A few entrances were on the side of the dwell-
ing. Pl. 36 shows one house of this type and immediately adjacent
to it is a dwelling entered from the end. The side entrance house
in this case had a slight step cut in the bank.
PLATE 36
One house had a triangular door, simply and rudely con-
structed (Pl. 37). During the period of occupancy some of the
other Be con may possibly have had mat or blanket door cov-
erings but there were none in evidence when these notes were
made.
Only one example of a dwelling was noted to be open at
both ends. This house (PI. 38) was also different in another re-
spect. Although a pit 7 feet long, 5 feet wide and 9 inches deep
had been dug, only a portion of the excavation had been roofed
and instead of a straight upright at the entrance a curved one
was used.
Various aspects of this 20th century pit house village were
interesting in that they gave intelligible interpretations of appar-
ently similar phases of the -arlier communities.
91
PLATE 37
Often while digging on a site sundry patches of charcoal,
smal] pits filled with ashes or showing signs of having had fire
in them, burned stones and other camp debris are encountered.
This modern site was replete with these incidentals.
The fact that the Mexican soldiers had their families with
them gave to this settlement an air of authenticity which it would
not have had if the men had all been bachelors, or if the camp
had been occupied but a few days.
The evidences of domesticity were so apparent that one could
not help being impressed by them. The discarded shoes, scraps
of feminine finery, broken toys, and shattered pottery spoke with
mute voices, and save for their modernity must have been re- .
placed with similar perishable items in the long-ago towns.
Open-air fireplaces over which the family meals were cooked
have been in vogue for centuries. Very few of the dwellings had
hearths in them, and those few were apparently used for heating
the domiciles on nippy days. The absence of these fire pits in the
huts was the one major difference between these houses and those
of the ancients.
However, even the Hohokam of the Gila used open-air pits
presumably for cooking, and the presence of caliche trivets as
well as fire-burned stones on the Grew site! outside the ruined
houses gives ample evidence that the Old People also had open-
air kitchens.
The majority of the houses were covered with the tawny soil
of Sonora. Some of the exteriors were dampened and smoothed ©
into a rude plaster (Pl. 39). Others had the earth heaped upon
them without further ceremony or any procedure other than piling
it on the brush covering the side poles.
1 Woodward, Arthur; The Grewe Site, Occasional Papers No. 1, Los Angeles Mu-
seum, 1931.
92
PLATE 38
A few of the huts were albinistic and gave the appearance
of having been coated with whitewash. Closer examination re-
vealed the fact that these dwellings were coated with wood ashes
(U2, SS).
This simple discovery clarified one of the little archeological
problems frequently encountered in the course of excavating on
the old pit house sites. Now and then in digging we have found
thin lines of ash and charcoal in the roof debris of a collapsed
pit dwelling, yet to all appearances that particular hut had never
been burned. If one may apply the present interpretation of the
ash-coated roofs to the pre-historic problem, the question of the
mysterious ash lenses is solved.
Presumably this wood ash placed on the roof acts as a thin
plaster when wet and aids in keeping the roof rain-proof. I say
presumably, for although the explanation seems logical, it may
be that the inhabitants threw the ashes on the roof as a conven-
ient method of getting them out from under foot.
The presence of unexplained sones of varying sizes, of broken
pots and pieces of deer bone as well as deer antlers in the roof
debris in ancient pit houses, well above the floor level, has led to
varying solutions of these oddities.
At times it has been suggested that the abandoned pits were
used as trash or refuse pits when the site was reoccupied or even
during the same period of occupancy. However, the paucity of
such debris and the irregularity of the deposit often precludes the
acceptance of this explanation.
Again these little questions were answered in a simple man-
ner by the Sonoran examples. Some of the houses were not
heavily covered with earth along the ridge of the roof and the
brush protruded through the thin layer. On such houses, stones
were used to hold the brush down.
93
PLATE 39
Beef bones, sheep bones and other cast-off remnants of food
were likewise to be seen on the roofs whither they had been care-
lessly tossed by the inhabitants. On one roof lay a pair of grey,
weathered, deer antlers, the souvenir of some ramble through the
hills. On another lay some fragments of unpainted, modern
Papago pottery.
It is easy to postulate the fate of these articles when those
pit houses sink into the earth, and in this postulation one may
inversely raise from the dead past the ghostly roofs of huts aban-
doned centuries ago with their accompanying litter of stones, pot-
tery, bones and ashes.
It is a well-known fact that man is an animal fully endowed
with the collecting instinct. Our Sonoran pit dwellers were no
exceptions.
Somewhere in the region was an ancient village site. The
inhabitants of the roadside camp had found this site and from it
they had obtained old manos and two or three broken, battered
stone axes. These tools had been carted into the village, used
again and when the collection of huts was abandoned, the old im-
plements were cast aside or dropped casually into the deserted pit
dwellings. So with the broken pottery vessels obtained from the
Papago Indians of the southern Papagueria (the Papago town of
Quito Vac was but a few miles west of this village).
SUMMARY
Whereas the author realizes that all problems of all types of
pit house and surface structures encountered in the Southwest
will not be answered in this description of a modern pit house
village, nevertheless from the evidence presented in these descend-
ants of ancient prototypes, certain hypothetical rconstructions
may be rendered more valid by these descriptions.
94
PLATE 40
The discovery “in the flesh” of the many little puzzling fea-
tures such as the absence of post holes in pit house floors, the
absence of, or the rudimentary presence of entrance ways, the
form and height of the roof structures, the method of construc-
tion, as well as the clear picture presented by the various phases
of this abandoned camp, all tend to pave the way for a more
logical explanation of similar features which may be discovered
in the future upon more ancient camp sites.
Again, it is interesting to note that these pit dwellings and
surface structures occupied the same camp at the same time. This
is likewise a feature of some of the oldest sites. Furthermore,
the use of the pit dwellings as winter habitations, their use mainly
as sleeping quarters and the presence of small, open sun shades
are likewise characteristic of the old sites, and the modern Indian
villages as well, with this exception: true pit dwellings are seldom
found on the reservations of today.
However, the winter hogan and the several types of airy sum-
mer hogans of the Navajo are modern parallels of the old dwell-
ings. The Pima and Papago also have their summer and winter
residences side by side, and in the summer work, eat and sleep
under their sun shades, retreating into their wattle-and-daub or
more modern adobe or frame houses only when it storms or the
weather is otherwise inclement.
Furthermore, it is worthy of note that the builders of the
modern pit village are nominally of Indian blood, recruited from
various portions of Mexico, and although under normal conditions
they do not live in these habitations of their ancestors, yet, as in
the present instance, when forced to do so, have drawn upon the
heritage of their ancestral culture and produced, upon the same
ground, in the same primitive manner, exact counterparts of
habitations which were once habitually used by their forefathers.
95
Thus it would seem that cultural germs once planted in the blood
of a people and nourished only by traditions and sporadic trans-
planting will, in times of necessity, erupt and come forth full
grown as the physical realities and then, the need having passed,
lapse again into subconscious void of all human experiences.
00 007H 20900) a0,
| | oe OO
Seong eH Ovp°regs
S
PLATE 41
SUREAGH YS TRUCGLURES
No. Hse. EE. Ww. L. U. D. U. L.R. D.R. EAS: D.S.
Sui Om ee iGis ACS At o-bi2, SO abi 6264 154-5,”
7h, SNUB ES Re Oae 6’ 3” 6” 3” UMS eave 472” 1-2
LO Suck, 8" 8’ Silbe 3-4” 8 2%” 3? 2-21”
ils tswbes 8’ 4’ BY” 66% 4A 0) 144-2
9. (See remarks on construction. )
Pie SiR UCLURES
No. Hse. L. Ww. D. L. U. DOUE ESR. BUR. ESS: D.S.
SmePitue 7 5 Qu dates SiG 442 Sub ig ens,
Mma b aS 8P 197) 1,7 637.0” ER Ba ALO RY DR
By TEI bea ley Gio G!: 362) bag: A220 032 1-257
Gye Pitn4 10% 2747 227 30” DS MATS MMO t nS) Dis
SiauPith) +8? 2 AR 3577 *
1D, LENG), Mesa ie? 34” DUG sO? Dagadiz IA A2 teats 9072
AemeP ites, 3° P 30” *
14. Pit 6-11” 61%’ 20” 46-49” 3-314’ *
7. (No measurements taken; observed for door construction. )
LEGEND: Hse.—House; L.—Length; W.—Width; L. U.—Length of upright; D. U.
—Diameter of upright.; L. R.—Leneth ridge pole; D. R.—Diameter ridge pole;
L. S.—Length side pole; D. S.—Diameter side pole.
VMASDE REALS USED
Uprights: Palo verde.
Ridge poles: Palo verde.
Side poles: Palo verde, mesquite and ocotillo.
Roofing: Larrea mexicana (creosote bush) lashed to cross rods
of ocotillo on side poles and either covered with mud or left without
earthen plaster.
* See remarks on construction.
97
REMARKS
Surface structure No. 9 was different than the other surface houses.
It was built of four arches of ocotillo stalks to form a light framework
over which canvas or other cloth coverings had been placed.
Pit house No. 5 had a side entrance, however the door was not
centered as will be observed in the photograph (Pl. 36). The peak of
the roof was not plastered with mud. Rocks laid on the brush peeping
out at the crest of the roof held the creosote covering in place. A brush
mattress for a bed was found in this house. The door was 15 inches
wide and 28 inches high. The corners of the pit were rounded.
Pit house No. 7 was noted chiefly for the triangular door depicted
in Pl. 37. This door covering was constructed of ocotillo stems and
brush roughly wattled, the outer frame being a single piece bent sharply
in the middle and held in position by a bottom rod lashed to the lower
extremities. This door was 2% feet wide at the base, 2 feet high and
the sides were each 2% feet long.
Pit house No. 8 varied in that it had no uprights or side walls.
This type dwelling was one of the simplest of pit houses. It was
merely a Shallow, sloping pit and had apparently Served as a narrow
subterranean sleeping room for one man. The roof was simply con-
structed. Palo verde rafters 2%4-8 inches in diameter were laid trans-
versely over the trench and upon these were laid brush and earth. The
pit was 35 inches in depth at the deepest end, Sloping to 18 inches at
the opening. To enter this abode, the occupant needs must slide in
on his stomach. A small, broken pottery bowl was found on the floor
of this house.
Pit house No. 13 somewhat resembled house No. 8 in that this
dwelling was likewise without uprights or side walls. However, the
construction varied a bit in principle. Two large sahuwaro trunks had
been felled and these lay parallel, one on either side of the pit. The
palo verde rafters were placed on these and the usual covering of brush
and earth laid upon the cross timbers. This pit dwelling had a brush
door, 30 inches wide. It was square and rested over the opening some-
thing in the manner of the familiar cellar door. In fact this dwelling
somewhat resembled the “cyclone cellars’ used in the middle western
part of the United States. Upon this house lay the grey, weathered
pair of deer antlers described in the text.
Pit house No. 12 had a step. This house is depicted in Pl. 33.
Surface structure No. 10 was practically square; the sides were of
brush lashed to cross rods of ocotillo. A row of stones outlined the
floor and earth was banked over these stones and against the base of
the brush covering the sides of the dwelling. There were three up-
rights on either side which were shorter than the center upright. This
provided a slight peak for the roof which was made of the usual ocotillo
cross rods, brush and earth. In this house was a fireplace against the
east Side of the house, 4 feet from the door. There was no smoke
hole; the smoke escaped through the loose brush sides of the dwelling.
Pit house No. 14 depicted in Pl. 35 was probably the most elabo-
rately constructed pit dwelling in the encampment. The pit had
straight, well-made sides. The row of stones on one side of the pit
rested 6 to 7 inches from the edge of the excavation. Upon this row
of stones the long side poles rested. A similar row of stones encircled
the entire house but only on one side did the butt ends of the side
poles rest. The remaining rocks served as a nucleus for the earth
banking the sides of the dwelling.
98
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO
ARIZONA BUTTERFLIES
By Joun A. Comstock, Grace H. and Joun L. SPERRY
During May of this year the authors collected a number of
larvae belonging to two species of Melitaea, which were feeding
on paint brush (Castilleia lanata Gray ).
These were secured in a region known as Peppersauce Can-
yon, situated in the foothills of Lemmon Mountain, near Oracle,
Arizona.
A series of these larvae were bred to maturity resulting in
the following notes:
MELITAEA THEONA f. BOLLII Edw.
Mature Larva. Length, 25 to 28 mm.
Head bilobed, bright yellow brown or orange, with a sparse
covering of single long black hairs. Ocelli black on a black base
which is slightly protruded. Mouth parts black, the clypeus flesh
colored in its center. Basal segment of antenna flesh colored,
with the tip black.
First segment fleshy yellow, crowned dorsally with a series
of black nodules bearing black hairs which curve forward. Lateral
to this crest are three small black points, and inferior to the latter
are two black spines.
The body bears the usual series of branching spines which
are characteristic of the genus. These are all glistening jet black.
The body color of the upper half of the larva is a velvety
brownish black with a purplish cast.
Sprinkled over the surface of this area are numerous lens-
shaped pearly white dots. These are, however, missing in the mid-
dorsal area, which gives the appearance of a black mid-dorsal
line, edged with a concentration of the white dots aforementioned.
The segmental junctures are purplish and shining, in con-
trast to the velvety texture of the segments.
PLATE 42
Lateral view of larva of Melitaea theona bollii, enlarged x 3.
Photo by Menke
99
A broad stigmatal fleshy-yellow band runs longitudinally the
full length of the larva. The stigmata, which are black, stand
out in strong contrast on this band, as do also the black substig-
matal spines. This yellow band extends inferiorly as far as (and
including) the overlap, and it also runs caudally on to the anal
proleg, and surrounds the anal orifice.
Between each of the spines of the lateral row there are two
or three large white dots, the largest about .5 mm. in diameter.
These are missing on the first two and last two segments.
True legs, glistening black. Prolegs reddish brown, with a
jet black plate placed laterally on each, and with black claspers.
Anal proleg concolorous on its lower aspect with abdomen, the
latter being a rosy brown. The surface of the abdomen is covered
with numerous small soiled white dots, and a sparse sprinkling
of light hairs.
One larva measuring 3.5 mm. in length and probably in the
second instar, showed a ground color of soiled yellow. The spines
were black, with brown at their bases. The mid-dorsal row of
spines was placed on a soiled yellow band, due to the fact that in
this area the ground color was not spotted over with brown, as
was the remaining surface.
Legs, black. Prolegs and anal prolegs concolorous with body.
Stigmata black.
The head was black, with a sparse covering of brown hairs.
Ocelli and mouth parts, black.
Another larva of 13 mm., probably in the fourth instar,
showed markings and coloration similar to the mature stage ex-
cept for the following points:
The body was somewhat darker, due to the reduction in rela-
tive size of the small white dots. The stigmatal orange band was
absent except for a brownish shading about the spiracles.
Many larvae went into hibernation at the end of the fourth
instar. In this state they take on a considerably altered appear-
ance. The body assumes a brown shade, and the larva is short-
ened and plump, measuring about 10 mm. in length. The head
turns to a yellow-brown and the stigmatal band becomes con-
colorous with the head.
Pupation, in a state of nature, probably occurs under rocks
or on dry sticks at some distance from the foodplant. The usual
button of silk is woven for cremasteric attachment.
The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 42.
Pupa. Length 12 to 14.5 mm. Greatest breadth through ab-
domen, 4.5 to 5 mm.
The pupa is of characteristic Melitaeid form, though some-
what more cylindrical and elongate than the average. Ground
color, velvety white.
In the mid-dorsal line there is a row of black dots over the
abdominal area only, one to each segment. Lateral to this line
100
of dots is a wide black line extending from the front of the thorax
to the segment immediately in front of the caudal where it usually
ends across the dorsum by fusion with the equivalent band of the
opposite side. This wide longitudinal band is interrupted at each
segmental juncture by an orange quadrate spot, the latter placed
anterior to the juncture.
Lateral to the line just described there is, on the side of the
thorax at the upper edge of the wing case, an irregular black line
with a single orange spot dividing its anterior 43, from its poste-
rior 7%. This line ends posteriorly as a harpoon-like point. On the
abdomen, in line posteriorly with the above-described band, is
another series of round dots, one to a segment, each of which is
above and slightly anterior to the spiracle.
A third black longitudinal band begins near the shoulder
and arches across the wing case, bending upward as it terminates
at the edge of the latter. Below this a fourth line begins on the
wing case, runs diagonally upward and caudally, to be continued
onto the abdomen as a sub-stigmatal band. The abdominal portion
of this band is interrupted near the segmental junctures, as was
the dorso-lateral band, by quadrate orange spots.
On the ventral surface there is, in the median line, a broad
black band of peculiarly irregular shape, beginning near the facial
segments and extending onto the cremaster. This is well brought
out in the illustration. See Plate 43. Orange spots interrupt this
band only on the abdominal segments.
A few additional black spots and bars are present which are
shown in the illustration.
One specimen, which pupated May 19, emerged on May 28.
The pupal duration is probably 8 to 10 days, on the average.
PLATE 43
Pupa of Mel. theona bollii, ventral, dorsal and lateral
aspects, enlarged x 4.
Drawing by John L. Sperry
101
MELITAEA FULVIA Edw.
This species is apparently common in Arizona where Castil-
leia occurs, and ranges eastward to southern Colorado and Texas.
It is somewhat variable and examples occur in which the color and
pattern closely approximates alma. There is one point, however,
on which the species can be at once separated. In MW. alma the
palpi are always a deep orange, whereas with M. fulvia they are
black above and white beneath.
The larvae clearly show the species to be distinct.
Oviposition evidently occurs at the base of the plant en masse
as the newly emerged larvae are always found in a web at that
locus.
Larva, first instar. Description made from an example meas-
uring 3 mm.
Head black, with short black hairs; mouth parts black.
Body yellowish with the tops of the segments a glistening
pearly yellowish white.
There is a suggestion of a longitudinal dorso-lateral light
orange line.
The first segment bears a scutellum of black with a series
of long black hairs arching anteriorly.
The body carries the usual rows of long simple hairs. These
are black, and each one arises from a black papillus. The caudal
segment also bears a black tubercle clothed with black hairs.
Legs, grayish black. Prolegs and anal prolegs concolorous
with body, with the terminal segments and claspers darker.
2nd instar, 24 hours after moult. Length 5 mm. Body
color, gray-green, sprinkled with brown.
There is a slight concentration of brown in the median dorsal
area suggesting a mid-dorsal line. A similar suggestion of a line
occurs in the region of the dorso-lateral spines.
The brown pigmentation is absent in the region of the stig-
mata which leaves a wide band of olive.
The entire abdominal half of the larva is thickly sprinkled
with brown.
Head, jet black, with a covering of short black hairs. True
legs, black. Prolegs and anal prolegs gray-olive, with black
patches on the outer surfaces of the coxae.
Stigmata, gray-black.
The branching spines characteristic of the mature larva are
present, though somewhat reduced in relative size. The shafts of
these spines are gray, becoming nearly black at the tips, while the
accessory branches are jet black.
3rd instar, 24 hours after moulting. Length 6.5 mm.
Body now jet black, as are all spines.
Head, rich brown, with black hairs. The coloration is that
of the mature larva from this stage on.
102
Mature larva. Length, average 25 mm.
Head, rich orange-brown. Mouth parts black, except the
clypeus which has a soiled yellow center, and the proximal seg-
ment of the antenna which is yellow.
Ocelli, black on a raised black field.
The first segment is bright yellow except for a prominent
scutellum of black with numerous long and short black hairs, and
two lateral black branching spines.
The usual number of branching spines are present such as
are characteristic of the genus. These are a glistening black
throughout.
PLATE 44
Mature larva of Melitaea fulvia, enlarged x 2.
Photo by Menke
Ground color of body, rich velvety black. On each side of
the median line is a longitudinal row of bright yellow spots, ar-
ranged as shown on the illustration, Plate 44. These are grouped
in threes on each side of the median line, except in the case of
the second segment, where there are usually four. Another series
of similar spots, irregular in shape, are placed stigmatally, giving
the appearance of a wide broken yellow stigmatal band.
Stigmata, black, surrounded by a yellow circlet. Legs, Jet
black. Prolegs concolorous with abdomen, which is a gray black
or brownish shade. The coxae, however, are black as are also
‘he claspers. On the lateral surface of the anal proleg there is a
shining black patch. One specimen which was carried through
from the first instar to maturity moulted on the following schedule:
Ist moult (2nd instar) May 20.
ey Wel e us Gordie a eae 24
Sra es (4th pie) 7s:
)
Athen, ve (5th june 1
Pupated tis -255) 5 525 8.
Pimercedus aa aye deicin ws 1/7
A second specimen which pupated May 20, emerged May 29.
It will be noted from the above that in the last three instars
this larva has an orange head. This feature serves to differentiate
it from the larvae of the wrighti-alma group.
Pupa. Length, 12-14 mm.
The color and shape of the chrysalis so nearly approximates
that of Melitaea wrighti, as to render a description unnecessary.
It is illustrated on Plate 45.
Larvae were found on Castilleia lanata Gray but in captivity
readily accepted other species of the genus.
PLATE 45
Pupa of Mel. fulvia enlarged x 4.
Photo by Menke
104
EARLY STAGES OF THREE CALIFORNIA
DIURNALS (Lepidoptera)
By Joun A. Comstock and CHaArLes M. DAMMERS
STRYMON SAEPIUM Bdv.
Larvae of this species were beaten from Ceanothus cuneatus
Nutt. on June 17, 1933 in Bouquet Canyon, and were bred to
maturity. Eggs had previously been secured in June of 1930
from the same locality, but failed to hatch.
Egg. chinoid; .8 mm. in diameter x .4 mm. high. Color,
a delicate gray-green of such a light shade as to appear almost
white. Micropyle deeply depressed and surrounded by a slightly
raised ring.
The surface is covered by a fine reticulation of raised walls,
outlining deep pits of an irregular hexagonal type. From the
junctures of these walls arise pointed spicules, which give the
egg an encrusted or frosted appearance.
The illustration, Plate 46, serves to bring out these details
more perfectly than can be suggested by a description.
Pet tay ne
nn?
ORT FRIES
PLATE. 46
Egg of Strymon saepium, viewed from
the top. Magnified x 40.
The female deposits her eggs singly, on the stems of the food-
plant. These, when laid by the last brood, undoubtedly over-winter
as Ova.
Described from four eggs deposited June 21, 1930. Undoubt-
edly the species feeds on many different species of Ceanothus.
On two separate occasions the junior author carried eggs of
S. saepium through the winter from which young larvae hatched i in
the following spring, but failed to reach maturity.
Mature larva. Length, average 16 mm.
30dy color, leaf green, of the same shade as the foodplant.
There is a slight indistinct line on each side of the mid-dorsal area
and a similar. but more conspicuous line runs longitudinally along
the overlap. Connecting these lines are a number of barely sug-
gested diagonal lines of light greenish yellow.
g These begin on the
105
subdorsal line and run diagonally downward and backward but do
not quite join the sub-stigmatal line.
Stigmata light green and barely distinguishable. Legs green,
with brownish tips. Prolegs concolorous, with body. Cervical
shield depressed and covered with minute spicules.
Body completely covered with short stout vibrissae. The ma-
jority of these are frosted white, and turn over so as to lie flat
along the body surface. Interspersed between these are a few
shorter spicules of a light brown color, standing upright. On the
first and second segments the short brown spicules predominate,
and there are also a few long curling hairs on the outer margin
of the first segment.
Head brown, shading to black on the outer margin. Glabella
edged with white. Ocelli, black. Antennae white, shading to
brown on the tips.
This larva is of the usual slug type (see Plate 47) with re-
tractile head and a cowl-like first segment which is slightly retrac-
tile into the second. It is thickest dorso-laterally at about the
seventh segment, and slopes posteriorly to a decidedly flattened
anal end.
PLATE 47
Larva of Strymon saepium, dorsal
aspect, enlarged x 4.
Photo by Menke
Pupation usually occurs on a leaf of the foodplant, the chry-
salis being suspended by means of a delicate girdle and cremas-
teric button.
Pupa. Length 10 mm. Greatest width 4 mm. The color is
at first a uniform green, changing in about six hours to a wood
brown, with a profuse sprinkling of black, particularly on the wing
cases.
106
The surface is covered with clubbed hairs, except on the wing
cases, over the shoulders and facial portions. These hairs are light
brown in color, and vary in length. Those over the anterior thor-
acic region and along the lateral surface of the abdomen are longest.
Spiracles, small, inconspicuous and concolorous with body
except for the first, which is prominent, slightly protruded and a
light brown.
Abdomen strongly arched ventrally.
One example which pupated June 22 emerged July 3. The
pupa is illustrated on Plate 48.
PLATE 48
Pupa of Strymon saepium, ventral, lateral and dorsal
aspects, enlarged x 4%.
Photo by Menke
STRYMON AVALONA Wright.
Through the courtesy of Mr. Charles Ingham of the Lorquin
Entomological Society we received, on March 11, 1933, a number
of examples of eggs and larvae of this species, collected by him
on Catalina Island.
Several of these were bred to maturity, resulting in the fol-
lowing notes:
Egg: Of the usual echinoid form, with a large and deeply
depressed micropyle and the characteristic reticulated network of
raised walls enclosing cells of an irregular hexagonal type. Spiny
projections are given off from the wall junctures, as with other
nearly related species. Color, gray green with a blue cast. The
eggs are deposited on Lotus, the plant of choice being Lotus argo-
phyllus var. ormthopus (Greene) Ottley. They are laid singly,
usually in the terminal buds or on immature blossoms.
107
0
Larvae were raised on Lotus scaparius Ottley. Probably they
will accept any species of Lotus.
Plate 49 shows an egg, partly buried in the hirsute terminal
bud of L. ornithopus.
PLATE 49
Egg of Strymon avalona. partly obscured by hairs on
the terminal bud of L. ornithopus. Magnified x 40.
Photo by Menke
Larva, first instar.
The body is a pale yellow-green. Across the center of each
segment there is a band of brown specks, interrupted dorsally and
laterally thus giving the appearance, when the insect is not ex-
tended, of longitudinal yellow-green bands.
There are the usual eight rows of colorless hairs arranged
longitudinally, one to a segment, as shown on Plate 50, fig. A.
The first, second and caudal segments are speckled with brown.
Legs, colorless. Prolegs, pale greenish brown. Spiracles in-
visible. Overlap, greenish brown.
Head, buff, with darker mouth parts. Ocelli, dark brown.
In successive instars there is considerable variation in the
color, ranging from a red brown through gradations to a greenish
red. The lighter form will be here described.
Ground color, greenish yellow, with the raised portions red-
brown. There is a mid-dorsal soiled white line. Across each seg-
ment there is a soiled white diagonal bar, placed laterally, also, in
close association with the termination of each one of these bars
is a horizontal dash, placed supra-stigmatally.
108
The overlap or infrastigmatal fold is a soiled white.
Spiracles brown. Legs, pale yellow-green; prolegs of the
same color. The abdomen is concolorous with the body
Head, buff and translucent; mouth parts and ocelli brown.
The entire body is covered sparingly with short white hairs
arising from brown punctae. Plate 50, fig. B shows a larva in
its third instar.
B
C.
D
Mature larva.
PLATE 50
Larva and pupa of Strymon avalona.
A.
Larva, first instar, enlarged.
Larva, third instar, enlarged.
Mature larva, enlarged x 5.
Pupa, lateral view, enlarged x 6.
Drawing by Dammers
Length, 13-15 mm.
The same variation in color, as recorded for the intermediate
stages, characterizes the mature larva. The range is from a pale
apple green to a pale pink.
109
The pale form may be described as follows:
Ground color of body, pale apple-green, with no special mark-
ings or shadings; except on the cervical shield.
Spiracles, pale brown. Legs, pale green with light brown
points. Prolegs also pale green, with light brown claspers.
The cervical shield has a pale green band down its center,
and the upper half is speckled with black.
The entire body of the larva, except the cervical shield, is
covered with short white pile.
Head, pale olive green. ‘“Ocelli,, ereen on a black patel
Mouth parts pink.
Plate 50, fig. C shows a lateral view of the darker type of
larva.
Pupa. Length 9 mm. Greatest width through mid-abdominal
region, 4.2 mm.
The body is a pale pinkish-brown or wood brown, shading to
buff on the abdomen. There is a mid-dorsal and lateral band of
dark olive speckling.
Two rows of dark olive spots occur above the spiracles. The
remainder of the body is sparingly speckled with olive. Spiracles,
olive.
Thorax, soiled white with a pinkish cast, and heavily mottled
laterally with dark olive. The head is concolorous with the thorax,
and is sparingly covered with dark olive speckling.
Wing cases heavily irrorated, and a pale olive-white, blotched
with dark olive.
The head, thorax and body are covered with pale yellow pile.
Pupation occurs at the base of the foodplant, with the usual |
support of a delicate silk girdle.
Imagos emerged from the 9th to the 18th of May. Undoubt-
edly the insect is multiple brooded. Thus far it has been reported
only from Catalina Island.
THORYBES MEXICANUS Herrich-Schaeffer.
This moderately sized species occurs sparingly in our south-
ern mountain ranges. It has been dealt with under the above name
by a number of writers, including Dr. Holland in his latest edition
of the “Butterfly Book.”
We are aware that Bell treats our California form under the
name of Thorybes diversus, but are, for the present, using the _
cognomen which is more familiar to our local entomologists.
Our opportunity to study the life history of this species was
made possible through the keen observation of Mrs. Dammers. It
was she who first detected a female in the act of ovipositing on
Amorpha californica.
110
Egg. 1.3 mm. in diameter by the same in height. Color, a
glistening white. The shape is spherical, with a slightly flattened
base.
The surface of the egg is crossed longitudinally by about 13
sharp ridges, beginning near the base and running toward the
micropylar area, where each ridge fades out. None of these
ridges join or become confluent with others. The depressions be-
tween these ridges are crossed horizontally by
poorly defined secondary ridges, as is clearly
brought out in the illustration, Plate 51.
The micropylar area is slightly flattened
and somewhat pitted, and the central portion
is slightly depressed.
The female deposits her eggs singly on
the foodplant, Amorpha californica Nutt. The
example from which our drawing was made PLATE 51
was laid June 14, 1932. Others, secured pee of rhorybes
from captive females on the same date, mexicana,
hatched June 24, and on. magnified x 18.
. Drawing by
Larva, first instar. Comstock
Head black, and exceptionally large in
proportion to the body. Body, yellow-green, except the first seg-
ment which is black. All legs are pale green.
Successive instars.
Head black, covered with colorless pile. Body greenish yel-
low, irregularly speckled with white, and covered with colorless
pile. The first segment is bare, and ivory white except for a black
scutellum immediately back of the head and a black collar. Ab-
domen and all legs concolorous with body.
Spiracles, white.
Mature larva.
Length 30 mm. The shape is of the usual Hesperid type,
but with a disproportionately large head, and less constricted
neck than with most others of the group.
Head, dark maroon, profusely covered with fine buff pile.
The first segment continues to show the black collar and
prominent black scutellum. The remainder of the body is buff-
orange, heavily blotched with maroon, and covered with raised butt
punctae from each of which arises a single short colorless hair.
A thin mid-dorsal maroon line extends from the second to the
tenth segments. There is also a narrow lateral line running longi-
tudinally from the third to the tenth segments. The infra-stig-
matal fold is pale maroon.
Abdomen, concolorous with body though of a somewhat
lighter shade, and with a tinge of pink between the legs.
111
Legs, first pair black; the remainder con-
colorous with body, with pale brown points.
Prolegs and anal prolegs, concolorous with body,
the claspers gray. The mature caterpillar is il-
lustrated on Plate 52.
The larva pass their entire life, when not
feeding, concealed in silken nests formed by unit-
ing several leaves. They ceased feeding early in
September and after shrinking noticeably went
into hibernation but did not pupate. They were
examined on March 14, 1933, and fresh food-
plant placed in the breeding cage. On March
16 two had pupated. The remaining examples
refused food although it was placed with them
daily, and by July ail had died.
Pupation took place in the hibernaculum.
Pupa.
Length, 17 mm. Greatest width through
abdomen, 5.5 mm. Color, blackish-brown over
the head, anterior thorax and last caudal seg-
ments, shading to a dull buff over the wing
cases. The thoracic portion shows an under-
tone of dark olive over which is superimposed
PLATE 52 a mottling of black, with numerous black
punctae.
Larva of Thory- l : :
bes mexicana, The abdominal segments are heavily shaded
Oni cator with black on their posterior margins, and light
Amorpha, en-
janccdne 2 tan to brown on their anterior margins, with a
sprinkling of black dots. Cremaster, black, .
stout, recurved ventrally, and bearing small
hooks at its tip.
Photo by Menke
Spiracles, narrow, dark brown, except the first which is jet
black, large, and protruding.
The face, dorsum and abdomen are sparsely covered with short
yellow-brown pile. Plate 53 shows the pupa in sufficient detail to
make further description unnecessary.
PLATE 53
Pupa of Thorybes mexicana, dorsal, lateral and
ventral aspects. Enlarged x 2%.
Photo by Menke
STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA
(CONTINUED )
3y Joun A. Comstock
BASILARCHIA WEIDEMEYRII NEVADAE B. & Benj.
This subspecies is well established at Mono Lake, California,
where a large number of specimens were secured this year. Com-
paring these with paratypes of nevadae B. & Benj. discloses a
slight tendency toward wider white fascial bands on primaries and
secondaries, and, in general, a somewhat more prominent white
dash in the cell of the primaries, but as these features are vari-
able it is deemed inadvisable to create a separate racial name for
the California examples.
Basilarchia lorquini also flies in this locality, and it is probable
that hybridization has frequently occurred, which is believed to
account for the fact that a certain percentage of the Mono Lake
captures show traces of the apical brownish red coloration in the
primaries.
While this form is not constant as regards the degree of this
coloring, and ranges all the way from a mere trace, to such an
amount as almost to suggest lorquini, there is nevertheless one
constant feature which separates them from true lorquint.
This is the absence, on the under surface, of the usual red-
brown suffusion of the secondaries. They are, in fact, typical
nevadae, with the addition of the lorquini patch on the apices of
forewings.
113
This form was given the name of fridayi by Gunder.
One egg, and a number of larvae of Bb. nevadae, were secured
on willow and are now under observation. As previously pointed
out by Edwards (Can. Ent. Vol. XXIV, p. 107), the early stages
of weidemeyru are very similar to those of disippus, as regards
color, form and habits. The same holds for the larvae of the
race nevadae. The one egg which we observed was slightly more
conical than the egg of B. obsoleta, but was similar in all other
particulars.
The larvae went into hibernation in their third or fourth 1n-
stars, after producing the usual type of hibernaculum.
A large colony of Satyrium fuliginosa Edw. was found this
summer near the Virginia Lakes, Mono County, on July 28. They
were limited to a small area of about an acre in extent. Observa-
tions were made on the laying habits of the females, resulting in
the ensuing notes:
The foodplant is Lupinus. The female alights on the lupine
leaf, and leisurely makes her way down the stalk to the base of
the plant. She then proceeds to poke her abdomen deep into the
detritus about the base of the stalk, and after many trials deposits
the egg.
Mrs. Comstock and I searched diligently and fruitlessly many
times without being able to locate the egg among the sticks and
small pebbles in which it was deposited. We did succeed, how-
ever, in expressing three eggs from laying females.
The egg is, at first a gray green, changing later to ivory-
green. It is very different from the egg of most Lycaenidae. In
form it is a plump echinoid with a moderately depressed micropyle.
The surface is finely granular, but there are no ridges, reticula-
tions, spines or prominences of any nature.
STRYMON CALIFORNICA Edw.
On June 10, 1933, while beating for larvae at Lebec, a single
caterpillar of one of the Lycaenids was secured from Quercus,
which was successfully bred to maturity and proved to be Stry-
mon californica Edw.
Since the early stages of this species are unknown, the follow-
ing notes may be of help to entomologists as a starting point for
the eventual complete description of its metamorphosis.
Mature larva. Length 12 mm. This specimen was somewhat
dwarfed and the normal larva is probably considerably larger.
114
Slug-shaped ; general coloration, gray-brown. The body is rel-
atively uniform in width except for the tapering caudal segments
and the first thoracic.
Head, ocelli and mcuth parts, jet black, except for the edge
of the glabella and the proximal joints of antennae, which are
ivory white. The head is retractile and is seldom
extended beyond the fleshy cowl even during the
act of feeding.
The cervical shield is grayish-black, mottled,
and is free of pile. A narrow gray-white line bi-
sects it longitudinally, and there are a number of
minute black nodules scattered over its lower half.
The first segment is fleshy, and is_ black
above and dirty gray beneath. Over its surface
are scattered numerous black tubercles, each one
of which bears a single hair. The upper series of
these hairs is black or gray, while the lower hairs
are white.
In the mid-dorsal area there is a longitudinal
row of subovate gray large spots, one to a seg-
ment, each of which is connected with its fellow
anteriorly and posteriorly. The surface of this
PLATE 54 area is sparsely covered with minute black papil-
sa lae, some of which carry minute spiculiferous
een Go hairs.
fornica, Lateral to each one of these large spots is a
enlarged X 4. narrow soiled white line, which fades out as the
Fhote by Menke middle of the segment,is reached, and which is
widest at the anterior edge of the segment.
Over this line there are scattered series of prominent black
papillae, each one of which bears a long black hair.
The area lateral to these hairs is brown (lighter brown on
the segmental junctures) as far down as the overlap. This brown
area iS sparsely covered with minute papillae similar to those oc-
curring over the mid-dorsal area.
There is a gray indistinct area above each spiracle, edged
above and below with dirty white dashes. These dashes or inter-
rupted lines take a triangularly downward and backward course,
and do not extend over the segmental junctures.
The edge of the overlap is marked by a narrow soiled white
line ( (interrupted at the segmental junctures ) and on this line there
are numerous black papillae, topped by long black hairs. Below
the substigmatal line is a purplish-brown area, interrupted on the
segmental junctures with yellow-brown. Inferior to this the ab-
dominal surface is gray-green or soiled ivory, and is thickly stud-
ded with black papillae, bearing white hairs.
Stigmata, gray-brown, with narrow dark brown rims.
115
True legs black. Prolegs concolorous with abdomen. Anal
proleg, purplish brown above, ivory below.
Additional features not specifically described above may be
noted on the illustration of the larva, Plate 54.
Pupation occurred on June 21, and the imago emerged July
2. The pupa attached itself to the upper surface of an oak leaf,
and, as is shown in the illustration, Plate 55, was held in place
by two girdles, and the cremasteric pad of silk. This double girdle
probably represents an individual variation from the normal habit.
Pupa: Length, 7 mm. Greatest width, 3mm. Ground color,
red-brown over the thorax and abdomen; lighter brown over the
cephalic portion, and ivory-green on venter and wing cases.
The entire surface is mottled with black spots, many of which
are confluent. These are somewhat similar to the mottling on the
chrysalis of Callipsyche behriu, though not as clearly defined. They
do not show to advantage in the illustration.
The thorax and abdomen are sparsely covered with long simple
colorless hairs.
Spiracles, dirty white.
Cremasteric hooks, numerous, short, yellow-brown.
PLATE 55
Pupa of Strymon californica. Enlarged x 7. Upper figure,
dorsal aspect. Lower figure, lateral aspect.
Photo by Menke
116
The form of this chrysalis is shown in the accompanying cut
with sufficient accuracy to obviate the need of a more lengthy de-
scription.
LITOPROSOPIS COACHELLAE Hill.
In the summer of 1930 a large number of specimens of this
heretofore rare moth were taken in the city of Los Angeles. Their
occurrence in this vicinity had been noted and called to our at-
tention by the late Dr. John Hornung in 1929, but the hatch in
1930 was phenomenal, and has not since been equaled.
The moths were found at night resting on the trunks and
about the bases of the Washingtonia Fan-Palm, and were easily
captured with the aid of a flash light and cyanide bottle.
Whether they were introduced in this territory from the Coa-
chella Valley prior to 1929 has not been determined, but an ex-
amination of a number of collections made prior to that time fails
to show any record of its earlier
presence in Los Angeles County.
It is now quite widely distributed
throughout Southern California.
The eggs are laid in clusters
on the dry disintegrating fronds
of the Palm, and are completely
covered by a mat of filamentous
hairs from the anal segments of
the female. They are placed on
the outer surface of the leaves,
PLATE 56 and somewhat resemble, superfi-
cially, the nest of a spider. Each
cluster contains from 30 to 40
eggs.
Egg of Litoprosopis coachellae,
magnified x 50.
Drawing by Comstock
Egg. Size, approximately .9
mm. at the base, and .7 mm. in
height. The shape is a robust hemisphere with a flattened base,
and the surface is covered by about 34 vertical ridges, radiating
outwardly and downward from the micropyle. These ridges, and
the depressions between them, are crossed by horizontal depres-
sions, which give the egg a distinctly cross-hatched appearance.
The color is a pale yellow-green when first laid, changing later to
a soiled white. Micropyle only slightly depressed.
An illustration of the egg is shown on Plate 56.
Eggs laid September 13, 1930, emerged September 18.
Larva, first instar, Length: average 2.5 mm. to 3 mm.
Colorless, or translucent except for a slight shading of brown
around the mouth parts. Ocella, black. Head larger than body,
117
the remaining segments tapering toward the narrow anal portion.
A few sparse colorless hairs protrude from the head.
The head and body of the larvae are much flattened dorso-
vertically. In other particulars they closely resemble the mature
form.
The newly emerged larvae remain for a short time in a mass,
feeding on the egg shells, under cover of the mat of maternal
scales, and then scatter. They are, at this
time, very active, and probably feed on
disintegrating palm fronds, although the
actual process of feeding was not ob-
served.
Mature larva. Leng t h—average
about 37 mm.
Head, light straw in color; bare ex-
cept for a few light hairs. Mouth parts
mainly dark brown. The anterior 2 ocelli
are dark brown, the remainder being
lighter in color. :
Body greatly compressed dorso ven-
trally, in adaptation to the larval habits,
allowing freedom of movement in the
narrow spaces between the bases of the
palm stems.
The first thoracic segment is light
straw, concolorous with the head, as is
also the posterior half of the anal seg-
ment. The remaining segments are a
pinkish brown, slightly mottled. There is
a faint suggestion of a mid-dorsal nar-
row line.
A number of rows of single light
colored hairs occur over the dorsum, dis-
posed as shown on Plate 57. One of these
is situated on each side of the mid-dorsal L@tva of Litoprosopis
: coachellae, dorsal view,
area; a second row occurs lateral to this, enlarged x 200
and a third is placed suprastigmatally. A Drawing by (Gometner
fourth row of somewhat longer hairs oc-
curs laterally below the stigmata, and a few additional minute hairs
are found in relation to it.
All of the hairs arise from small papillae, which are for the
most part of a lighter color than the surrounding area. The legs
and prolegs protrude laterally and are thus visible from the dorsal
aspect. They are of a light straw color.
The abdomen is concolorous with the legs.
Stigmata, yellow brown, rimmed with narrow brownish black
edges.
PLATE 57
One smaller larva measuring 22 mm. shows only a trace of
the dorsal pinkish shade and has two supra-stigmatal pinkish lines,
118
the one nearest the stigmata being wider. It also bears a well
defined pink mid-dorsal line. Another of 17 mm. length, probably
in the third instar, shows the same marking.
The mature larvae frequent the reddish brown reticulated fi-
brous bases of the palm fronds, particularly those of the dead
leaves.
This probably constitutes their food, if one may judge from
the color of their frass, and the further fact that no portion of
the palm shows any evidence of being eaten. Even the most
heavily infested trees show no perforation of the green or dried
leaves, or young shoots.
The trees which yield the greatest number of moths are in-
variably those of 20 to 25 years of age, from which the dead leaves
hang in beard-like festoons. Trees from which the leaves have
been trimmed show no infestation.
PLATE 58
Pupa of Litoprosopis coacheliae, dorsal, lateral
and ventral aspects, enlarged x 3.
Photo by Menke
Pupa. Length, average 21.5 mm. Greatest width through
shoulders, 5.5 mm.
Color, straw, with a slight tinge of green over the thorax.
There is a barely perceptible mid-dorsal stripe, dull green in color.
The segmental lines are narrow, and dark brown, in strong con-
trast to the light body color.
Caudal end flattened, and with two short cremasteric hooks
protruding, the latter brown-black.
Spiracles, dark brown.
The texture of the pupa is smooth, glistening and waxy.
There are no vibrissae or protruding appendages other than the
cremasteric hooks. It is illustrated on Plate 58.
119
Pupation occurs at the base of the Palm stems, in the brown
“latticed’’ fiber. A cocoon is made which is surrounded by this
material on three sides (see Plate 59) and by the stem of the
Palm leaf on its outer aspect.
PLATE 59
Pupa of Litoprosopis coachellae shown
in cocoon which has been opened.
Photo by Menke
NOTES ON SOUTHWESTERN CACTI
By Wricut M. Pierce and F. R. FosBerG
The writers have spent considerable time during the last few
years studying cacti in the field, in the herbarium and in the garden
of the senior author. The following are some of the results of
this observation. Specimens cited are in the Pomona College
Herbarium.
' Opuntia Bigelovii Engelmann var. Hoffmannii Fosberg n.
var.
Caules ascendentes vel erectes, e basibus et prope apicibus
ramosi, ramuli apicali horizontali; spinae breviores, aliquantum
rubrae.
Plants up to 2.5 m. tall, often ascending rather than strictly
erect, the dead lower lateral branches more promptly deciduous
than in the species leaving the long cylindrical trunk conspicuously
bare of branches excepting at the summit where there is a crown
of short, mostly horizontal branches and at the base where the
main trunk often branches. Branching also occurs rarely further
up. Plants less densely armed than in the species, the spines a
trifle shorter than in the species and having a pronounced roseate
color, especially on the younger parts of the plants. Flowers not
seen. Fruit as in the species excepting the long glochids or de-
ciduous spines, which are decidedly reddish.
This plant was discovered on the alluvial fan at the mouth of
Cane Brakes Canyon, at the east base of the Laguna Mountains
in eastern San Diego County, California. It is abundant on the
fans at the foot of the mountains from this locality for a distance
of about five miles southeast. Throughout this area it grows side
by side with the typical form of the species which here never
reaches more than one meter in height and is densely armed with
long shining ivory white spines. There was seemingly no inter-
gradation whatever. Students who consider that any character
that is constantly different, however minute, is sufficient founda-
tion for a species would doubtless consider this plant specifically
distinct. However, it is so evidently a recent offshoot from O.
Bigelovii and the distinguishing characters are mainly vegetative
and of such minor importance that I feel that its true relationship
and degree of distinction is best shown by the varietal category.
The height, the ascending trunks, bare of branches, and the crown
of horizontal branches at the top give this plant almost the aspect
of Opuntia fulgida.
I am naming this variety in honor of Mr. Ralph Hoffmann,
late director of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History,
student of cacti and succulents and botanical explorer of the Santa
3arbara Islands, who so recently met with a fatal accident while
121
botanizing on San Miguel Island. The type is Fosberg No. 8602
from the mouth of Can Brakes Canyon. Fosberg No. 8601 is a
specimen of the ordinary form of O. Bigelovii from the same
locality. Both specimens are being placed in the Pomona College
Herbarium. Several isotypes will be distributed to other insti-
tutions.
Opuntia prolifera Engelmann.
To Mr. Hoffmann’s records establishing the northern and
western limits of this species (Journ. Cact. Soc. Vol. IV, No. 3,
p. 256, Sept. 1932) may be added another, Fosberg No. 8611, from
ne west slopes of the hills at the foot of the Conejo Grade, Ven-
tura County, California. The plant is quite abundant and well
developed here. Contrary to a commonly accepted opinion we ob-
serve that quite in accordance with Britton and Rose’s description
(Cactaceae I, p. 69) the terminal joints of this plant do break off
easily. This has been observed at all of the stations where we have
studied O. prolifera, in Lower California at several localities, Coro-
nado Islands, San Diego, Santa Catalina Island, Laguna Beach,
San Pedro Hills and the locality cited above.
Opuntia fulgida Engelmann.
Small plants were observed, first in Sonora and later in several
localities in southern Arizona, which were taken to be Opuntia
fragilis (Nutt.) Haw. far out of range. Careful study revealed
these to be plants growing from joints and fruits and possibly
some from seeds of Opuntia fulgida. They were particularly
numerous in the immediate vicinity of plants of O. fulgida and
were not found where none of the latter occurred. They also
graded imperceptibly into the robust form of normal young plants
of O. fulgida. This situation seems parallel to that of Opuntia
tunicata (Lehm.) Link & Otto with its dwarf plants, described
as Opuntia stapeliae DC. and discussed by Britton and Rose (Cac-
taceae: I, p66).
The less spiny form of O. fulgida which Britton and Rose
mention (Cactaceae I, p. 67) has a distribution which is not as
general as that of the normal very spiny form. So far as we
have observed, it does not occur where the normal form is absent,
but neither does it always occur where the normal form is found.
It seems particularly abundant in localities east and south of
Tucson, Arizona. It intergrades perfectly with the normal form
in armament and does not seem to vary much in any other char-
acter. This, would practically preclude its being the result of
hybridization of O. fulgida with O. versicolor as has been sug-
gested by the fact that the latter is usually observed to be present
in localities where the less spiny form occurs.
Opuntia acanthocarpa Engelmann.
The distinction of this species in California is not delineated
122
at all in Britton and Rose, being merely cited as “California” along
with several other states: (Cactaceae I, p. 57). Parish restricts
it to the eastern Mojave Desert (Jeps. Man. Fl. Pl. Calif., p.
655). We have observed O. acanthocarpa in the Palm Springs
region in Palm Canyon and Deep Canyon, in Borrego Valley, San
Felipe Valley, from here south through Mason Valley, Vallecito
Valley and along the base of the Laguna Mountains to the mouth
of Carrizo Creek and again on Mountain Springs Grade. Its
range in eastern San Diego County seems in general higher than
that of O. echinocarpa, which, so far as we have observed is absent
from the series of valleys south of San Felipe. It is present, how-
ever, at the mouth of Carrizo Creek and on the lower part of
Mountain Springs Grade. In upper San Felipe Canyon O. acan-
thocarpa seems to intergrade or hybridize with O. Parryi Engelm.
specimens being observed which had spiny fruits but which had
the aspect, otherwise, of O. Parryi. These two species can ordina-
rily be distinguished by the fact that in O. acanthocarpa the fruit,
on the upper half is truly spiny and soon becomes dry, while in
O. Parryi the areoles contain only glochids and the fruit remains
fleshy for a considerable time, even when ripe. We would not
consider the fruit of O. acanthocarpa strongly tuberculate. ©.
Parryi fruits are, contrary to Britton and Rose (loc. cit.), usually
quite strongly tuberculate.
Opuntia ramosissima Engelmann.
Britton and Rose record this species as probably extending
into northeastern Lower California (Cactaceae I, p. 46). This is
confirmed by a collection made near Banded Agate Mountain in
Baja California south of the Yuha Plain in Imperial County, Cali-
fornia. The plants seen here and from which specimens were
taken (Fosberg No. 8347) were low and diffuse.
Opuntia Chlorotica Engelmann.
This handsome Platyopuntia can be reported from southern
San Diego County, California, where it was collected growing on
the step rocky walls of the canyon below Buckman Springs in the
chaparral belt (Fosberg Nos. 8603, 8638).
-Echinocereus Engelmannii Parry var. Munzii (Parish)
Pierce and Fosberg n. comb.
This plant was described as Cereus Munzii Parish (Bull. So.
Cal. Acad., V. 25, p. 48, 1926). Parish remarked that this plant
was related to Cereus mojavensis but that it had rose-red flowers.
The only resemblance to the latter species which we have been
able to note is in the habit, low and closely caespitose and in the
curved character of the spines. It has the typical spine arrange-
ment of E. Engelmanni with small radials and four heavy diver-
123
gent centrals. There is nothing to suggest the large, long radials
and single central of E. mojavensis. This is a high altitude form
probably parallel to the high altitude form of E. Fendler1 men-
tioned in Britton and Rose (Cactaceae III, p. 36), much discussed,
and in one case at least, named, by new species hunters of late.
The flowers are like those of E. Engelmannii and vary from deep
magenta-crimson to a pale yellowish pink, almost white. The only
distinctive characters are those mentioned above, low compactly
caespitose habit and long curving central spines. The habit char-
acter becomes very weak in the Hemet Valley collections (Munz
& Johnston 5570 (type coll.) ). A collection from 47 mi. s.e. of
Tecate, Lower California, Mex. (Munz 9612) is characteristically
this form in habit but has short straight spines which seem prac-
tically those of the species. The material from above Baldwin
Lake on the desert slopes of the San Bernardino Mountains (Munz
5759) (Fosberg & Pierce No. 8552) seems to represent the ex-
treme development of this form. The plants are very low, densely
spiny with long curved spines. Here the range touches that of
the species and there is no evidence of intergradation.
E. Engelmannti (Parry) Rumpler var. chrysocentra Engelm. &
Bigel.
We have had several opportunities to observe this form in
southern Arizona. Collections were made near Sells, Pima County
(Fosberg & Pierce, April 2, 1932). It was also observed at Gun-
sight and in the Sonoita Valley, both in Pima County. It usually
seems to inhabit the talus slopes of lava or porphyry buttes, al-
though in the Sonoita Valley it was seen on open alluvial fans.
At Gunsight where the range of the species touches that of var.
chrysocentra at the foot of the peaks, plants were observed which
seemed to be intergrades. The species did not occur on the slopes
of the peaks at all, while the variety was common there. Var.
chrysocentra is based entirely on the long straight slender spines
which are of a greenish yellow color. The blossoms are like those
of the species. This is the plant which has been known in collec-
tions by the specific name Meadei, a name which originated no
one seems to know where, evidently never published.
Considering the tremendous range of variation in Echino-
cereus Engelmanni one hesitates to recognize any segregates from
it, even of varietal rank. In the species itself the plants range
from as short as 1 dm. to as tall as 5 dm.; the spines from 1 to 6
cm. in length, from straight to quite curved and in color from
white through straw yellow, orange, brown and gray to bright
ebony black, often with more than one color on the same plant.
These variations seem to have little or no relation to geographic
distribution or even to environmental conditions. The reason for
recognizing the two varieties is that they present rather distinc-
tive characters in more or less constant combinations and are geo-
graphic entities.
124
Cereus (Lophocereus) Schott’ Engelmann.
Doubt has been expressed as to the occurrence of this plant
in the United States. The junior author visited the Sonoita Valley
in Pima County, Arizona and saw a considerable stand of 1t some
distance from the boundary on the United States side. The plants
seemed to be in a rather unhealthy condition.
Echinocactus (Ferocactus) acanthodes Lemaire.
The form of this plant described as Ferocactus Rostii Britton
and Rose (Cactaceae III, p. 146) has been observed rather closely
through a large part of its range on the western side of the Colo-
rado Desert and we have decided that it does not apparently
deserve even varietal rank. Plants of this form can be found in
almost any large stand of E. acanthodes except from the most
northerly portions of its range. It can only be considered an
extreme in the variation of the species predominant in the south-
western part of its range, just as the low form which when young
has very long bright red spines is the predominant form in the
mountains of the eastern Mojave Desert. These forms could only
be satisfactorily disposed of at present in a list of minor varia-
tions such as Hall has used in his revisions in the Compositae.
Genetic studies might give a further understanding of them.
Neomammillaria microcarpa (Engelmann) Britton & Rose.
We found the plant described as Mammillaria Olivae by Or-
cutt (West. Amer. Scientist 12, p. 163) on a low quartzite knob
near Colossal Cave, north of Vail, Pima County, Arizona ( Fosberg
& Pierce, April 3, 1932), and were immediately struck by its re-
semblance to N. microcarpa with which it was growing. Both
were in fruit and we compared the two plants, their fruits and
seeds. No difference whatever could be found except in the cen-
tral spines which were short and straight in the Olivae form and
longer and hooked in N. microcarpa. After further search we
found a number of plants which had both kinds of spines on the
same plant and all graduations between the two. North of Mag-
dalena, Sonora, Mexico, we also found the straight spined form.
Here it was growing on the flat valley floor. With it again were
plants of the normal form and some with both kinds of spines
and intermediates (Fosberg & Pierce, April 6, 1932). We think
that the straight spined form is merely an occasional variation of
N. microcarpa. The slight difference in the shape of the perianth
parts in Britton and Rose’s descriptions (Cactaceae IV, pp. 135,
155) seem well within the limits of variation in the species, and
color differences are of very little importance, sometimes changing
with the age of the flower and the time of day. We have seen
a similar straight spined plant of Neomammillaria dioica (K.
Brand.) Britt. & Rose (see Fosberg, Bulletin of So. Calif. Acad.
Se., V. XXX, pt. 2, p. 54). Another possibility is that the straight
spined form may be a dying species or variety being submerged
125
by hybridization with N. microcarpa. The latter is a wide spread
and quite variable species generally distributed over southern Ari-
zona, Sonora, southern New Mexico, Chihuahua and southwestern
Texas.
Neomammullaria (Phellosperma) tetrancista (Engelmann) Fos-
berg.
We are able definitely to record this plant from the Mojave
Desert. We collected it in the Granite Mountains east of Victor-
ville, San Bernardino County, California (Pierce, May 15, 1922)
(Fosberg & Pierce No. 51525) and the senior author has examined
in cultivation a specimen collected by Mr. Lee Chambers near the
Ord Mountains.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY
OctroBER, 1932 Tro SEPTEMBER, 1933
REGULAR MEETINGS
The regular meetings of the Academy are held the second Sat-
urday evening of each month at 7:30 P.M. in the Lecture Room
of the Los Angeles Library.
Ocroser 8, 1932: The guest speaker of the evening, Eugene
O. Murman, of Glendale, gave an illustrated lecture on “Insectiv-
orous Plants of the World.” The large audience which was pres-
ent, greatly enjoyed Mr. Murman’s interesting account of the
curious habits of insectivorous plants. The speaker, who is an
accomplished artist, illustrated his talk with beautiful hand-colored
slides made from his drawings.
NoveMBER 12, 1932: Dr. John A. Comstock, Associate D1-
rector, Los Angeles Museum, gave his lecture “Adventures of a
Butterfly Hunter,” illustrated with stereopticon slides. Dr. Com-
stock gave an interesting account of collecting experiences in
Florida and California, and showed many beautiful hand-colored
views of butterflies in the egg stage, as larvae and as adults.
DecEMBER 10, 1932: “Rattlesnakes of the Southwest” was
the title of the illustrated lecture of Mr. L. M. Klauber of the
Zoological Society of San Diego. This well-known herpetologist
described the various kinds of rattlesnakes found in this region
and discussed the relative strength of the poison in different species.
JANUARY 14, 1933: Dr. F. D. Blakeslee lectured on “The
Panama Canal,” illustrated with colored views.
Fepruary 15, 1933: Phil Townsend Hanna, Editor of Tour-
ing Topics, gave his illustrated lecture, “The Mother of California.”
He presented a vivid picture of the natural history and the people
of Lower California, Mexico.
Marcu 11, 1933: “Camouflage in Nature” was the subject
of the illustrated lecture of Mr. Frederic S. Webster, formerly of
the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. His collecting of slides was
well chosen and he gave the audience a most instructive talk.
PwpriteS, 1933): Dr. (Carl S. Knopi, of the Wniversity of
Southern California, spoke on “The Archaeology of the Near
East.” The lecture was illustrated with lantern slides which showed
the results of recent archeological expeditions.
May 13, 1933: An audience which taxed the capacity of the
lecture hall, heard Mr. W. Scott Lewis lecture on the timely sub-
ject, “California Earthquakes.’ His slides illustrated many fea-
tures in the geology of California.
127
June 10, 1933: “The Flowers of Hawaii and Their Legends”
was the topic of Mr. Ralph Cornell, Los Angeles landscape artist,
who illustrated his talk with many beautiful lantern slides of the
flowers of the Hawaiian Islands.
BOARD MEETINGS
During the year, meetings of the Board of Directors were
held on October 17, January 16, May 29 and July 24. Business
was transacted relative to the disposal of the Schrader estate, elec-
tion of Board members, appointment of committees, authorization
for expenditures and selection of speakers.
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Academy was held the evening of
June 19 at 6:30 o'clock in the Casa De Rosas Inn. After dinner,
short speeches were made by Dr. John A. Comstock, Mr. William
A. Spalding and President Payne. The reports of the Treasurer,
Mr. Harry K. Sargent, and the Secretary, Mr. Howard R. Hill,
were read and approved. The speaker of the evening, Mr. B. R.
Baumgardt, F. R. A. S., delivered a splendid address on “The Ro-
mance of Human Progress.” His lecture dealt with the scientific
achievements of the past, the discoveries of the present day and
the relation of science to the progress of mankind.
A count of the ballots returned by mail from members, showed
the members of the Board of Directors re-elected by unanimous
vote.
APPOINTMENT OF COMMITTEES
Publication: Mr. Spalding and Dr. Comstock.
Finance: Mr. Spalding.
Program: Mr. Hill, Dr. Comstock and Dr. Knopf.
SPECIAL< MEETING
In cooperation with the Los Angeles Museum, the Academy
held a special meeting on Sunday afternoon, August 6, in the lec-
ture room of the Museum. Members of the Academy and their
friends listened to a lecture by Mary L. Jobe Akeley, the wife of
the late Carl Akeley, noted African naturalist and explorer. Her
subject, “Carl Akeley’s Africa,’ was presented in an interesting
way and illustrated with slides and moving pictures taken in the
field.
Howarp R. Hit, Secretary
128
a RR TT
WILLIAM S. WRIGHT
ae a a
William S. Wright, since 1922 Curator of Insects and County
Supervisor of Nature Study on the staff of the Natural History
Museum, Balboa Park, San Diego, died on July 8, 1933. He was
born in Plaino, Hlinois, April 23, 1866, and came to San Diego
thirty-nine years ago. For twenty-eight years he was associated
with the San Diego City Schools as a manual training teacher,
maintaining at the same time a strong interest in his hobby of
entomology, particularly Lepidoptera.
After joining the staff of the Natural History Museum he
donated his collection of some 30,000 insect specimens, also his
entomological library, and these provided the nucleus of the Mu-
seum’s present collection, built up under Wright’s curatorship to
about 200,000. He was regarded as a national authority on the
Geometridae.
As San Diego County Supervisor of Nature Study, he initi-
ated a system for the rural schools which aroused great interest
on the part of the children. Miss Ada York, San Diego County
Superintendent of Schools, in commenting upon his death, wrote :
“In the passing of W. S. Wright the schools of San Diego County
have sustained an educational loss. Through his personal visits to
the schools, through his bulletins, and through his correspondence
with pupils, he greatly enriched the lives of all children who came
under his direction.”
Wright died shortly after starting his annual vacation, which
he had planned to spend in Siskiyou County. Within three days
of his death he was collecting butterflies there, when he com-
plained of feeling ill and asked to be driven home. He died at
Laguna Beach, en route to San Diego. He is survived by his
wife, two daughters, three sons, two brothers, and five grand-
children.
He was a charter member of the San Diego Museum Asso-
ciation, former Secretary of the San Diego Society of Natural
History, and a 32nd Degree Mason. He was a contributor to
entomological and nature study magazines and had read papers
at a number of scientific gatherings in California. In the Trans-
actions of the San Diego Society of Natural History he published
“An Annotated List of the Butterflies of San Diego County.”
129
The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:
Form of Legacy
To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.
I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-.........--...---------------------
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.
Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.
I give and devise to ‘Southern California Academy of Sciences”
of ‘the (City of Tos “Angeles("\(.2 ee
here describe the property or ground rent..............--------:-----+e+--ee-eeeeeeeeeeee De
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.
130
BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)
Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A.
Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo-
ber) in 1920.
Mmieml9o21 issues “are Voli XX No: 1; “April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No.
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem-
ber-October; No. 6, November-December.
From 1925 to 1932, including volumes XXIV to XXXI, three num-
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.
131
All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary
of the Academy at the appended prices:
Vol. 3, No. 7. October AUS) Oe ee ered ec eae eGR IIS $ .25
: Ae aoe aMlaiy, EGO, et ei cae pe el 25
es 65S e25- Jullys cE) Oper eee peemnremee i 225
* i 2 eer adil, Lil Oe Sete sity, Le ee ee 75
+ 125s) 1 January: ONES So ee Soe one 50
Al Se 745 Able UQUIG irate eh ee 50
igs IL, Aenea GD Of See Si ee eee 25
SO, 4. October, OD Ovo Ne. Seer Ae Se ee 25
<2 oe 25 October aI VPA aaa einer ee vee iene aa Se . IND
is oe aka) eboney US ee ee ees een eae eed 25
S23. ie ee earch; 19 2) Als teria a ee ce 25
By Tee hs IME IGS Une puleree Wetcranees fia ho 25
me do he Sully, 5 77 ieee a Ie i Oe ea IE 25
oe cop sO RE OeDLCMDErs, M924) ta ee 25
pte Doi om OS RNOMeMUDeL kG 24y Sales Se ene .25
24 ale anuanye 1925 oe aiy,c8 orthies ApsieiyeG ates 25
GIS) Taek I a ha INEZ i192 Sygate. 0, ee A ies io ae 25
SZ A tee PONS CDLEIMDEan M92 estou nies eee eee eee 25
2b os le january, 926s == = eee a ee 75
sreetor2 Oveniecn trey ualVilaive G2 Gn Secu ee eee .25
25a a oe September 9 2Gne ee 12 ele ke re eee 25
EO AGS ale dena nay NO DST, Res eee ie ae een 25
2 Opec eA pri: OD es ee AE ieee eee 25
Stsd Opiate On ID CDtEMDET a. MOAT. 2s tes wae) 5 oe eee .25
Se 2 leo analyse 9 28/5 on Boe Uy eee ee .25
SOR ei NE HI Vo pieamihetney ov aati tie eee ee .25
Se ee Oe CD LeM per) 192 8iceeet oes leks pees PAB)
oa eon oe se e MU Tay s DS AN reeiepeee aS eRe 6o es 25
Sais 6 OS hy INE NOD Oe Sesh Wipe Sains es Sal eee 25
FE) SPAS Ee way, ASKey owen ol) cYey eo DESAY) eee 50
Fe) oa ennwlenay, GS Oh ces ee ees 25
BPD Sr, Mle 93 0 ieee a Pe ee eee 25
“en 2O el eos) ESC PLeIMIber 19S 0) pose eee ee eee .25
S30) Le January, LO Gile Soe Bot see Ss ee eee 225
GF 8h FS WE, 1G Bilge eee eee 25
S21123 NE esi HOt SED LOMDSr ao tO Blk pao ae ees ee eee eee 25
So Bils ie aebauie bey VOR D182 oe eee is fone Pi)
SO Bl 5 Nile 1G SDI ae Be eon CL ee 25
Seo ode Bek SCD LEMUDCT ey lO Ciye seats ah oe 25
= Sac), so) Le January: 1 Bespin, cee NR RL re 25
He BYR Se 7a IIL NG O38 hee Slee ee 25
MOD Om IO CDLeMDEr AiO SS hes tie soe ore eee 25
The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre-
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to:
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences,
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.
132
REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the
Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof
to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following
rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los
Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints.
PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
|\4pp. | 8pp. 12pp 16pp 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. | 32pp.
50 copies $3.75 $ 5.75 $ 8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00
lO) 4.50 7.50| 10.75) 12.75) 15.00| 17.25} 20.25) 21.50
SORT as 5.25 9.25 13.00 15.25 18.25 21.00 24.50 26.00
20, Oe 6.00 11.00 15.25 17.75 21.50 2475 28.75) 30.50
250 =“ 6.75 12.75 17.50 20.25 24.75) 28.50, 33.00 35.00
a) 7.50 14.50 19.75 22.75 28.00 32.25) 37.25 39.50
Covers: 50 for $2.00. Additional covers, 14%¢ each.
FRINTING
HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS
SINCE 1880
SERVICE and QUALITY, com-
bined with FAIR PRICES, has
made this business a success for
over fifty years.
McBride Printing Ge
261-263 So. Los Angeles St. Los Angeles
Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOL. XXXII, 1933
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
Ancient Houses of Modern
VIS SRaT GC Ope eee uals eee ce Sa 79
Basilarchia obsoleta, Life
HSCs O fe sees at
weidemyrii ne-
vadae, Life hist.
“c
Opp nee ee errs 113
Ceraurus infrequens —...-..... 15
Cybeloides calliteles —............ pe ale!
Encrinurus hastula —..-...-.--.... 12
= octonarius —-........... 13
Graeperia altera, Life hist. of... 82
Hylephila phylaeus, Life hist. of 81
Incisalia iroides, Life hist. of... 77
ISOLENUSESPURIUS ene ee eee 20
Litoprosopis coachellae,
TESTES: Lav USS Rao tay ea ala a ilale(
Lloydia obsoletus ......--.-.-....------.- 11
Melitaea fulvia, Life hist. of -...102
‘ theona bollii, Life
WSO fies ee ee 99
Neo-Babylonian documents,
Items of interest from —_-..... 41
New Lycaenid from So. Calif. .. 23
Opuntia bigelovii Hoffmannii_..121
Ordovician Faunas, Notes on,
One IV ONICS See ee he eee 1
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GARDEN
Orthis decipiens’. = ae ALT
Parsons, George Whitwell,
hal; IMMsyooVoaian, a Ee ee 38
Philotes enoptes dammersi —_- 24
Plebejus neurona, Life hist. of 79
Plectambonites angulatus _...... 18
Plectorthis mazourkaensis —_._. )
sé
patulus
Proceedings of the Academy _..127
Rare Fishes found in Cali-
fornia Coastal Waters ___.... Bases,
Remopleurides occidens ............ 18
Satyrium fuliginosa 114
Schrader, Wilhelm, In
Me TIT OTs aria nea ie eee 39
Southwestern Cacti, Notes on_121
Strymon avalona, Life hist. of..107
oy californica, Life
INDEX OF AUTHORS
Comstock, Dr. John A. ..............
Sree px PANS Bay Cee Us pelle
82, 99, 105, 107, 110, 113, 114, 117
Dammers, Comm. Charles M.
sae ZEOO: MO Sl Oa LOD Of alalO
IOSD C12 He Ee esse ceeee cece 121
Hennes Chriss... Sie aE og eS
ET EV OWA Cig ce see eee 22, 128
T'S te 0 fate eee ee eee 114
s saepium, Life
UTS CSM Ltrs ee 105
Tholerea reversalis, Life
NAS Eko bye eke eee cneeron es 35
Thorybes mexicana, Life
LSE HOt eee sees ose ean en eee 110
Wright, William S., In
INWNyonVoy erks wool ace Bi Seen 29
Knopf, Dr. Carl Sumner ............ 41
Phieser bh rede By die ee Les |
PIER COM Wile tiG Mi neeekerne ee 121
SSN UL LTT ORV VAG) eee erates ee 39
Sperry, Grace H., and
ACO ow alin) (Nese ee Se eee 99, 102
Wioodwar dr Aut hin ieee eee 79
New species and forms indicated in bold face type.
—
a
(ty
|
a
Fa}
feet LE PEN OF THE
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
eiaiucbinnezinsi
Vol. XXXII January - April, 1934 Part 1
CONTENTS
NEW OYSTERS AND A NEW PECTEN FROM THE
TERTIARY OF CALIFORNIA—Leo George Hertlein - = = =
FOSSIL MOLLUSKS FROM THE VERTEBRATE-BEARING AS-
PHALT DEPOSITS AT CARPENTERIA, CALIFORNIA—
Tors Grant andc A’) Ma Sirdng” ==) be. Sie ea wm Uae
NOTES ON THE INSECT INHABITANTS OF WOOD RAT
HOUSES IN CALIFORNIA—A, C. Davis = - = = = = = «
ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF CALIFORNIA
LEPIDOPTERA—John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers =
STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA—
John A. Comstock -« =< = = = es «= = s = =» = = s = @ @
THE CAPTURE AND STINGING OF THE PREY OF
SPHEX XANTHOPTERUS—Charles H. Hicks - - = = = «© =
A REVISION OF THE HEUCHERA RUBESCENS GROUP (SAXI-
FRAGACEAE) FOR THE UNITED STATES—Margaret G, Stewart 42
A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE SPECIES ERIGERON
FOLIOSUS NUTT—Gladys Compton - = =. wii tes
Issued Feb. 28, 1984
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
=
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Mire HARRY. Ke2SARGENT 23s 6 ia eae eee President
Dr: FORD Ae CARPENTER 02 Ee ee lst Vice-President
Mr cl HEODGRE PAVE: 2 3.2o5 ce pase ge Serer 2nd Vice-President
Mr. HOWARD Ro PRPs soa cee tes eitecs ochestann oes come Secretary
Mr Harry K. SARGENT 30 ee ee Treasurer
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. WILLIAM A. BRYAN Mr. Harry K. SARGENT
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WiLtiAmM A. SPALDING
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. Cart S. KNopF Mr. Howarp R. HILt
= @
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BuRLEw
Dr. MELVILLE DOZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN
Dr. D. L. TASKER
a
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
Chairman : Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Mr. WILLIAM A, SPALDING
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knorr
Mr. Howarp R. Hitut
=
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. Witiiam A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTIOon Park,
Los ANGELES, CAL.
iGRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GARDEN
NEW OYSTERS AND A NEW PECTEN FROM
THE TERTIARY OF CALIFORNIA
LrEo GEORGE HERTLEIN
Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species
late, hewnes:2-and 35 Plate’ Z, figure: |
Lower valve narrowly oblong, wider at base; exteriorly or-
namented by numerous fluted ribs; area of attachment near beak
unornamented. Interior of margin not folded; muscle scar fairly
large; ligament groove long and fairly wide. Upper valve long
and narrow; on the interior beneath the beak a long narrow ele-
vated area is present which fits into the groove of the lower valve.
Height of shell (beak to base, incomplete), 216 mm.; width of
shell (at base) 108 mm.
Holotype: Lower valve, No. 6065 (C. A. S. type coll.) from
Loc. 933 (C. A. S.) Kern County, California; Chas. Morrice
collector. emblor,.Miocene [— Loc. 981 (CG. A. S:) near the
Centenmmotmsee o2 1.28 S., R29 Ey M.D. -M..) FM. Anderson
collector. Temblor, Middle Miocene]. Paratype: upper valve
INome0/Z2N(E2A.S: type coll:), from Loc. 1073, (€. A. S.), from
forks of large gulch which runs from the north through the mid-
dlexormtne eZ of Sec! 28. 1.28 S.° R.29 E., M: D.. M., Kern
County, California; about one kilometer above falls on central
hill slope; G. D. Hanna collector; Temblor, Miocene. A _ para-
type of this species has been deposited at the San Diego Society
of Natural History, San Diego, California.
Mhis species is abundant at Loc. 1073 (C. A.S.). Mr. A. R.
May of Bakersfield, California, has studied the field relationship
at this locality, and kindly furnished the following information :*
“Locality No. 1073 occurs on the east bank of the creek about
twenty feet above the creek bed, at an elevation of approximately
710 feet. The Round Mountain Silt-Olcese Sand (“Middle Temb-
lor Sands”) contact occurs on the hill side to the east of the lo-
cality at an elevation of 925 feet. The dip of the beds is about
5 degrees to the south and the oyster bed consequently is between
200 and 210 feet below the top of the Olcese Sand.”
This long narrow oyster with pronounced ribs ornamenting
the lower valve, which bears a long ligament groove, internally,
is quite distinct from any other species from western North
*Written communication to Dr. G. D. Hanna, dated November 8, 1933
Letter in files of the California Academy of Sciences.
1
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
PLATE 1
1. Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species. Paratype: left valve, No.
6063 (C. A. S. type coll.) from Loe. 1874 (C. A. S.) diatomite from S. E. eorner
of See. 35, T. 6 S., R. 7 E., M. D. M., Stanislaus County, California, north side of
Crow Creek road. Bedded material in quarry, dip nearly flat. G. D. Hanna and
J. A. Taff, collectors; Kreyenhagen formation, upper Eocene or lower Oligocene.
Height of figured specimen (incomplete) approximately 20.5 mm., length (incom-
plete) approximately 16.5 mm.
2. Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species. Holotype: lower valve, No. 6065 (C. A.
S. type coll.) from Loc. 933 (C. A. S.) Kern County, California ; Temblor, Mio-
cene. Chas. Morrice collector. [== Loe. 981 (C. A. S.) near center of See. 32, T.
28 S., R. 29 E., M. D. M. F. M. Anderson collector ; Temblor, Miocene. |
3. Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species. Exterior of same specimen as figure 2.
2
America. These features of the lower valve as well as the long
narrow upper valve with the internally raised area below the
beak, easily distinguish the species from other lower Miocene
forms such as O. loeli Hertlein,t O. wiedeyi Hertlein,? and O.
howelli Wiedey.*
In some cases this species has apparently been referred to
O. bourgeotsii Remond.* Réemond’s type was not illustrated at the
time of description and it is possibly lost. Gabb’ published a
figure of an oyster which he referred to O. bourgeois but he did
not definitely state whether or not the figure represents Remond’s
type specimen, which came from Kirker’s Pass in Contra Costa
County, California. Clark® has figured as O. bourgeoisii, an
oyster stated to be of common occurrence in the upper } Miocene,
but the exact locality from which the figured specimen came 1S
not definitely stated. O. bourgeoisii appears in his checklist, but
under the list of localities accompanying the same, the indication
as to locality is omitted. The form figured by Clark is quite dis-
tinct from O. ashleyi which occurs in the Temblor.
Specimens of oysters in the collections of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences, which can apparently be referred to O. bour-
geoisi, occur in the beds which have been referred to the San Pablo
formation in Contra Costa County and at other localities in the
Mount Diablo region. Some of the localities are here mentioned.
ocwe7ot0n(C A “Sane W: 4 Sec. 27,.8.3°S.,R.3-E., M. D.
M. About five miles east of Livermore, Alameda County, Cali-
hoOimiaemeleoe 257116 (C. AS!) See 5, 1:3) N.,.R.3 Ey M: D.M.,
two miles southeast of Greenville, Contra Costa County, Cali-
fomma aoc. 27620°(C. A. S.) Oyster Shell Hill, N. W- corner
OueSeewen alo S., RS EF. MoD. M: Alameda:-County, California ;
Basal San Pablo. Loc. 27631 (C. A. S.) N. E. side of hill 1318,
BaitAzcot N. WY, See 15, T.2°S.; R.2 E;, Alameda County,
California.
1 Jour. Paleo. vol. 2, no. 2, 1928, p. 147, pl. 28, figs. 1, 10.
2)
2 Jour. Paleo. vol. 2, no. 2, 1928, p. 144, pl. 22, figs. 2 and 3.
’'Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 5, 1928, p. 135, pl. 15, figs 1 and 2
*Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, 1863, p. 18. ‘‘Vicinity of Kirker’s Pass,
from a late Tertiary bed.”
* Geol. Survey Calif., Palaeo. vol. 2, 1866, p. 33, pl. 11, figs. 57, 57a. In
the text the locality is given as ‘‘Near Kirker’s Pass, Contra Costa County;
from the Pliocene.”
® Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. vol. 8, no. 22, 1915, p. 447, Pl. 48.
Ww
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
PLATE 2
1. Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species. Paratype, upper valve, No. 6072 (C. A.
S. type coll.) from Loe. 1073 (C. A. S.) from forks of large gulch which runs
from the north through the middle of the east % Sec. 28, T. 28 S., R. 29 E., Kern
County, California. About 4% kilometer above falls on central hill slope; G. D.
Hanna and J. A. Taff collectors; Temblor, Miocene. Central ligament ridge ele-
vated about 10 mm. above the plane of the hinge. 3
2. Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species. Holotype, impression
of right valve, No. 6062 (C. A. S. type coll.), from the same locality as the speci-
men illustrated on Plate 1, figure 1.
3. Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species. Enlarged view of the
anterior portion of the specimen in figure 2.
Ostrea titan eucorrugata, new name.
Ostrea titan corrugata Nomland, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept.
GealvolMOxnos 18) 1917. 7p. 306, pl low te, ls pl: 17, fig.
1; “near middle of southern boundary of N. E. % Sec. 10,
TAQ'S, R.15'E, M. D. B. & M., about fifty feet above base
of formation.” Santa Margarita formation, upper Miocene.
Not Ostrea corrugata Brocchi, Conch. Fossil. Subapennina, vol.
2, 1814, p. 670, pl. 16, figs. 14 and 15; “fossile nel Piacen-
tino.”
Not Ostrea corrugata Hutton, Catalog. Tert. Moll. & Echin. New
Zealand, 1873, p. 35; “Shakespeare Cliff.”
Nomland has indicated that this form is “Distinguishable
from the typical Ostrea titan Conrad which is also found in the
Santa Margarita formation by the prominent folds on surface
and the greater convexity of lower valve.”
Hanna‘ has already pointed out that the name corrugata
is preoccupied in the genus Ostrea by O. corrugata Brocchi. The
California form named corrugata by Nomland is believed by some
workers to have a stratigraphical significance, and is therefore
renamed.
Hutton has also used the name O. corrugata for a New Zea-
land fossil shell, which has been renamed Ostrea huttoni by Lamy.*
Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species
Plate 1, figure 1; plate 2, figures 2 and 3
Shell small, of general form of Pecten pedroanus Trask;
right valve, the anterior ear well defined, set off from the rest of
the shell by a well defined groove, a well developed byssal notch
is present; anterior ear ornamented by six or seven riblets, which
are crossed by imbricating lines of growth; posterior ear unorna-
mented except by fine lines of growth; the anterior portion of the
valve ornamented by about ten fine spinose riblets; the posterior
portion of the valve unornamented except by fine lines of growth;
entire surface of valve covered by fine submicroscopic camp-
tonectes striations which cross the radiating riblets. Measurements
of holotype, altitude 14.1 mm.; length (approximately) 13 mm.;
length of hinge line 9.2 mm.
7 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 13, no. 10, 1924, p. 174.
8’ Jour. de Conchyl. vol. 73, no. 3, 1929, p. 166.
ol
Left valve (paratype), the anterior ear is ornamented by
about six to eight fine radial ribs; the surface of the valve is
ornamented by fine radiating riblets; entire surface covered by
camptonectes striations similar to the right valve.
Holotype: No. 6062 and paratypes, Nos. 6063 and 6064
(€. A. S. type coll) irom Loc: 1874,(G) A. S:)) diatomites Kireyen=
hagen\ shale; fromms, corer of See: Jo) Op See eee ee De
M., Stanislaus County, California; on the north side of Crow
Creek road. Bedded material exposed in quarry, dip nearly flat.
G. D. Hanna and J. A. Taff collectors. Kreyenhagen formation ;
upper Eocene or lower Oligocene. The holotype and paratypes
are excellent impressions in the white diatomaceous shale.
Pecten lillisi may be distinguished from P. pedroanus Trask
and other fossil and Recent species of small pectens on the west
coast of North America, by the small number of delicate spinose
ribs which ornament the anterior portion of the right valve, and
by the fine submicroscopic camptonectes striations which cover
the surface of the shell. The less numerous ribs on the right valve
distinguish the new species from Pecten (Pseudamusium) pana-
mensis Dall.2 Compared to Pecten (Pseudamusium) reticulus
Dall, the new species differs in the shape of the ears and in
the greater number of radiating riblets on the left valve; also
the anterior portion of the right valve possesses more radiating
riblets than the species described by Dall. No mention is made
by Dall in the description, regarding the presence of any camp-
tonectes striations on P. reticulus. Pecten (Pseudamusium) tha-
lassinus Dall,"' described but apparently unfigured, is said to be
ornamented similar to P. reticulus but with the sculpture less pro-
nounced. The strong spines on the ribs of the right valve, strongly.
sculptured ears, and camptonectes striations of P. lillisi serve to
distinguish it from Dall’s species.
®* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 404, pl. 6, figs. 8 and 10.
“Gulf of Panama, in 322 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 56° F.”....
“ranging from near Acapulco, Mexico, to the Galapagos Islands, in 141 to
885 fathoms, soft bottom, temperature 37°.2 to 53°.5 F.”
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 12, no. 6, 1886, p. 221, pl. 5, figs. 8 and 10.
“Obtained in 82-123 fms. at Barbados.’’
* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 12, no. 6, 1886, p. 221. ‘‘80 to 317 fms. off
Martha’s Vineyard,” and ‘‘off Havana in 450 fms.’’
FOSSIL MOLLUSKS FROM THE VERTEBRATE-
BEARING ASPHALT DEPOSITS AT
CARPINTERIA, CALIFORNIA
3y U. S. Grant anp A. M. StRonc
INTRODUCTION
In 1927 an asphalt deposit on the Lucien Higgins Ranch at
Carpinteria, Santa Barbara County, California, was discovered to
contain numerous remains of vertebrate animals. The importance
of this discovery was recognized by the late Mr. Ralph Hoffman
and Mr. Norton Stuart of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural
History, who invited Dr. Ralph Chaney and Dr. Chester Stock
to investigate the deposit. This resulted in the collection of a
large number of remains of birds, mammals and plants, some re-
ports on which have already appeared.'
Somewhat later Mr. David Banks Rogers? of the Santa Bar-
bara Museum of Natural History made a collection of marine in-
vertebrates from the lower three or four inches of sand imme-
diately below the asphalt impregnated vertebrate beds and lying
on the inclined truncated Miocene Monterey shales. Through the
kindness of Mr. Rogers we were permitted to study the Mollusca
which form the basis of the faunal list included herewith.
Previous WorK
In a preliminary report* Messrs. Chaney and Mason stated
that the fossil flora indicated a forest assemblage dominated by
coniferous trees with a heavy undergrowth of shrubs and herbs.
All the readily recognized plants were of species identical or sim-
ilar to species now living in California but only where the rainfall
was greater than that now prevailing at Carpinteria. They con-
cluded the age of the plants must be Pleistocene. Loye Muller,
1 Hoffman, Ralph: ‘The finding of Pleistocene Material in an Asphalt Pit at
Carpinteria, California,’ Science, N. S., Vol. 66, no. 1702, p. 155, Aug. 12, 1927.
Stock, Chester: ‘‘Pleistocene Fauna and Flora,’ op. cit., pp. 155-156.
Miller, Loye: ‘Bird Remains,” op. cit., p. 156.
Chaney, Ralph W. and Mason, Herbert L.: ‘‘Fossil Plants,’ op. cit., pp. 156-157.
Miller, Loye: ‘‘Pleistocene Birds from the Carpinteria Asphalt of California,’’
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., Vol. 20, no. 10, pp. 361-374, 4 text figs.,
Aug. 4, 1931.
Miller, Alden H.: ‘‘The Fossil Passerine Birds from the Pleistocene of Car-
pinteria, California,’’ Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., Vol. 21, no. 7, pp.
169-194, pls. 12-14, Feb. 26, 1932.
Wilson, Robert W.: ‘Pleistocene Rodent Fauna from the Carpinteria Asphalt
Deposits,’’ Abstract. Bull. Geol. Soc. America, Vol. 44, pt. 1, pp. 219-220, Feb.
28, 1933.
Chaney, Ralph W. and Mason, Herbert L.: A Pleistocene Flora from the As-
phalt Deposits at Carpinteria, California. Carnegie Inst. Publ. No. 415, pp. 45-79,
pls. 1-9, March, 1933.
* According to Mr. Rogers the invertebrates came from a pit 300 feet north
of the embankment at the beach, 230 feet south of the south boundary of the
Southern Pacific R. R. right of way, and 850 feet west of the east line of the
Higgins Estate. The present authors were not able to inspect the site.
3 Chaney, Ralph W. and Mason, Herbert L., op. cit., 1927, p. 157.
‘
who studied the avian remains (except the Passerines), believed*
that some of the fossil birds sugested a sylvan coastal region cooler
and more nearly a Transition life zone than either the Pleistocene
vertebrate deposit at McKittrick in the San Joaquin Valley or the
Rancho La Brea deposit in the city of Los Angeles. Alden H.
Miller, who studied the fossil passerine avifauna, concluded? that
the assemblage “could be duplicated today in the region of Mon-
terey with the exception of Corvus caurinus, breeding robins, and
the possible extinct types.” The rodent material, as studied by
Wilson,® suggested that the deposit was accumulated at the edge
of the forest during late Pleistocene time.
In the final report on the fossil plants by Chaney and Mason‘
it was concluded that the climate at Carpinteria during the time
of accumulation of the flora was “cooler and slightly more humid
than it 1s today, and was more like that on the coast 200 miles to
the northwest where the summers are moist and cool.” These
authors arrived at a similar conclusion® in regard to the climate
during preservation of the fossil flora discovered a few years ago
on Santa Cruz Island, one of the Santa Barbara Channel group
lying about 30 miles off the shore of southern Santa Barbara
County. In both cases forest conditions such as now prevail on
the Monterey Peninsula about two hundred miles north of Car-
pinteria extended south into southern California. This extension
southward of northern conditions during the Pleistocene in Cali-
fornia is well established by the abundant Quaternary molluscan
fossil remains in Los Angeles County. It is unfortunate that the
nolluscan fauna associated with the Carpinteria plants and verte-
brates is almost too small to give a very positive independent check
on the climatic conditions indicated by the other organisms, but
the species identified from the collections made by Mr. Rogers,
taken all together, suggest a marine temperature slightly cooler
than that now prevailing on the shores of southern Santa Barbara
County.
THE MoLtuscAan FOSSILS
Since the occurrence of fossil marine invertebrates in associa-
tion with land plants and vertebrates is of rare occurrence it seems
desirable to place on record all information, however meagre, based
on all the organisms represented. The following list includes all
the marine Mollusca from the Carpinteria asphalt deposit which
we were able to identify in the collections submitted to us by Mr.
David B. Rogers.
Op icit. 1927. LOS
5 Op. cit., p. 185.
NOS Chas 105 LPAI
“Op. cit., 1932. See pp. 75, 76-77, 78-79.
8 Chaney and Mason, Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 415, no. 1, 1930. The
Santa Cruz Island Pleistocene flora suggests slightly cooler and more humid con-
ditions than that of Carpinteria.
8
PELECYPODA
Ostrea cf. lurida Carpenter.
Hinnites multirugosus (Gale).
Pecten (Aequipecten) latiauratus Conrad.
Pecten (Aequipecten) delosi Arnold.
Mytilus sp. 3 young valves.
Glans carpenteri (Lamy ).°
Lucina (Lucinisca) nuttallii Conrad.
Venerupis (Protothaca) staminea (Conrad).
Tellina bodegensis Hinds.
Macoma nasuta (Conrad).
Cumingia lamellosa Sowerby.
Schizothaerus nuttallii (Conrad).
SCAPHOPODA
Dentalium neohexagonum Sharp and Pilsbry.
(GASTROPODA
Conus californicus Hinds.
Monthiopsis incisa (Carpenter).
Mangelia (Bela) variegata Carpenter.
Mangelia (Bela) hecetae Dall and Bartsch.
Clathurella affinis Dall.
Olivella biplicata (Sowerby ).
HA yalina (Cystiscus) jewetti (Carpenter ).
Nassarius (Schizopyga) perpinguis (Hinds).
Nassarius (Schizopyga) mendicus (Gould).
Nassarius (Schizopyga) mendicus, var. cooperi (Forbes).
Nassarius (Schizopyga) fossatus (Gould).
Mitrella carinata (Hinds).
Mitrella carinata, var. gausapata (Gould).
Amphissa reticulata Dall.
Tritonalia interfossa (Carpenter ).
Tritonalia lurida ( Middendorff ).
Acanthina spirata (Blainville).
Bittium (Semibittium) quadrifilatum Carpenter.
Turritella cooperi Carpenter.
Tachyrhynchus ? reticulatus (Mighels).
Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter.
Hipponix antiquatus (Linnaeus).
Crepidula adunca Sowerby.
Crepidula nummaria Gould.
Crepidula sp.
Polimces (Euspira) lewisii (Gould).
Acmaea sp.
® Described as Lazaria subquadrata Carpenter, 1864, and long known as Car-
dita subquadrata (Carpenter). Not Cardita subquadrata Conrad, 1848. Renamed
Cardita (Carditamera) carpenteri Lamy, Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 66, p. 264, 1921.
Glans minuscula Grant and Gale, 1931, is an exact synonym.
9
Tricolia sp.
Calliostoma canaliculatum (Martyn).
Calliostoma costatum (Martyn).
Megatebennus bimaculata (Dall).
Epitonium (Nitidiscala) indianorum (Carpenter ).
Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) stearnsi Dall and Bartsch.
Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) new species.
Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) ct. ralphi Dall and Bartsch.
Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) antestriata Dall and Bartsch.
Odostomia cf. columbiana Dall and Bartsch.
Odostomia cf. donilla Dall and Bartsch.
Odostomia ct. jewettii Dall and Bartsch.
AMPHINEURA
Ischnochiton magdalenensis (Hinds).
Mopalia sinuata (Carpenter ).
Mopalia ciliata (Sowerby).
Tonicella lineata (Wood).
Placiphorella velata Carpenter.
EcoLoGcy
As stated in a preliminary paper’? the ecologic requirements
of these molluscan species suggest that they probaly lived in a
semi-sheltered cove or open embayment embracing rocky tide pools
and lagoonal conditions in close proximity. Such a varied habitat
can be found at many places along the present California coast-
line where small canyons meet the sea along rocky coasts.
Of the 57 forms represented in the above list, 46 are definitely
determined species, including the 5 Amphineura. All are still liv-
ing'' and most of them include Santa Barbara County in their
known Recent ranges. At first sight the fauna appears to repre-
sent a typical southern California assemblage but the Tachyrhyn-
chus (questionably identified as reticulatus) might be the northern
species and two chitons, Mopalia sinuata (Carpenter) and Toni-
cella lineata (Wood), are primarily northern in their range though
the latter has been recorded as far south as San Diego. Though
the fauna is small it precludes the possibility of warmer marine
conditions than the present for it does not include the well known
living southern forms such as Laevicardium elatum Sowerby, L.
procerum Sowerby, Mulinia modesta Dall, Tellina rubescens Han-
ley, Chione gnidia Broderip and Sowerby, Crassispira amathea
Dall, Eupleura muriciformis (Broderip), Macron aethiops kellettu
(A. Adams), Centrifuga leeana (Dall), and Purpura monoceros
(Sowerby) which are present in the warm water late Pleistocene
1 Grant, U. S. and Strong, A. M.: ‘‘Fossil Mollusca from the base of the
vertebrate-bearing asphalt pits at Carpinteria, California,’ a paper read at the
meeting of The Paleontological Society, Pacific Coast Branch, held at Los Angeles,
California, April 8, 1933.
1 Pecten (Aequipecten) delosi Arnold, originally described as a fossil, is now
known to be living in southern California waters.
10
Palos Verdes formation of Los Angeles County. Thus, the Car-
pinteria fossil mollusks suggest marine conditions probably slightly
cooler than the present.
GEOLOGIC AGE
In regard to the age of the deposit, the lack of extinct species
would place it in the late Pleistocene, later than the Palos Verdes
formation which has some extinct species!” and which has been
correlated’* with the Sangammon interglacial stage of the Pleisto-
cene. But the small number of definitely determined species makes
this conclusion somewhat questionable for there may be extinct
species in the deposit which have not been preserved, or at least
have not been collected. On other grounds, however, a late Pleis-
tocene age appears to be a safe conclusion for out of 25 species
of plants only one is extinct and the vertebrates are also sug-
gestive of the late Pleistocene. In view of the apparent recency
of all the organisms, and their climatic significance, the Carpinteria
asphalt deposit may be tentatively dated toward the latter part of
the late Wisconsin glacial stage of the Pleistocene when the low-
est temperature had been passed and conditions were becoming
somewhat ameliorated.
CORRELATION
The closest equivalent of this fauna appears to occur in the
fossiliferous fine sandstone which is exposed in the low terrace
southwest of Goleta, ten or fifteen miles west of Carpinteria. A
preliminary list of the mollusks from the Pleistocene southwest of
Goleta was published by I. S. Oldroyd and U. S. Grant ( Nautilus,
Vol. 44, pp. 91-94, 1931). Much larger collections obtained later
add a number of species to the fauna. Fifty-six per cent of the
Carpinteria molluscan fauna also occur in the Goleta terrace de-
posits on the Campbell Ranch, the differences being probaly due
to ecology rather than the passage of time. Less than one-third
of the Carpinteria fauna ocurs in the Timms Point formation at
San Pedro, and the San Pedro formation and the Palos Verdes
formation each have very significant faunal differences. Chaney
and Mason have named the Carpinteria deposits the Carpinteria
formation,'* a late Pleistocene horizon which very likely will be
recognized at several other localities along the southern California
coast wherever the present cycle of marine erosion has not com-
pletely destroyed the lower marine terraces produced during pre-
vious cycles.
Department of Geology,
University of California,
Los Angeles, California.
12 Such as Cantharus fortis Carpenter, Cancellaria Tritonidea Gabb.
18 See Grant and Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p. 75, 1931.
JO :Cits, 91933, per 48:
11
NOTES ON THE INSECT INHABITANTS OF WOOD
RAT HOUSES IN CALIFORNIA
By A.@) Davis
The insect fauna of the nests of various animals is a subject
that has not to date received the attention of which it is worthy.
Explorations of the living quarters of animals and birds may not
only bring to light a certain number of undescribed species of
insects, but will net a great amount of information upon the habits
of insects already described, but about which little is known. The
insects, chiefly Coleoptera, inhabiting the nests of ants and ter-
mites as guests of one kind or another have received the most at-
tention. In England a good deal of work has been done upon the
insect fauna of mole’s nests by Beare and Evans (2), Joy (13)
and others, and in continental Europe, Bickhardt (3) has enum-
erated the insects known to have been found in the nests of other
animals. In North America a little work has also been done,
although the surface has not been more than scratched. Hub-
bard’s paper upon “The Insect Guests of the Florida Land Tor-
toise’ (12) is a classic of its kind. Beamer (1) has published a
paper upon the occurrence of a chrysomelid beetle, Griburius
montezumae Suffr., in the nests of turkey vultures, Knaus (14)
in a short paper summarizes the various places in which Coleop-
tera may be expected to be found as guests of other animals, and
there are a number of other notes upon the subject, mainly very
short or incidental to description. Among these the papers of
Brown (4, 5, 6, 7) deserve mention, being in part the result of
investigation of the burrows of the prairie dog, Cynomys ludovi-
cianus ludovicianus (Ord.) in Oklahoma by Mr. Brown and of
the burrows of the pocket gopher (Thomomys talpoides talpoides
Rich.) in Canada by F. H. Strickland and S. Criddle.
I first became interested in the insect fauna of the wood rat
houses about 1925, when R. E. Barrett, now of Saticoy, Calif.,
was collecting Coleoptera from them as the subject of a thesis.
Mr. J. O. Martin, of the California Academy of Sciences, had
perviously done a great amount of work upon the nests. Neither
collector ever published his findings, and both have very kindly
given me permission to incorporate their data with my own in the
present paper.
Wood rats of the genus Neotoma form a large group of char-
acteristic mammals not closely related to the Old World rats of
the genus Rattus, and with entirely different habits. Generally
they are harmless and interesting inhabitants of uncultivated lands
and only occasionally do any serious damage to man’s property
and are then easily controlled. Some of the species are about the
size of the common brown rat (Rattus norvegicus), some larger
and some smaller. They have large ears, bright eyes, and a rather
pleasing expression of intelligence. They are cleanly in habits
12
although their old houses and nests are often filled with food
refuse and trash from many years of accumulation, and this refuse
and the extensive deposits of excrement attract and harbor many
forms of insect life.*
In California there are more than a dozen species and sub-
species of wood rats belonging to several distinct groups with dif-
ferent habits and habitats, but all are builders. Some build large
stick houses on the ground or in trees, others out in the deserts
among cactus and thorn bushes, and others among rocks or in
caves and old buildings. Their houses of many years’ accumula-
tion are sometimes bulky affairs of sticks and trash 5 or 6 feet
high, or in the deserts low mounds of cactus and thorns, or in
tree tops great bunches of sticks and leaves among the branches,
or among rocks mere heaps of sticks and stones to cover the door-
ways back into their nest cavities.
The nests are generally cup-shaped beds of fine soft bark or
plant fibers in well-protected cavities or chambers inside or under
the main houses, and generally there are considerable food stores
near the nests or in special cavities provided for the purpose.
The houses of the wood rat, Neotoma fuscipes macrotis
(Thomas), locally known as the brush rat or trade rat, are to be
found along the bottom and slopes of almost any brushy canyon
in California. They are built of loose twigs and sticks, and are
usually somewhat conical in shape, varying from a few handfuls
of twigs to huge structures 6 feet or more high and as many feet
in diameter at the base. Usually they are built around some bush
or small tree, but occasionally they are in the open. I have opened
several that were built upon large rocks, deep fissures in which
gave a final retreat for the rats. One house examined was merely
a nest chamber in a crevice in a large rock. Frequently the rats
will build a house high up in a tree, but this often serves merely
as a retreat in time of danger.
The rats incorporate into their houses anything that strikes
their fancy, and there seem to be very few things that may not
be made use of. I have seen splintered sections of shovel-handles,
surveyor’s stakes, broken bottles, bits of glass, pieces of cactus,
tin cans, nails, bailing-wire, automobile bolts, pieces of inner tub-
ing, and a host of other articles. Anything that is small enough
for the rat to carry (and they can drag off surprisingly large
articles) and that is not nailed down will serve some rat at some
time as building material. In opening the houses it pays to go
carefully if painful cuts and scratches are to be avoided.
The pile of sticks and other material is traversed by galleries
running in different directions and opening at different levels, and
there is often an underground exit also. The nest chamber proper,
*This paragraph and the two which immediately follow it were kindly fur-
nished by the U. S. Bureau of Biological Survey.
13
containing the bed of the rat, is generally found somewhere near
the lower center of the heap. The nest or bed is constructed of
finely shredded dry grass and roots, the inner bark of trees, and
sometimes a few feathers or a length or two of cotton string. It
is about 6 inches in diameter, and has an entrance at one side.
The rats seem to prefer to deposit their faeces in a definite
part of the house, but this varies in location. In some houses it
is just at the entrance to one of the galleries and in others it may
be just outside the bed, in the nest chamber. In the older houses
or in those in which there are several rats the nest chambers may
become too foul, and a new nest chamber and bed are constructed,
usually at a higher level. In some houses the accumulation of
faeces forms a mass several inches deep.
In some part of the house, usually adjacent to the nest cham-
ber, there is a store of such food as may be in season. This may
be berries, acorns, sumac seeds, small terminal twigs of various
plants, etc., the store containing as much as 7 or 8 quarts at times.
Excellent accounts of the nests, habits, and food of these
rats have been given by English (8), Gander (9), Grinnell and
Storer (10, pp. 116-122), Grinnell, Dixon, and Linsdale (11, pp.
DIDS-o21)) and abarks (Cl):
The insect inhabitants of the nests may be grouped into four
major divisions:
1. Seasonal inhabitants, including those that use the nests as
retreats for hibernation or aestivation, such as many
of the Tenebrionidae found there, and the Coccinel-
lidae.
iS)
Those brought into the nests with the building material or
with food, such as the Ptinidae, which undoubtedly
emerge from the sticks composing the houses.
3. Incidental, feeding upon other insects, faecal material, or
fungus, and not peculiar to the nests.
4. Peculiar to the nests, feeding upon the material of the
nests or houses, parasitic upon the rats, or parasitic or
predacious upon other insects in the nests or houses.
Between 1925 and 1931 the writer has opened in the neigh-
borhood of 500 nests, and at least as many were opened by Martin
and Barrett. Most of these were examined in the rainy season,
from October or November to April or May. There 1s little to
be found in the houses in the dry season, and other collecting de-
mands the attention of the entomolcgist. ;
In opening one of these houses the space about it was first
cleared of brush if possible. Since many houses are built in among
multiple trunks of large shrubs this could not always be done.
The house was then pulled apart with a long-tined rake until the
14
nest and dung chambers were nearly or quite exposed. These and
the material surrounding them were carefully lifted out with a
trowel and the hands, and sifted, as was the humus, soil, and rot-
ten vegetation at the ground level. At first the entire house was
pulled apart stick by stick and shaken over a sheet, after the method
of J. O. Martin, but this was found to be too tedious and lengthy
in view of the scarcity of insects in the outer layers.
The screen used for sifting was given me by A. Fenyés,
of Pasadena, Calif., and consisted of two rings of heavy wire with
handles. The lower ring is covered with coarse screen. The two
rings are connected by a canvas cylinder about 15 inches long,
and a continuation of this cylinder hangs down about 34 inches
from the bottom ring. This is tied at the bottom, forming a sack
into which the sifted material falls. This material may be—as
much of it was—placed upon a screen in the field and examined
in bright light. However, many of the smaller insects will not
move and so escape detection. A better method is to dump the
sifted material into paper sacks and take it home where it may be
examined at leisure. For later collecting a device for extracting
the insects, made upon the principle of the Berlese funnel, was
used, and proved very successful. This apparatus was also de-
vised and given me by Dr. Fényes.
Owing to the difficulty of having material in so many differ-
ent groups determined by specialists, many of the insects taken
in the nests were not identified.
THYSANURA
A species of “fish moth” was taken by Mr. Martin at Berk-
eley, and several specimens of what may be two species were
taken by the writer from several houses in Orange County.
CoLLEMBOLA
No special effort was made to collect these minute insects,
but numerous specimens of at least two species were seen in the
nests.
CORTHOPTERA
Parcoblatta americana Scudder. Several nymphs were taken
from houses in Orange County.
Ceuthophilus sp. Mr. Martin found fragments in nests at
Berkeley. Several specimens were taken in the lower galleries of
houses in Orange County and at Pasadena and Griffith Park, Los
Angeles County.
The two foregoing species were identified by A. N. Caudell.
CORRODENTIA
Psocidae were numerous in the nests.
15
ANOPLURA
Gander (9) reports that many of the rats are infested with
lice. Of the seven or eight that I had an opportunity to examine
none were infested.
HEMIPTERA
Eurygaster alternatus Say. Specimens were taken by Mr.
Martin at Berkeley. It is probable that these were merely hiber-
nating here.
Corigus spp. Two species of this genus were taken by Mr.
Martin at Berkeley, in nearly all the nests. They are common on
flowers, and had probably used the nests merely as a place of
hibernation, as does Dicyphus vestitus Uhl., which was also found
by Mr. Martin at Berkeley.
Plinthisus martini Van Duzee. Two specimens were taken at
Berkeley by Mr. Martin. He regards it as a true inquiline.
Eremocoris inquilinus Van Duzee was taken by Mr. Martin
at Berkeley and by E. P. Van Duzee near San Diego. This
species seems to be. peculiar to the wood rat nests and is probably
a parasite of the rats, although it may be predatory upon other
insects in the nests.
Triatoma protracta ( Uhl.) is common in all stages in nearly
all nests throughout the region, and seems a normal inhabitant.
There is little doubt that it is regularly parasitic upon the rats.
It has been shown to carry a disease of the rats caused by the
protozoan Trypanosoma triatomae
Rashahus thoracicus Stal. Two specimens were seen in two
different nests in Orange County. The insect is common in south-
ern California, and these two were probably hiding during the day.
Apiomerus crassipes (Fabr.). This bug is not uncommon in
the houses. Several were seen at Berkeley and at various points
in southern California. They were probably using the houses as
hibernation quarters. These bugs are capable of inflicting a very
severe jab, as are Triatoma and Rasahus. 1 have not been bitten
by the latter two, but can answer for A piomerus.
DERMAPTERA
Several earwigs were seen in the nests from time to time, but
none were collected.
COLEOPTERA
This order has probably more representatives in the fauna of
the wood rat houses than all the others combined. A few of them
are peculiar to the houses and are found nowhere else, but most
of them are normally found in other places and are here only be-
cause they find suitable food or shelter during hibernation or
metamorphosis.
16
CARABIDAE
Bembidion sp. Taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley.
Pterostichus californicus (Dej.). Not uncommon in the
houses, especially in the outer and lower portions, at Berkeley
(Barrett), Pasadena, and in Orange County.
Pterostichus congestus Mén. Pasadena, quite common ( Bar-
rett). One specimen, Silverado Canyon, Orange County.
HypROPHILIDAE
Megasternum posticatum Mann. Not uncommon at Berkeley
on January 27, 1927. R. E. Barrett, in his notes, records it as
most common in January. J. O. Martin notes it as “fairly com-
mon here as elsewhere in decaying vegetable matter.” Taken in
the well rotted dung of the lower chambers.
SILPHIDAE
One unidentified specimen belonging to this family was taken
by Mr. Martin at Berkeley. I saw fragments of what appeared
to be a Choleva or Ptomaphagus in sifted refuse from a house
in Santiago Canyon, Orange County.
ORTHOPERIDAE (CORYLOPHIDAE )
Eutrilia brunnea Csy. One specimen taken at Berkeley in
November by Mr. Barrett. Mr. Martin also took this species.
He records it as “found in decaying wood where fungus is grow-
ing,” which would account for its presence in the wood rat houses.
STAPHYLINIDAE
Micropeplus laticollis Makl. This species was taken at Berk-
eley by Mr. Martin. Twelve examples were taken from three
nests within a few rods of each other. Found in heaps of faeces.
Protemus sp. Taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley.
Phyllodrepa megarthroides (Fauv.) was taken by Mr. Martin
at Berkeley.
Aleocharinae. A number of species have been taken at various
times and places by all collectors. None of these have been de-
termined.
Paramedon consanguineum Csy. Taken at Berkeley by Mr.
Martin, who records it and the following species as being nearly
always present in the nests.
Philonthus migritulus (Grav.) Taken by Mr. Martin and the
writer at Berkeley, in the dung chambers of various houses. This
species is found elsewhere, not being peculiar to wood rat houses.
Quedius erythrogaster Mann. This beetle in all stages is a
common and characteristic inhabitant of the houses in all locali-
ties, and is seldom taken elsewhere. It is found especially in the
well-rotted dung of the lower chambers.
17
Quedius limbifer Horn was taken with the preceding species
at Pasadena by Mr. Barrett.
Hesperolinus parcus (Lec.). Taken at Berkeley by Mr.
Martin.
Hesperolinus sp. A number of specimens were taken in San-
tiago Canyon, Orange County, from the well-rotted dung of the
lower chambers. This species may prove to be undescribed.
Conosoma castaneum Horn. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Mar-
tin and at Pasadena by Mr. Barrett, in January. It occurs in the
well-rotted dung of the lower chambers.
Mycetoporus neotomae Fall. Several specimens were taken
in Santiago Canyon, Orange County, in March, in the lower cham-
bers. This species seems to be rather rare, and is probably pe-
culiar to the nests.
Mycetoporus splendidus (Grav.). Taken by Mr. Martin at
Berkeley.
Myllaena sp. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Martin.
Tachyporus californicus Horn was taken by Messrs. Martin
and Barrett at Berkeley, and by the writer at Berkeley and in
Santiago Canyon, Orange County. This species is not at all com-
mon, but a few specimens are usually taken in the course of a
season's collecting.
Atheta sp. Two undetermined species of this genus were
fairly common in the decomposed dung of the lower chambers
of the houses in Santiago Canyon, Orange County, in February.
Atheta occidentalis Bnhr.
Atheta fenyesi Csy.
Baryodma uvidula Csy.
These three species were taken in the houses at Berkeley by
Mr. Martin. In addition to the above, seven undetermined species
of Staphylinidae were taken by Mr. Martin. I also have several,
and among these are probably some that are not included in the
above list.
PTILIIDAE
Acratrichis horni Matth. This very minute beetle is no overly
common at Berkeley. Barrett, in his notes, says ‘occurs sparingly
in many nests during the months of February and March.” I once
took five specimens from a single nest, but many nests contain
none.
HISTERIDAE
Hister foedatus Lec. Occurs sparingly at Berkeley in Janu-
ary and February. One specimen was taken in Santiago Canyon,
Orange County, in the rotten dung of the lower chambers.
Gnathoncus communis Mars. Taken by Mr. Martin at
Berkeley.
18
Gnathoncus interceptus (Lec.). Quite common in well rotted
dung in the lower chambers during spring at Berkeley (Barrett).
Two or three specimens were taken in Santiago Canyon, Orange
County, in February.
DERMESTIDAE
Byturus grisescens Jayne. Two specimens taken from nests
in Orange County in February. These were probably brought in
with food, since the beetle occurs commonly upon the live oak at
this season.
Attagenus clongatulus Csy. Several specimens tentatively
placed here were taken in Santiago Canyon, Orange County, in
February and March of 1930 and 1931. One specimen emerged
from a pupa found in the siftings of a nest chamber. This beetle
is apparently a regular inhabitant of the wood rat nests, although
it may not be confined to them.
Cryptorhopalum sp. One specimen taken at Pasadena by Mr.
3arrett was in such poor condition that identification was not
possible.
The larva of two species of Dermestidae were taken at Berk-
eley by Mr. Martin, but attempts to rear them were not successful.
The larvae of at least three species were not at all uncommon in
many nests in Orange County, but no attempt was made to rear
them.
CRYPTOPHAGIDAE
Cryptophagus sp. Taken in small numbers from the lower
chambers of nests in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. Also
taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley. He records that this and the
following species were found commonly in every nest. They
probably feed upon the fungus, which is very thick in the decay-
ing vegetable material of the lower levels.
Atomaria sp. Berkeley (Martin), Orange County; several
specimens from masses of dung.
Anchicera nanula Csy. Taken at Berkeley in September by
Mr. Barrett.
MyCETOPHAGIDAE
Litargus balteatus Lec. Taken by Mr. Barrett at Berkeley
in the early fall. Of this species he says “it seems to disappear
after the first few rains,’ as do also Lathridius armatulus Fall
and Coninomus nodifer Westw.
COLYDIIDAE
Megataphrus tenuicornis Csy. One specimen taken by Mr.
Martin at Berkeley.
19
LATHRIDIIDAE
Metophthalmus rudis Fall. One specimen was taken from a
nest chamber in Santiago Canyon, Orange County.
Metophthalmus trux Fall. One specimen was taken at Berk-
eley by Mr. Martin.
Lathridius armatulus Fall. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Bar-
rett, as was the following species.
Coninomus nodifer Westw.
Enicmus suspectus Fall. Two specimens were taken from a
nest in Santiago Canyon, Orange County.
Enicmus crenatus Lec. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Martin.
Melanophthalma villosa Zimm, Taken at Berkeley by Mr.
Martin, who notes it as being rare.
Melanophthalma distinguenda Com. Same data as the pre-
ceding species.
Melanophthalma similiata Gyll. Rare at Berkeley (Martin).
Melanophthalma americana Mann. Two specimens were
taken from a nest in Santiago Canyon, Orange County.
Fuchsina occulta Fall. Taken by Mr. Martin in Muir Woods,
Marin County. This species occurs in rotten vegetation in other
situations. It has been taken by Fuchs by sifting the debris about
the bases of redwoods.
None of this family are peculiar to the wood rat houses, but
feed upon fungus and decaying vegetable matter, and find condi-
tions in the houses suitable to them.
COCCINELLIDAE
Scymnus pallens Lec. A single specimen of this species was
taken from a house in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. It was
either brought into the house with food, or was in hibernation
there, probably the former.
ALLECULIDAE
Isomira sp. Three specimens were reared from pupae found
in the dung of the lower chambers of two houses.
TENEBRIONIDAE
Nyctoporis carinata Lec. Several specimens were taken in
Santiago Canyon, Orange County, during February and March.
It occurs in numbers in nests about Pasadena in January (Bar-
Tet)’.
Eleodes quadricollis Esch. One specimen taken by Mr. Mar-
tin at Berkeley.
Eleodes parvicollis Esch. This species is fairly common at
Berkeley, being found in nearly all of the houses.
20
Comontis subpubescens Lec. One specimen was taken by Mr.
Martin at Berkeley.
Cibdelis blaschkei Mann. Common in all houses in all locali-
ties. Newly emerged specimens were found at Berkeley by Mr.
Martin, indicating that this species breeds in the houses. It is
not peculiar to the houses, however, being found in other places.
In Orange County many tenebrionid larvae were found in the
houses, some of them of very large size.
MELANRYIDAE
Microscapha californica Barrett. This species was taken in
small numbers from nests at Pasadena in January, by Mr. Barrett.
He notes it as quite common in the interior of the nests, but hard
to capture because of its strong saltatorial powers. Bays Gedios
Island. G. D. Hanna collector, 1922.
13. The species listed as T. goniostoma Valenciennes by Jordan, 1924, from the
Quaternary of Scammon Lagoon, can be referred to T. tigrina Kiener or T. leucos-
toma Valenciennes.
66
List OF SPECIES FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF CEDROS
IsLAND (RAISED BEACHES).
Phacoides californicus Conrad, Locs. 801; 931 (C. A. S.).
Tivela crassatelloides Conrad, Loc. 801 (C. A. S.).
Acanthina lugubris Sowerby, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S.).
Conus californicus Hinds, Loc. 931 (C. A. S.).
?
Fissurella volcano Reeve, Locs. 801; 931; 2323 (C. A. S.)
Hahotis cracheroaw iWeach, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S_).
Hipponix antiquatus Linnaeus, Loc. 931 (C. A. S.).
Wom gigantea Gray, Locs. 801; 2323 (C. A. S:).
Megathura crenulata Sowerby, Locs. 931; 2323 (C. A. S.)
Norrisia norrist Sowerby, Loc. 801 (C. A. S.).
Polinices reclusianus Deshayes."*
iecoula aureotincta Forbes, Locs. 801; 931; 2323. (C. A. 5S.).
Leguia gallma Forbes, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S.).
Thais bisertialis Blainville, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S.).
Trivia califormca Gray, Loc. 931 (C. A. S.).
Notes AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES
Odostomia gallegosi Hertlein, new species.
Plate 21, figure 3
Shell small, pupiform, rather thick, surface smooth and
polished; nuclear whorls almost completely immersed in the first
of the following whorls; postnuclear whorls 7, the early ones
rounded, rapidly enlarging, the last 3 flattened, somewhat cylin-
drical, narrowly tabulated at the summit, somewhat contracted at
the sutures, without visible sculpture; periphery rounded, marked
by a narrow sulcus; base short, rounded; aperture oval, the pos-
terior angle acute, falling a little below the sulcus which is ex-
posed in the sutures on the later whorls; columbella short, curved,
provided with a strong fold at its insertion, body of the shell with
a thin callus. The type measures; length 4.5 mm., diameter,
1.8 mm.
Holotype No. 6059 (Calif. Acad. Sci. type coll.) from Loc.
1836 (C. A. S.) along the beach cliffs on about the middle of the
north shore of Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Group,
Mexico. G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan Collectors. Pleistocene.
Mr. A. M. Strong has pointed out to the author that this
species is quite distinct from any Odostomia described from west-
ern North America. The absence of all sculpture with the excep-
tion of the peripheral sulcus removes it from all the subgenera
known from the west American fauna. In the key to the sub-
genera in the genus Odostomia by Dall & Bartsch’ it would fall
4 This species was reported fossil on Cedros Island by Stearns (Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. vol. 17, 1894, p. 196 ‘‘fossil on Cerros Island’’, Albatross coll.).
U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 68, 1919, p. 15. ‘“‘Type, Turbo nivosa Montagu.”
(Montagu, Test. Britannica, vol. 2, 1803, p. 326. ‘‘Found in the sand on the south
coast of Devon, very rare.’’——Forbes & Hanley, Hist. British Moll., vol. 3, 1853,
p. 287, pl. 96, fig. 7.— Jeffreys, British Conch., vol. 4, 1867, p. 116.).
67
aE ee
meres a rece sk
ETO
in the subgenus Jordaniella,'® and furnishes the first record of
this subgenus from western North America.
Eunaticina heimi E. K. Jordan, new species"
Plate 21, figure 4
Shell small, thin, naticoid, spire short with about 3 to 4 in-
flated whorls; surface sculpture by numerous fine spiral incised
lines. These are crossed by fine lines of growth; umbilicate;
aperture ovate; margins of inner and outer lip plain. Altitude
9.6 mm.; width of body whorl 7 mm.
Holotype No. 5557 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll.) from Loe.
754 (C. A. S.) Magdalena Bay, Lower California. G. D. Hanna
and E. K. Jordan collectors; Pleistocene.
The slender form and ovate aperture easily distinguish this
species from Eunaticina oldroydii Dall1* Eunaticina heimi is
found living at Hood Island of the Galapagos Group. The species
also occurs in the Pleistocene of Magdalena Bay, Lower California,
and in the Pleistocene of Maria Madre Island, Mexico.
Macron kellettii A. Adams
Pseudoliva kellettii A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1853,
p. 185. “Hab.—?’—Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. 3, 1885,
Pseudoliva, p. 75, pi. 116, fig. 12. “Hab.—?’—Carpenter,
Rept. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1863 [Issued 1864], p. 554.
“(—Macron (Zemira) Kellettii, Mus. Cum.: = Pusio trochlea,
Gray, MS. in Brit. Mus. Cerros Is., Ayres].”
Macron kellettu. A. Adams, Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 3, 1881,
p. 214; pl 82, fie 2477. San Diego, Call;'Gult ot Calitonuiare
Macron aethiops (Reeve), var. kellettii (A. Adams), Grant &
Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 1, 1931, p. 650,
pl. 28, fig. 8. Earlier records cited.
Macron kellettii 1s present in the Pleistocene at San Ignacio
Lagoon, Lower California. It has been reported from the Ple-
istocene of southern California, and recent from San Diego, Cali-
fornia, to the Gulf of California.
Due to uncertainty regarding the status of M. kellettii it is
retained as a distinct species in the present paper.
16 Jordaniella Chaster, n. gen., Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 5, no. 1,
1898, p. 20 [name], p. 21 [under J. nivosa Montagu] ‘‘The Turbo nivosus of
Montagu and the Odostomia truncatula of Jeffreys belong to a very distinet group
for which I suggest the name Jordaniella.”’
7 Mr. E. K. Jordan has given a description of this species in a manuscript
dealing with the Pleistocene of Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Mr. Jordan’s
description is given here to avoid the use of a nomen nudum in the list of species
from the Pleistocene of Maria Madre Island.
18 Nautilus, vol. 11, no. 8, 1897, p. 85. ‘‘deep water off Catalina Is., Cala.”
Dall, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 112, 1921, p. 165, pl. 14, figs. 1 and 3.
68
The name Purpura trochlea Gray’ 1s earlier than Pseudoliva
kellettii A. Adams. Mr. E. A. Smith who studied the types of
these two species, and of Buccinum aethiops Reeve, in the British
Museum, has placed Macron kellettti in the synonymy of M.
trochlea Gray. According to Smith, the type of MW. trochlea 1s
intermediate with respect to the grooving, between M. aethiops
and M. kellettii. (See Jour. Conch. vol. 10, no. 12, 1903, p. 351).
Macron orcutti Dall (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 31,
1918, pp. 5-8. “Magdalena Bay, L. Cal.. C. R. Orcutt.’’) is said
to be distinct from VW. aethiops. According to Dall, the species is
finely, sharply, and uniformly, spirally striated.
Calliostoma palmeri Dall
Plate 21, figures 1 and 2
Calliostoma palmeri Dall, Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 7, 1872, p.
125, pl. 15, fig. 15. “Guaymas, ten specimens, Dr. E. Palmer.”
Strong, anna: and Hiertlemn, Proc) Calit. Acad Scr;
Sait VO 2, 10.10) 1933, pl. 5) fies. land: 2) “San Felipe
at the head of the Gulf of California.
The specimens referred to this species are young and some-
what weathered, but they are similar to Recent specimens of Callio-
stoma palmert Dall. C. bonita Strong, Hanna and Hertlein,°° has
a different number of spiral threads, which are smooth instead of
granular, and the Recent shells are more highly colored. The
granular spiral threads as well as the low spire and slightly exca-
vated umbilical region distinguish Dall’s species from C. eximium
Reeve** and C. tricolor Gabb.??
Plesiotype No. 6047 (C. A. S. type Coll.) from San Ignacio
Lagoon, Lower California. H. Hemphill collector. Pleistocene.
Modolus disculus Philippi.
Trochus disculus Philippi, Zeitschr. fttr Malakozool. April, 1846,
p. 51. “Mazatlan.” —— Philippi in Kuster, Conch.-Cab. Bd.
2, Abt. 3, 1846-1851, Taf. 36, fig. 14.
Modulus disculus Philippi, Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 9, 1887,
p: 261, pl. 48, figs. 93, 94. “Acapulco, Mazatlan.” (PI. 48,
fig. 5 as M. dorsuosus Gould). Stearns: ProcssU2 35:
% Purpura trochlea Gray in Griffith’s Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, vol. 12, 1834,
pl. 32, fig. 14 [No description, or locality].
Pollia trochlea Gray, Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 1839, p. 111. [Description
ziven, but no locality].
Pollia trochlea Gray, Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 3, 1881, p. 277.
trochlea.”’
Macron trochlea Gray, E. A. Smith, Jour. Conch. vol. 10, no. 12, 1903, p. 351.
20 Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 21, no. 10, 1938, p. 121, pl. 5, figs. 5 and 6
“dredged in Acapulco Bay, Mexico.”’
21 Calliostoma eximium Reeve. See Pilsbry, Manual Conch. vol. 11, 1889, p. 366,
pl. 65, figs. 84, 85, 86. ‘‘Mazatlan; Cape St. Lucas; fossil in post tertiary at San
Ignacio Lagoon.’’
22 Calliostoma tricolor Gabb, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 8, 1865, p. 186.
“Hab. San Pedro, five alive on the sand shoal; and Half Moon Bay, beach ; also
San Diego. Dr. Cooper. Also fossil in the Post Pliocene, San Pedro.’ —Pilsbry,
Manual Conch. vol. 11, 1889, p. 370, pl. 67, fig. 52. ‘‘Santa Cruz to San Diego.
69
“9
? = Purpura
————————————EeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEEEEEEEeEeEeEeEeeeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeeee
|
Nat. Mus. vol. 17, 1894, p. 192. “Tres Marias.” Also Ma-
zatlan, Acapulco, Panama. ——— Petit de la Saussaye, Jour.
de Conchy]l. vol. 4, 1853, p. 136. “Mazatlan (Philip. ).”
Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 84,
1932 p.0123-, 5 Lal Paz aboway island:
Modulus dorsuosus Gould, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. vol. 6, 1852,
Pose, ph IAs heew2 a) sHound at Acapulco
Modulus disculus Philippi occurs in the Pleistocene of San
Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California. The high spire and the much
less developed radial ribs easily distinguish this species from WV.
cerodes A. Adams** which occurs in the Pleistocene of Maria
Madre Island and of Magdalena Bay, as well as living in the
Gulf of California. M. disculus has a known range from Mazat-
lan, Mexico to Taboga Island, Panama. The species listed as
M. disculus from Mozambique** by Petit de la Saussaye appar-
ently represents another species.
Neritina usurpatrix Crosse & Fischer.
Neritina picta Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 201.
“Hab. ad Panaman.” Sowerby, Conch. Illustr., Septem-
ber 29, 1836, Neritina, p. 3, pl. 86, fig. 1. “Panama.
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. 2, 1855, p. 530, pl. 116, figs. 267,
268, 269. Panama; on a mud-bank, partially over-
flowed with fresh water. Cuming.’ —— Reeve. Conch.
Teon. vol. 9; 1855, Nerina, pl. 23, hes) Olas OM:
[Same record as the preceding reference.] —— Troschel,
Das Gebiss der Schnecken; vol. 2, 1878, pi 176, plielos ties
Oe [alhis sreference- not seen.,| E. Von Martens, in
Martini-Chemnitz Conchyl.-Cab. Ed 2, Bd. 2, Abt. 10, 1879,
p. 191, pl. 19, figs. 22-25. [Reference not seen.] —— Tryon,
Manual Conch. Ser. 2, vol. 10, 1888, p. 41, pl. 13, figs. 52-55.
“Gulf of California to Panama.” -—W— Stearns, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. vol. 17, 1894, p. 200. Coast of Lower California,
Gulf of California, and south to Panama and beyond.
Von Martens, Biologia Centrali-Americana, 1900, p. 589, pl.
28, figs. 8, 10, 13. Cites earlier records from Guaymas,
Mexico, to Payta Peru.
Nerita (Neritina) picta Sowerby, Anton, Verzeich. der Conchyl.
1839879. 29) ANo docality given Recluz,) Jounsade
Conchyl vol le NS50 7p. 152:
Vitta picta Sowerby, Morch, Catalog. Conchyl. Yoldi, 1852, p.
67. “Panama,
Neritina (Vitta) picta Sowerby, Morch, Malakozool. Blatter,
DS die/e SO vipauli/0:
°3 See Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 9, 1887, p. 261, pl. 49, figs. 96 and 97.
*4 Petit de la Saussaye, Jour. de Conchyl. vol. 4, 1853, p. 135. “‘le détroit de
Mosambique.’’ be SSeptembernn (1924. a er 25
eo ites Gs, NOMEINDCL — G2 4s ee cee a 2D
aA ls oe aNUaLyE GUS OAS sae A ME Oe seen SPOS ye ee .20
Gece aes ! 2: May, TS PA aici oh eee aay Se ana 25
weer Fee. VS CD COMDECI ae ellO2 Dict cee ae tole sas eee 25
memcoy ie, January, IG PAR ee Ss ea ns een eet bes pe 15
webs 2. May, TG 2 Gaga chia eee Overs cee ee 25
ae eee Ss SEN LEMP CI as 192 6, eset eee ee ee 25
BaeeOn us. le January, OOD f(r soe oe RN sara een Bs 25
Maree Gs es 2s April, AOD (ee reeset hated, Sule ese 25
Ore Se ESC DLEMDELY LOD e cet ees ee ee oo)
peepee ol January, S19 2 She ars see see ae senators. ace 225
meeoiamee!) 25, aye LO 2 SU vets terete. Wek oa ares are a2
eee eee rot SCDLEMDCT E192 Sire noe sn See ee es .25
ero. eon te ley = January, M119.2,0 Reesor ee ee i) Rae ne a 25
Ste Ose ose MAY: G1 9 reese ae Uae Nor Tet Mea ate 25
NE Shea OULD C DLC DEL el OA Oh pts ns ee e/a eee 50
eo eer tt Januaty, 1 ICSC} |) gen nee nee res Ce oe a 25
ease 2s Nay: A'S (0 ialcine erence eas ta. Soe chee a Nene PAD
eee oan DC DLEIMDeIne <1 950r siorr yoo Nee ena a 25
seo Oeeens sta Jalianry. LLY a3 Meat sao aed ee Ee oo .25
peo Os bee 2 ay A153) LY eee as Oe dhe ete 25
eens Ooi oo SCDCCIMDEI a ho adi: eran See aa .25
Oyen le ANU aT yp O32 ieee eee ee see 25
eel sce 2.) May. TG S27 ok cere sete wr add See a eee tee 25
MEO em aos OCD LOMMD Ory 1 93 ies ete eee Mes see uP Reese 25
eo inte le oMuanrye 9 3 3 pated ates ane eee 25
mio oes os.) Vay, NG 33 teenie ts ak! Ar OT ees 25
MOSS ors OA OECD CCTIDEI gs SLO S aes ee: aet rta ey ae 25
eo we a) 1s a anuUanye 1 YY Be De Ga a a a a 25
PS BB ete ay MIEN. TUS BY 8 seas CoS eee re Sen eee 25
The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre-
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to:
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences,
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.
115
See PrN. OF. “THE
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
CONTENTS
Page
THE OCCURRENCE OF LINGUATULIDS IN PYTHONS—
Vesey ervey OEATIE) mt) betes cm thm phil Ss a iotew ae gh lem) as Oe ely we ae del DAY
A REVISION OF THE GENUS PLEOCOMA—A C. Davis - - - - 123
BUTTERFLIES OF THE BOUNDARY HILL RESEARCH RE-
SERVE, YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK, CALIF.—John S. Garth 131
NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF THREE BUTTERFLIES
AND FIVE MOTHS FROM CALIFORNIA—
John A, Comstock and Charles M. Dammers - - - - = = = = 137
A REVISION OF THE PHACELIA CALIFORNICA GROUP
FOR NORTH AMERICA—Frederick W. Dundas - - - = - - 152
A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE PHACELIA HISPIDA
GROUP—John W. Voss - - = = = = = = = = = = = = = 169
Issued Jan. 15, 1935
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
a 8
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Min: “EArRy: Ko SARGENT 22000 eee President
Dr: Porp A. CARPENTER@. <= 2 ee lst Vice-President
Mr EPHEODORE (PAV NE 228282 Soc ee ae 2nd Vice-President
Mr. HowarD an HiIiLigos ose et to es eee Secretary
MrtHarrv le SARGENT 2.0.6 222 oe ee ae Treasurer
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. WILLIAM A. BRYAN _ Mr. Harry K. SArcent
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. Cart S. KNopF Mr. Howarp R. HItrt
B 8s
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BurLEw
Dr. MELVILLE DoZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN
Dr. D. L. TASKER
a
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. Witt1AM A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knopr
Mr. Howarp R. Hiti
a 8
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. JoHn A. Comstock
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTIon Park,
Los ANGELES, CAL.
r
Fe
bs
8
:
a
;
3
%
a
:
3
THE OCCURRENCE OF LINGUATULIDS
IN PYTHONS
By Howarp R. Hitt
Zoologist, Los Angeles Museum
Among the internal parasites of vertebrates, there is prob-
ably no group more interesting than the Linguatulidae, a family
of degenerate arachnids closely related to the ticks and mites. Be-
cause of their rarity, they are seldom seen in zoological collections
and although more than fifty species have been described, the life
history of only a few is completely known. These parasites are of
some pathological importance for their accidental presence in man
sometimes gives rise to serious disorders.
Linguatulids are wormlike in form with cylindrical, elongate
bodies which are bluntly rounded at either end. They present a
ringed or annulated appearance due to circular raised folds or
pleats which are present around the body from the head region
to the posterior extremity. The mouth 1s situated on the ventral
side of the head between two pairs of hooks which are used for
attachment to the tissues of the host. These four hooks are the
most characteristic feature of their external anatomy.
The members of this family reach their greatest development
in reptiles where they occur chiefly in or near the lungs, and there
become mature. Their life history normally requires two hosts,
a primary reptilian host and a secondary or intermediate host,
usually a mammal or fish, which harbors the larval stage. Rep-
tiles become parasitized whenever they prey upon a mammal or
fish infected with the young or larval stage.
The pythons of Africa and Asia are the hosts of two species
which have a moniliform or beaded appearance and a compara-
tively small number of body rings. The mature form of Armil-
lifer armillatus occurs in the African pythons, Python sebae, the
rock python and P. regius, the royal python. The larval stage of
this linguatulid is found in numerous small mammals such as the
hedgehog, mongoose, monkey, ground squirrel and pouched rat.
An additional number of larger mammals, generally herbivores,
and man, sometimes serve as accidental secondary hosts. When-
ever this happens, the parasitic life cycle is never completed and
the nymphal forms sooner or later perish and disintegrate within
their host.
_ The adult form of Armillifer moniliformis is found in the
Oriental pythons, Python molurus, the Indian python and P.
reticulatus, the netted python, while the nymphs of this species
TLALg/
eee ee
PLATE 36
Armillifer moniliformis. Female. x 1.3. Ventral view.
have been reported from the Indian otter, civet cat, lemur, Malac-
can flat-headed cat, Indian leopard, tiger and man. Three cases
of human infection have been noted in three widely separated
regions, China, Sumatra and the Philippines.
Through the courtesy of Dr. Chas. A. Kofoid of the Uni-
versity of California; Dr. Marcos Tubangui of the Philippine
Bureau of Science; Dr. Herbert Johnstone of the Hooper Med-
ical Foundation, and Dr. Chas. V. Noback of the New York
Zoological Society, the writer has had the opportunity of exam-
ining forty specimens of Armillifer moniliformis from the lungs
of Oriental pythons. A comparative study of the material has
resulted in the observation of certain facts pertaining to the ex-
ternal structure of the species, which have not hitherto been re-
corded.
The number of abdominal annulations shows slight variation
and agrees, for the most part, with the figures given by Hett,
Sambon and v. Heymons. Nine of the fifteen males had twenty-
nine body rings (including the posterior terminal cone). One
specimen had thirty-four rings which exceeds by two the greatest
number of rings previously reported in any male. Nine of the
twenty-five females had thirty-one rings which appeared to be
the average number for the sex.
The variety name “heymonsi” proposed by Sambon for ling-
uatulids from the netted python was based on the assumption
that they were smaller, had more rings and a longer terminal seg-
ment than the typical form. The material at hand included eight
female specimens from the Indian python which did not differ in
number of rings from individuals of the same sex from the netted
118
python. In some instances, there was a relative difference in the
length of the terminal-cone while in others there was not. These
observations are at variance with the conclusions of Sambon and
would indicate that a further comparative study of additional
material is necessary before the variety “heymonsi” be accepted.
The fully grown male Armillifer moniliformis is from one-
fourth to one-third the size of the mature female. Because of its
small size and rarity, the male has never been thoroughly described.
PLATE 37
Armillifer moniliformis. Female, x 21.5. Ventral view of anterior
region showing hooks, circular mouth, ventro-lateral swellings:
first pair of ventral secondary papillae on first annulation, below
outer hooks; second pair of ventral papillae on second annulation,
below inner hooks.
PLATE 38
Armillifer moniliformis. Male, x. 1.8.
Although it is similar in general appearance to the female, it
presents a form of sexual dimorphism which has escaped the
eyes of most observers. Each abdominal ring or segment in the
anterior region of the body is provided on the ventro-lateral bor-
der with a pair of digitate processes, one on either side, which are
directed ventrally and slightly backwards. In addition, there are
four other pairs on the cephalothorax. Each process consists of
a delicate, triangular outgrowth of the cuticle and terminates in
a round, sucker-like disk. These structures probably function as
claspers and aid the parasite in its movements or help it to ad-
here to the surface of some organ within the body cavity of the
host. Both Sambon and vy. Heymons noted these peculiar pro--
cesses but regarded them as sharply-pointed denticles while Miss
Hett observed their finger-like shape but did not mention the
sucker pads at their distal ends.
The first and second pair of digitate processes are situated
just above the outer hooks along the anterior border of the cephalo-
thorax. The third and fourth pair project at equal distances on
the ventro-lateral edge, at either side of the head and in line with
the two rows which represent the abdominal pairs. The latter
are more greatly developed forward and decrease in size pos-
teriorly until they gradually disappear beyond the sixteenth seg-
ment.
In female specimens, the first five or six anterior segments
are sometimes slightly swollen at the posterior edge of the seg-
ments at either side of the ventro-lateral border. The swellings
are not as prominent as papillae and may perhaps represent the
vestiges of the male digitate processes as they occupy the same
relative position.
120
The position of the female genital opening on a mid-ventral
swelling of the posterior terminal cone or tail segment varied
somewhat in different individuals. Its usual position was about
two-thirds the distance from the tip of the cone to the beginning
of the next segment. It was observed however that the new body
rings were formed by a division of the terminal cone so that in
individuals which had just added a new segment, the genital open-
ing was situated close to the juncture of the terminal cone and
the newly formed segment.
The first annulation or segment anterior to the terminal cone
differed from the other bead-like segments of the posterior half of
PLATE 39
Armillifer moniliformis. Male, x 21.5. Ventral view of anterior region
showing hooks, mouth between inner hooks, mid-ventral genital
opening on first annulation and the two lateral rows of digitate
processes.
the abdomen in being flat on the ventral side. Occasionally, the
same condition was also found in the second ring anterior to the
terminal cone.
Slight differences inthe size and shape of other external fea-
tures were observed but these could be explained by differences
in age and the condition of preservation of various individuals.
The writer is continuing the study of this and other linguatulid
species and would appreciate additional material or any informa-
tion bearing on the life history of this little-known group.
LITERATURE CITED
Hett, Mary L. On the Family Linguatulidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1924, Pt. 1:107-159.
v. Heymons, R. Beitrag zur Systematik u. Morphologie der Zungen-
wurmer (Pentastomida). Zool. Anz. 1922, 55:154-167.
Sambon, L. W. A Synopsis of the Family Linguatulidae. Jour. Trop.
Med. Hyg. 1922, 25:391-428.
A REVISION OF THE GENUS PLEOCOMA’
By A. C. Davis
U. 8. Dept. of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine
The genus Pleocoma is one of the most interesting and at the
same time one of the most imperfectly known genera of the Scar-
abaeidae. Most of the papers in which it is discussed have been
long out of print, and are so rare that it is very difficult or im-
possible to obtain them in the original. The purpose of this
present paper is to bring together and summarize what is known
of the life history and habits of Pleocoma, to discuss its syste-
matic position in the Scarabaeidae, and to revise the genus.”
The genus Pleocoma was first described by Le Conte (1/7)?
in 1856, the type species being P. fimbriata Lec. The descrip-
tion was drawn from a badly damaged specimen “found in Cali-
fornia by Dr. A. H. Heerman” and is as follows:
“Clypeus (labrum?) prolongatus, antice angustatus acute
rotundatus, pone apicem cornu transverso erecto furcato armatus ;
caput ante oculos acute extrorsum angulatum, vertice inter oculos
cornu brevi erecto armatum; oculi magni vix emarginati. An-
tennae, 1l-articulatae, articulo 2ndo sequentibus crassiore; 310
paulo elongato, 4 et 5to aequalibus, 6to paulo dilatato; 7mo adhuc
duplo latiore, 8-11 lamellatis, valde elongatis aequalibus. Mandi-
bulae, maxillaeque haud visae, palpi tenues. Thorax latus antror-
sum angustatus parum convexus, disco antice declive subdeplanto.
Klytra parum convexa postice late rotundata. Prosternum haud
prominulum. Tibiae anticae elongatae 7-dentatae, dentibus sup-
ernis tribus minutis, 4- mediocre, 5-7 magnis; posteriores elon-
gatae parum incrassatae, extrorsum ultra medium emarginatae et
ad medium unidentatae, ad apicem oblique truncatae, ciliatae,
angulo externo parum producto; tarsi (intermedii) tenues, tibia
longiores, articulis 1-4 aequalibus, 5to praecedente duplo longiore,
unguibus simplicibus, paranychia angusta bisetosa. Corpus subtus,
os pedes elytraque ad marginem longe fulvopilosa.”
During the following twenty-five years or so more specimens
of the genus were taken and a better idea of its morphology was
gained. Horn had a number of specimens at his disposal, and
1 Order Coleoptera, family Scarabaeidae.
* The writer is indebted to H. C. Fall of Tyngsboro, Mass., for eriticism and
assistance, and to E. P. Van Duzee of the California Academy of Sciences; P. J.
Darlington, Jr., of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.; E. A.
Chapin of the Division of Identification and Classification of Insects, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology; L. J. Muchmore of the Los Angeles
Museum, and E. T. Cresson, Jr,, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
for facilities extended in the examination of the specimens of Pleocoma in their
respective institutions.
°Ttalie numbers in parentheses refer to Literature Cited at the end of this paper.
123
material for dissection as well. In his review of the genus, pub-
lished in 1888 (9%), he characterized it as follows:
“Form broadly oval and convex, dorsum slightly depressed,
body beneath and legs clothed with moderately long reddish-yellow
hair, in one species black, upper surface without hair, the margins
fimbriate. Under wings well developed.
“Head relatively small, rather deeply inserted, eyes large,
globular, and prominent; vertex with a short erect horn obtuse
or slightly emarginate at tip; genae prolonged each side partly
dividing the eye and forming a more or less acute free angle.
“Clypeus reflexed, forming a rather broad horn more or less
emarginate and broader at apex.
“Antennae eleven-jointed, the first joint stout and conical,
second globular but as thick; club long in the male, composed of
a variable number of lamellae from four to seven, the first lam-
ellar joint always glabrous, the others opaque, with a sensitive
surface.
“Labrum broadly oval, placed either perpendicularly to the
axis of the body or slightly obliquely, connate with the clypeus,
but with the suture well marked.
“Mandibles visible only by dissection, placed close together
against the roof of the mouth, doubtless immovable, when viewed
laterally, of triangular form, the base resting against the roof of
the mouth, the perpendicular against the inner side of the cypeus,
outer side ciliate with long hairs.
“Maxillae small, the inner lobe in the form of a plate sur-
rounding the outer lobe, the latter a little longer, terminated by
an obtusely conical process; surface ciliate within by moderately
long hairs.
“Maxillary palpi relatively long; first joint short; second
longest; third half as long, conical; fourth fusiform, nearly as
long as the first.
“Mentum oval, longer than wide, apex arcuate, base emar-
ginate, supported by a broad peduncle of the submentum, the free
face roughly punctured, with long hairs.
“Ligula free, arising from behind the apex of the mentum,
corneous, form short and transverse, slightly emarginate.
“Labial palpi as long or even longer than the mentum and
ligula, arising from the apex of the ligula, three-jointed, the last
joint as long as the two preceding and more slender.
“Prothorax transverse, the sides broadly arcuate.
“Scutellum transversely oval.
“Elytra longer than wide conjointly, the apices obtuse; disc
with a sutural costa, three oblique discal costae, limited usually
faintly, by geminate striae, a feeble submarginal costa.
124
“Anterior coxae large, conical and prominent, with a large
trochantin.
“Middle coxae large, very narrowly separated.
“Posterior coxae transverse as usual, rather short, contiguous
at middle, but not prominent.
“Metasternal episterna narrow, the epimeron distinct.
“Abdomen with six segments, all freely movable, the first
concealed by the coxae and broadly membranous at middle, seg-
ments nearly equal in length. By dissection an anal segment 1s
observed, which is always closely retracted. Dorsal portion of
abdomen consists of eight semi-membranous segments.
“Abdominal spiracles, seven on each side, are situated in the
connecting membrane which unites the dorsal and ventral plates.
“Anterior tibiae with three large teeth occupying the apical
half of the outer edge; four or five smaller teeth above.
“Middle tibiae broader at apex, the apical margin undulated
or subdigitate, a strong transverse carina at middle of outer edge.
“Posterior tibiae similar in form, the apex, however, less
undulated.
“Tarsi slender, as long as the tibiae, the first four joints
slightly decreasing in length, last joint as long as the three pre-
ceding. Onychium distinct, trisetose at apex.
“Claws slender, and moderately long.
“Tibial spurs moderately long, middle and posterior tibiae
each with two.”
It may be added that there is a tendency for the frons to be
hairy, that the posterior margin of the pronotum is sinuate, and
that the midline of the pronotum is impressed, the impression
being interrupted at about the posterior two-fifths.
Examination of more specimens of a greater number of
species than were available to Horn shows that the second joint
of the antenna is rarely if ever as thick as the first; the teeth of
the anterior tibiae are variable in size and number, some speci-
mens having them well developed and others having little or no
trace of them; the tarsi are subequal to or slightly shorter than
the tibiae (subequal if the tibiae are measured from the top of
the tibio-femoral joint to the apex of the terminal tooth) in
most cases, distinctly shorter in others; and there are eight ab-
dominal spiracles.
The above description applies to the male, but such is the
sexual dimorphism in this genus that it by no means applies as
well to the female. The female is larger, more robust and con-
vex, the under wings small and useless. Regardless of the color
of the male, all the females that I have seen are some shade of
brown, and the hairs of the body are shorter and lighter in color
125
than those of the male. The head is smaller in proportion, the
clypeus less reflexed and not or very slightly emarginate. The
eyes are flattened, not prominent, and sometimes hardly visible
from above. The horn on the vertex is short and stout, the ocular
canthi (genae) more rounded and heavier than those of the male,
the antennae shorter, stouter, and the club small by comparison.
The mouthparts are about the same as those of the male but all
stouter and more massive. The pronotum is more coarsely and
densely sculptured, and the legs more robust, shorter in propor-
tion, the tarsi about one-third as long as the tibiae. The abdomen
is convex below and very heavy. .
The mouthparts of both sexes are aborted. Being unable to
eat, the males probably live for only a few days, but the females
have such large masses of fat stored in their bodies that they are
able to live for quite a long time. I have kept them alive for
more than three weeks, at the end of which time they were ap-
parently as lively and healthy as ever. Owing to their large fat
content female specimens become very greasy when pinned in
boxes.
SYSTEMATIC POSITION
Le Conte’s first specimen of Pleocoma was sufficiently whole
to make a recognizable description possible, but it was too badly
damaged to show definitely its systematic position, and as the
specimen was unique, no dissection was attempted at that time.
Le Conte was in doubt whether to place Pleocoma in the Dynastini
or the Geotrupini, but he rather leaned toward the latter group,
a leaning that became more pronounced as more material came
to hand. Motschulsky, who had seen five specimens in the mu-
seum at St. Petersburg, and with whom Le Conte corresponded,
regarded the genus as allied to Ceratophyus Fisher, a division of
Geotrupes. Schaufuss (23, p. 59) concurred in this opinion, but
noted a similarity to Antichira Esch. Gerstaeker (7 and 76) took
issue with Le Conte on this question, publishing an article in
which he criticised Le Conte’s placing of the genus, and stated
that, since Pleocoma was pleurostict (having the spiracles of the
abdomen on the dorsal portions of the ventral segments) he would
place it near the Melolonthidae, or at least in a group remote
from the Geotrupini. Le Conte was ably defended by Horn,
who, in two papers (8, 9) published the results of his investiga-
tions, which confirmed the position of Pleocoma as given by Le
Conte, near the Geotrupini, Pleocoma being laparostict (having
the spiracles situated upon the membrane connecting the dorsal
and ventral sclerites). He also stated that he was convinced that
the larva described by Osten-Sacken (16) was truly that of Pleo-
coma, a fact which Gerstaeker had called into question. The posi-
tion of the genus in the Scarabaeidae has been the subject of
some dispute since that time, and it cannot be said to be settled,
although the consensus of opinion at this time seems to be that
126
it should follow the Geotrupini, and it has been so placed by Leng
(ID), 3 AVA
Since the description of Acoma Casey the issue has been
further clouded by the inclusion of this genus in the Pleocominae.
I cannot find any authority for thus placing it, and judge that
it was done from an investigation of the mouthparts alone. I[
have seen slides prepared by E. A. Chapin of the Bureau of Ento-
mology which clearly demonstrate that Acoma is_pleurostict,
while Pleocoma is possibly the most laparostict of the laparo-
stictines, even the eighth spiracle being functional and situated
upon the intertergal membrane. Wherever the Pleocominae may
eventually be placed, Acoma will undoubtedly have to be restored
to its position near Podolasia, where it was placed by Casey (1)
in his diagnosis of the genus.
Lire History AND HaBits
The habits of Pleocoma have been discussed by Rivers (19,
21, 22), Ricksecker (17, 15), and others, for the most part in
short papers published years ago, in which some of the informa-
tion is erroneous, as, for example, the statement by Le Conte and
Horn (14, p. 244), quoting data in a letter from Schaufuss-
Bluthner, that the beetles are “frequently washed out of the bur-
rows of the common Spermophile of California, by the heavy
rains of the latter part of winter.” The life history is imper-
fectly known.
The larva of Pleocoma was described by Osten-Sacken (16)
in 1874. The larval stage certainly occupies two, possibly three
or more, years. In 1915 I took a very small larva, not more than
three-fourths inch long, which I believe is that of Pleocoma badia
Fall. This larva must have been hatched from eggs laid by the
brood of 1914, as adults were out and flying when it was taken
and the eggs of 1915 were not yet laid. In the same year H. C.
Fall, now of Tyngsboro, Mass., took a fully grown larva. I had
the privilege of examining this specimen, which agrees closely
with the description given by Osten-Sacken. That this larva is
truly that of Pleocoma is certain, since the characters of the head
capsule agree with those of cast-off larval skins found in holes
from which adult Pleocoma was taken. The small larva agreed
fairly well with the description in most respects. If this small
larva is really that of Pleocoma, and had reached a length of
only three-fourths inch in one year, it would probably have re-
quired two years more to have reached the size of Fall’s speci-
men. The latter, in turn, was fully grown, but probably could
not have pupated in time to emerge in that year, as adults were
emerging at the time it was collected. This indicates that the life
cycle may occupy as many as four years.
The larval food is not known, but I have taken no specimens
of P. behrensii Lec. except in the vicinity of a shrub the name of
127
which I do not know, and I have never taken P. australis Fall
and P. badia Fall far from canyon live oak (Quercus chrysolepis
Liebm.), which leads me to believe that these species feed upon
the roots of living plants. Ricksecker (17) notes the predomi-
nance of manzanita (Arctostaphylos sp.) where P. fimbriata Lec.
was found.
Upon reaching its full size the larva approaches the surface
of the ground, constructs a cell from three or four inches to a
foot or more beneath it, and pupates. The pupa of Pleocoma
has never been described. The only pupa in good condition that
I have ever seen was that of a female P. behrensii Lec. which
had been taken at a depth of about eight inches in the middle of
a trail in Strawberry Canyon, Berkeley, Calif. This pupa was
dug out while adults were emerging from burrows within a few
inches of it. It shows little color, and the beetle probably would
not have emerged until the following fall. A number of pupae
that had been attacked and killed by fungi were found, indicat-
ing that the pupa lies for some time in the cell. Probably the
pupal stage normally terminates late in the fall and the beetles
remain quiet in their holes until the first heavy rain. All the speci-
mens I have ever collected, including some that were dug up
before they had opened their tunnels to the surface, have been
fully colored and hardened.
After the first soaking rain of the wet season the greater part
of the brood emerges within a few hours, the males coming out of
their holes and flying about and the females opening their bur-
rows to the surface. The males may fly every evening for several
days, digging into the ground or hiding beneath rubbish in the
daytime. I believe that the beetle in the pupal cell does not be-
come active until the moisture from the rain actually reaches it.
I have seen no holes from which adults had emerged, or which —
still contained adults, that were not damp, some of them even
being filled with thin mud. This partly accounts for “holdovers,”
and a consequent brood every year, of a beetle that has a three-
year or four-year life cycle, as some individuals construct their
holes in overhanging banks where a moderate rain will not reach
them, and of these a certain percentage may survive to emerge
the following year if the rains are heavy. That Pleocoma can so
“hold over’’ for some time is indicated by the experience of Rivers
(21), who notes that a female specimen (P. behrensii, probably)
was dug out of an adobe bank on February 19, 1890, four months
after the second period of heavy rain on October 20 to 22, 1889,
when the adults were emerging normally. It is possible that this
individual might have survived six months longer, emerging the ~
following October, as she certainly was too late to have emerged
in the rainy season of 1889-90.
Nearly all of the Pleocoma burrows that I have seen, 600
to 800 at a guess, have been smooth and round, of about the
diameter of the adult beetle, and have had very hard walls. At
128
the lower end each terminates abruptly in a slightly larger cavity,
the pupal chamber. In burrows from which the adult has emerged
there is usually very little loose dirt and the walls show no signs
of recent digging. The larva apparently digs the pupal chamber
and tunnel, packing and smoothing it, leaving only about an inch
of the outer end to be excavated by the emerging adult. If the
adult had to tunnel all the way out, the burrow would be filled with
dirt. The digging ability of both adults and larvae is exceptional.
I have seen holes from which adults had emerged in banks of de-
composed granite so hard that digging in it with a sharp trowel
was difficult. Several times I have seen females that had fallen
from their burrows in steep banks, digging straight down into
frozen ground that had been packed hard by automobile traffic
before freezing.
Upon emerging, the males leave the burrows. Rivers (19)
notes that they may fly on sunny days, but I believe that they
normally fly only in the evening or on very dark, cloudy days,
whether it is raining or not. I have had the good fortune to wit-
ness flights of P. behrensuw and P. badia, and the two differ greatly
in their behavior. The flight of P. behrensti males is direct and
very swift, and if one misses the first sweep at them with the net
they are off at once so swiftly that they soon disappear over the
tree tops. The males of P. badia, on the other hand, have a slow,
heavy, blundering flight, keeping close to the ground as a rule,
even when alarmed, and bumping into trees and bushes as they
go. Once seen they may be caught with ease. Ricksecker (17)
says that the males of P. fimbriata also have a heavy, blundering
flight.
The females do not normally leave their tunnels, but merely
open them to the surface. When they fall from their tunnels in
steep banks they dig new holes immediately. The flying males are
probably attracted to the females by scent. I have seen as many
as nine males of P. badia scrambling about the open burrow of
a female, each attempting to push the others away so that he could
enter. Rivers (22) describes an instance of the male P. behrensii
finding the female, apparently by scent. A female will mate with
more than one male in the laboratory, although I am not sure
that this happens in nature, as, after mating, the female burrows
down into the ground from the pupal cell, filling in the hole be-
hind her as she goes. Oviposition must take place deep in the
ground, but of this nothing is known. I have kept mated females
in the laboratory for three weeks or more and dissection at the
end of that time showed that most of them had no matured eggs
in their ovaries.
The attraction of males to light, as observed by Oscar Baron,
is described by Rivers (19), and Kenneth Monroe, of Pasadena,
Calif., told me of some “large brown bugs” flying into the fire
during a rain at Pine Flats, near Pasadena. Pleocoma badia is
not, however, attracted to automobile headlights, as I have failed
129
to capture them thus. Many males are attracted to pools of water,
plunge into them, and drown. A light of low intensity, such as
a lantern, a fire, or the reflection of light from the surface of
water, is probably more attractive to them than is a stronger light.
DISTRIBUTION
The genus Pleocoma has been found only in Oregon, Cali-
fornia, Lower California, and possibly Utah. With two, or pos-
sibly three, exceptions the species are confined to California. The
distribution of each species will be taken up in detail later. It 1s
reasonable to suppose that the group is either a northern one, or
a southern one that became acclimatized a long time ago. It is
probable that before the last glacial period the insects became
part of the fauna of what is now California and Oregon, and that,
as the glaciers came southward, the beetles retreated before them.
When the ice again retreated northward some of the insects fol-
lowed it up, and others, going up the mountains to attain their
optimum conditions, were left stranded in isolated spots and sub-
sequently differentiated. This theory is partly supported by the
fact that most of the northern species have a much wider distri-
bution than those farther south.
(Continued in the January-April, 1935, issue of the ‘“Bulletin’’)
BUTTERFLIES OF THE BOUNDARY HILL RESEARCH
RESERVE, YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK, CALIF.
By Joun S. GARTH
University of Southern California
The Boundary Hill Research Reserve is an area approxi-
mately twenty-five square miles in extent which has been set aside
by the administration of the Yosemite National Park for the study
of wild life in the primitive state. The reserve takes its name
from Boundary Hill, the only prominence designated on the top-
ographical maps of the U. S. Geological Survey as included within
its limits. On the south it is bounded by the north rim of Yosem-
ite Valley, on the east by Yosemite Creek, on the north by the
Tioga Road, and on the west by Cascade Creek. It was the priv-
ilege of Mr. Fred Ziesenhenne and myself, as members of the
Yosemite School of Field Natural History, to spend five days,
July 14 to 18, 1933, inclusive, collecting butterflies as our contri-
bution to a general survey conducted by the twenty members of
the class under the direction of Mr. Joseph Dixon, Field Natural-
ist, National Park Service.
While it is realized that relatively little may be accomplished
in five days by two collectors, no matter how energetic, it is the
belief of the writer that the evidence obtained is worthy of re-
cording as a basis for a later and more detailed study. Arriving
as we did at the height of the season we were able to take over
forty species of diurnal Lepidoptera, including several not here-
tofore recorded for the Yosemite region, as well as larvae and
pupae of several more.
The entire first day was consumed in reaching the temporary
camp on the Tioga Road half a mile west of the Hetch-Hetchy
trail, allowing ample time for observation and collecting. From
the summit of Yosemite Falls, elevation 6,525 feet, the trail leads
along the west bank of Yosemite Creek so that butterflies taken
on either side were within the reserve area. The best catch was
Parnassius smintheus behrii, the Rocky Mountain Parnassian
which has invaded California via the Great Basin and which oc-
curs again on Mt. Shasta. They were flying on a rugged and
exposed talus slope half way between the summit of the falls and
the fork of the trail to the Yosemite Creek Ranger Station. The
only trees on the slide were sporadic Western Juniper, Juniperus
occidentalis, The abundant flowering Stonecrop, Sedum obtusa-
tum, had a particular attraction for the Parnassians, it being the
larval plant food of the species. They had just begun to fly that
morning, judging from their freshness and the fact that only two
of ten specimens were females.
131
Other common trailside species occurring in less exposed sit-
uations were the Meadow Fritillary, Brenthis epithore, the Sierra
Checker-Spot, Euphydryas sierra, the Northern Checker-Spot,
Melitaea palla, and the rare Nivalis Copper, Lycaena nivalis, for
which collectors are accustomed to hike to Glacier Point.
On the second and third days of the outing ascents were
made of Research Ridge,* which rises 9,202 feet and which 1s
topped by a few acres of Hudsonian Zone, the rest of the reserve
being Canadian. We looked in vain for truly alpine species such
as Chionobas twallda, Neominois ridingsu, or Melitaea malcolm,
all of which are to be found on the ridge behind Mammoth Lakes
or anywhere along the Sierran crest from Mt. Whitney to Lake
Tahoe. The designation of the summit of the ridge as Hudsonian
was based upon the presence of the Mountain Hemlock, Tsuga
mertensiana, the Hudsonian White Crowned Sparrow, Zonotrichia
leucophrys, and the Cony, Ochotona schisticeps muiri, rather than
upon insect indicators.
The abundant butterfly on the east slope of Research Ridge
was Hoffmann’s Checker-Spot, Melitaea hoffmanm. So busily
were they engaged sipping nectar from the Mountain Pennyroyal,
Monardella odoratissima, that they might be netted by fives and
sixes. The entire fourth morning was devoted to observation of
the habits of this species with little collecting attempted. The
Checker-Spot butterflies are known to feed in the larval stage
upon members of the figwort family, Scrophulariaceae, of which
there were two common members on this mountainside, Pentstemon
and Castilleja, the latter being the food plant of the nearly re-
lated Melitaea palla. However, hoffmanni showed preference
for neither. Recalling that one member of the genus at least,
M. neumoegemn, chooses a composite, Aster tortifolia, which grows
on the Mojave desert, we examined a small perennial of composite —
affinities, Chrysopsis brewert. On this plant were found larvae
in about the third instar which were presumably hoffmanni, but
failure of the food plant to survive at the lower elevation to which
it was immediately transplanted prevented our rearing them suc-
cessfully.
The Yosemite Blue, Plebeius shasta comstocki, was taken
half way to the summit flying about the yellow buckwheat, Erio-
gonum incanum. On the rounded dome which has been cut into
by a glacial cirque an Astragalus, A. bolanderi, joins the buck-
wheat ; and wherever this combination occurs the Square-Spotted
Blue, Philotes battoides, is not uncommon. It is not the true
square-spot which occurs typically in Sequoia National Park but
suggests race oregonensis B. & McD. even more strongly than
those found in the Mammoth Lakes region. We believe that its
occurrence on the reserve constitutes a new record for Yosemite.
k 1 Our designation. The ridge is three miles west of the temporary campsite men-
tioned in paragraph three.
132
The Sierran Parnassian, P. clodius baldur, flew throughout
the reserve at altitudes from 6,525 to over 9,000 feet. Their choice
for nectar was wallflower, Erisymum asperum, failing this they
would alight on Monardella. Never were they found mingling
with the other species, P. smintheus behrii, which dominates the
open rock slides. In company with baldur and indistinguishable
from it at a little distance was the California White, Pieris
sisymbrit.
As we reached the higher elevations the mountain marbles,
Euchloe creusa hyantis and E. ausonides coloradensis became in-
creasingly abundant. Unlike the two species of Parnassians, the
Euchloe fly over the same territory and may possibly interbreed.
Most of our specimens are emphatically one or the other; a few
show unquestionable affinities to both. These doubtful forms have
been listed arbitrarily as coloradensis, it being the more plentiful
species. At the very summit of Research Ridge it was possible
to stand at a little gap between a lodgepole pine, Pinus murrayana
and a rock pile and net the marbles as they passed. An invisible
force impelled them to pass this point no matter in which direc-
tion they were headed. The same tendency has been observed with
the desert species, Euchloe creusa lotta and Anthocharis cethura,
on the buttes of the Mojave.
Several specimens of the elusive Papilio indra were observed
at the summit of Research Ridge and again flying over the rocky
territory of Parnassius smintheus behru. It was the good for-
tune of Mr. Arthur Carthew to net the Short-Tailed Swallowtail
near the top of the Yosemite Falls, giving us the record for the re-
serve and a second specimen for the Yosemite Museum. Drawing
upon our knowledge of P. indra in the Huntington Lake Region?
and P. indra pergamus in the Sierra Madre Mountains* we as-
sume that Sanicula nevadensis of the dry hillsides is the accept-
able plant food in this region.
Concerning the three plots selected by the class for intensive
ecologic study we believe that any one of the species mentioned
with the possible exception of those found on the very top of the
ridge might conceivably stray within their confines. Actually,
only one specimen was netted in Quadrat No. 1, Euchloe creusa
hyantis. Quadrat No. 2 yielded Parnassius clodius baldur. The
meadow of which Quadrat No. 3 is a part proved a more prolific
field with the small blues, Plebeius saepiolus and P. aquilc podarce
predominating. Several Hesperids, Polites sonora, P. sabuleti
tecumseh, Thorybes nevada, and Urbanus ruralis, played about
the Horkellia in the late afternoon. Plant foods of other species
were also present: Sisymbrium for Pieris sisymbrii, and Strep-
tanthus tortuosus a likely possibility for Euchloe creusa hyantis,
judging from the fact that Mr. C. M. Dammers has taken larvae
of the southern race lotta upon Streptanthus inflatus.
? Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., XXIX, 3, 1930, p. 117.
3 Bull. So, Cal. Acad. Sci., XXVII, 3, 1928, pp. 82-86.
133
The most remarkable feature of the butterfly population of
Research Reserve is the marked infiltration of Great Basin and
Eastern-Sierran species, in particular Parnassius smintheus behru,
Euchloe ausonides coloradensis, Thorybes nevada, Hesperia ne-
vada, and Polites sabuleti tecumseh. The writer knows of no
other locality so far west of the Sierran divide in which these
species occur. The reserve is then, not only the meeting place
of two life zones, it is the frontier between two faunas, the Pa-
cific or cismontane, and the Great Basin or desert-plateau. The
Tioga Pass, elevation 9,941 feet, twenty miles to the east and one
of the lowest passes in the Central Sierra, affords a comparatively
easy entry from the Mono Lake region. The Pacific fauna, as
the geographical position of the area would indicate, is dominant
in number of species. However, in the one case in which there
appears to be actual competition between two races of the oppos-
ing faunas, that of the Euchloe, the apparently more aggressive
coloradensis presents the greater number of individuals. This
fact may be offset by the possibility, deduced from the relative
freshness of specimens, that hyantis is an earlier flier, reaching
its peak before coloradensis is fairly started.
The Parnassians must not be considered as competitors for
the same ecologic niche, as they occupy different associations. The
glades of the fir forest are the habitat of P. clodius baldur, only
the barren eastern slopes carrying the Juniperus-Sedum-Sanicula
association being frequented by P. smintheus behru. The several
ridges paralleling Research Ridge and culminating in Mt. Conness,
Dana, and Lyell of the Sierran divide present increasingly char-
acteristic Mono Basin populations upon their arid eastern expos-
ures. Whether these species are permanently established or disap-
pear with a cycle of unfavorable years is problematical. It is the
writer’s opinion, after several seasons of observation of condi-
tions in the Sierra, that the present ascendency of the desert
fauna is directly correlated with the markedly reduced snowfall
in recent years and the consequent aridity felt throughout the
range. This conclusion is in keeping with the principle, worked
out chiefly by the mammalogists, that while temperature is un-
doubtedly the most important single factor in delimiting zones,
it is a change in humidity which erects the most formidable faunal
barrier. This being the case, a return to normal conditions of
snowfall would be expected to check the invasion and dilute the
desert-plateau population in the reserve area, while a cycle of wet
years might bring about temporary eradication.
The answers to such problems will be found in the data accu-
mulated by many surveys similar to this one, conducted regularly
over a period of years and in a region like the Research Reserve
in which the native flora and Pe) are protected by wise admin-
istration from the encroachment of civilization.
4 Grinnell and Swarth, An Account of the Birds and Mammals of the San Jacinto
Area of Southern California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., X, 10, p. 217, 1913.
134
Bm co bh
YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK—JuLy 14-18, 1934
Jd
ANISE SWALLOWTAIL—Papilio zelicaon Luc. .......... 6
INDRA SWALLOWTAIL—Papilio indra Reak. ........... 1
BaLpUuR PARNASSIAN—Parnassius clodius baldur Edw. 40
Beur’s PARNASSIAN—Parnassius smintheus
(OXIDE ed O10 iy easiest coo uctids ReMC ROR RCH oe CCN PACER ec OTP 8
CALIFORNIA WHITE—Pieris sisymbrii Bdv. .......... 22
Epwarp’s MarsteE—Huchloe creusa hyantis Edw. .... 5
CoLorabdo MaresLe—Huchloe a. coloradensis Hy. Edw. . 20
JULIA ORANGE Tip—Anthocharis sara julia Edw. ..... 2
Amnthocharis sara stella Edw. ..
STELLAR ORANGE TIP
BorspUVAL’s SuLPHUR—EHurymus eurytheme Bdv. ....
Mountain VAGABonp—Argynnis montivaga Behr .... 5
Merapow FritittAry—Brenthis epithore Edw. ....... 28
SreRRA CHECKER—Huphydryas sierra Wright ........ 1
NorTHERN CHECKER—Melitaea palla Bdv. ........... 21
HOFFMANN’S CHECKER—Melitaea hoffmanni Behr ....128
Mountain Crescent—Phyciodes montana Behr ...... 2
THE ZEPHYR—Polygonia zephyrus Edw. ............ i
Vireinta Lapy—Pyrameis virginiensis Dru. ......... il
ADDED A DY——PYRGCME1S) (COGOUWE Was on. fees cee se ©
West Coast Lapy—Pyrameis carye Hbn. ............ 2
DHE BUCKEYE—Junonia coena Hbn. ....2..0....12-. 1
Borspuvaw’s Hair StREAK—Habrodais grunus Bdv. .. 1
NELSoN’s Hater STREAK—WMitoura nelsoni Bdv. ....... 1
PERPLEXING Harr STREAK—Callophrys perplexa
ECCMID OMG as cyte retueyary naire ey en temie eccucrtvaieeeags scuamtoee i
NIVALIS CoppErR—Lycaena nivalis Bdv. .............. 12
VarRieD BLuE—Lycaena heteronea Bdv. .............. 2
Loris BLurE—Plebejus melissa lotis Lint. ............ iL
Gray BLuE—Plebejus aquilo podarce F. & F. ........ 27
GREENISH BLuE—Plebejus saepiolus Bdv. ........... 6
Evius Biur—Plebejus icarioides evius Bdv. ........ 3
YOSEMITE BLUE—Plebejus shasta comstocki Fox ..... il
AcmMon Biur—Plebejus acmon West. & Hew. ........
SQUARE Spor BLuE—Philotes battoides Behr ......... 22
Dorrep BLUE—Philotes enoptes Bdv. ................ 1
Ecuo Brur—Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus echo Edw. .. 3
Nevapa Dusky Winc—Thorybes nevada Scud. ....... 1
Two BANDED SkrprpER—Urbanus ruwralis Bdv. ........ 1
AFRANIUS Dusky Winc—Erynnis persius
RO IORS AUN FeAl ACB yO asinine Btn ta ep ORO mer MULE eae a RNS 8 2
Propertius Dusky Winc—Erynnis propertius
SS CLIGH Gos oS OT Oui p.y. pera easy atg se eons Beaten iaccs emma Wah 4
NEVADA SkippER—Hesperia nevada Seud. ............
SonorA SKIPPER—Polites sonora Scud. .............. 2
TECUMSEH ‘SKIPPER—Polites sabuleti
LECUIMUS CRUG LINN eitrect sree tony aration ee eae an ee ee 5
BUTTERFLIES OF THE BOUNDARY HILL RESEARCH RESERVE,
he
(=)
(ou)
aon ee bb
oe
bo
or Oo
56 18
nS
b
BPR Re we we oo be
a |
H
eS bp OR
te
noe
oOo CO bw WwW |=]
me eB ow bb
bo
5
Total 564
PLATE 40
Egg of Strymon sylvinus, superior
surface, magnified x 37.
136
NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF THREE BUT-
TERFLIES AND FIVE MOTHS FROM CALIFORNIA
By Joun A. Comstock and CHartes M. DAMMERS
STRYMON SYLVINUS Bdv.
Eggs were secured from a captive female collected at River-
side, Calif., in late June of 1931. In nature they are laid singly
or in groups of two or three, on the stems of willow, and do not
hatch until the following spring.
Eae: Size .8 mm. in diameter by .4 to .45 mm. high. Echi-
noid, the surface profusely covered with long spicules, except in
the micropylar area. This gives the egg a velvety appearance.
There is a tinge of olive green or greenish mauve on the upper
surface of the egg, but the predominant color is a soiled white.
The micropyle is strongly depressed and minutely pitted.
Plate 40 shows the superior surface of the egg.
LarvA, first instar.
Color, pale green, sparingly speckled with light brown. There
are four lines of long white hairs, one hair to each segment. A
broad pearly-white line occurs on each side of the mid-dorsal area,
and there is also a similar line along the infra-stigmatal fold.
All legs are a pale green. The abdomen is somewhat paler
than the remainder of the body.
Head, black, and somewhat obscured by the long recurved
hairs that arch over it from the first segment.
Second instar.
Slug shaped. Body ground color, pale green. First segment,
pale blue-green. There is a lateral band of greenish-white, and a
similar line traverses the infra-stigmatal fold, from both of which
arise a row of long white hairs.
The body is covered with white pile.
Abdomen, pale blue-green. The cervical shield is a soiled
white.
Head, colorless. with brown mouth parts.
In successive instars, including the last, the body color is pale
apple green. There is a sub-dorsal thin white band running longi-
tudinally from the second segment to the tail, which inclines in-
ward as it approaches the caudal segments.
All segments except the first have two diagonal bars of white,
crossing them laterally. Spiracles white. Infrastigmatal fold,
lemon yellow. Legs, pale green with colorless points. Prolegs
and anal prolegs, pale green with colorless claspers. The entire
insect is covered ai Shere white pile.
137
«
Head, colorless, with brown mouth parts. Ocelli, black.
The cervical shield is blue-green, with a white stripe down its
center, and brown specks in the outer corners.
The mature larva when fully extended measues 19 mm.
It is illustrated on Plate 41.
Pupation takes place on the foodplant. The chrysalis is sus-
pended from a silk button, and is supported by a delicate silken
girdle.
Pupa: Length 9.6 mm.
Wing cases, thorax and head, pale olive-green, heavily mar-
bled and spotted with dark olive-green. The body is pale greenish-
brown, heavily spotted with brown on the dorsal aspect. There
is a narrow dark mid-dorsal line on the thorax.
A broken pale brown band runs sub-dorsally on the thorax
and body. First spiracle, white, and very conspicuous.
Head, thorax and body covered with white pile.
See Plate 41.
The single imago which was carried through emerged June
16, 1932, which confirms prior observations that the species is
single brooded.
PLATE 41
Larva and pupa of Strymon sylvinus.
Larva, lateral view, enlarged x 3.3.
Two segments of larva, dorsal view, enlarged x 3.3.
Cervical shield of larva, highly magnified.
5 QW Pp
Pupa, lateral view, enlarged x 3.3.
138
HEMIARGUS GyYas Edw.
Eggs of this species were secured on September 21, 1931, on
alfalfa, from captive females collected at Indian Wells, Coachella
Valley, Calif. Oviposition has also been observed on Mesquite.
The eggs were laid singly on the foodplant, and hatched on
September 24 and 25.
Eee: Size .5 mm. broad by .25 mm. high. Color, a delicate
gray-green. The form is echinoid with a cupped upper surface,
and a deeply depressed micropyle. The surface is covered with
minute stout papillae or nodules, arranged in more or less regu-
lar diagonal lines, as is the case with the egg of B. evwvilis. See
Plate 42.
PLATE 42
Egg of Hemiargus gyas, magnified x 60.
Photo by Menke
Larva, first instar; body color varying from pale green
through deep green to light yellow and dark yellow. The usual
long recurved colorless hairs were present. Legs and _ prolegs
concolorous with body. Mead, translucent black. Ocelli jet black.
In succeeding instars the color ranges from green, through
a combination of green and mauve, to a solid mauve. Head black.
Mature larva; length, extended, .8 mm.
The same wide variation in body color persists in the final
instar. Some are a solid pale green. Others show green, with
a mauve sub-stigmatal fold. Still others have a mauve mid-
dorsal band added to the last described combination. The latter
form is used in our description.
There is a broad mid-dorsal band, edged laterally with yel-
low, which is interrupted at the segmental junctures. This mauve
band is absent on the first and tenth segments.
Each segment, except the first, is crossed by two darker diag-
onal bands of green. The infrastigmatal fold (overlap) is yel-
low, with a mauve band above and below it.
Spiracles, white. All legs, pale green. Abdomen, pale green.
Head, black, and retractile.
139
PLATE 43
Larva and pupa of Hemiargus gyas.
Figures at left, dorsal and lateral aspects of mature larva, enlarged x 7.
Drawing by Dammers
Figures at right, pupa, dorsal and ventral aspects, enlarged x 5.
Photo by Menke
The entire body is covered with short silvery-white pile.
The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 43.
The larva prefer to feed on the tender tips of the young
shoots of their foodplant. Pupation occurs on the foodplant,
suspended by a fine silken girdle. Our examples went into pupa-
tion from October 24 to 26, and the first imago emerged Novem-
ber 6.
Pura: Length, 6.5 mm. Color, bright translucent green.
Some examples show a slight mauve marking. There is a dark
longitudinal line in the mid-dorsal area.
The form of the chrysalis is somewhat more elongate than
is the case with others of the group.
The larva and pupa are illustrated on Plates 43 and 44. |
PLATE 44
Pupa of Hemiargus gyas, lateral
aspect, enlarged x 51%.
Drawing by Dammers
PHOLISORA CATULLUS Fabr.
Scudder’s description and drawing of the egg of this species?
varies considerably from examples observed in California.
Whether this represents an actual difference, or is merely the in-
terpretation of the artist remains to be determined.
1 Scudder, S. H., 1889. Butterfl. of N. Eng. Vol. 2, p. 1521, Vol. 3, Pl. 66, Fig. 21.
140
Our examples show a lesser number of longitudinal ridges
on the lower half of the egg, and the roughened upper expanded
continuations of these are more pronounced and relatively longer.
The body of the egg is a light shade of chocolate, and the ex-
panded ridges are pinkish white. These features are accurately
brought out in Plate 45.
The larva and pupa have been described in great detail by
Scudder, and also by W. H. Edwards.”
. =
PLATE 45
Egg of Pholisora catullus,
ereatly magnified.
EUPROSERPINUS PHAETON G. & R.
The larva of this species was evidently known to W. G.
Wright, and perhaps some of the other early California entimolo-
gists. Unfortunately they published no records concerning it.
The imago has always been considered a rarity until the
writers found its breeding ground in the Gavilan Hills near Riv-
enside, early in 1931.
Dr. E. R. Hulbirt of Glendora was the first of our local col-
lectors to note the foodplant, Oenothera bistorta Nutt., and, as a
result of his observation, we were able to secure eggs and larvae.
The first of these were taken by the junior author on March
23, 1931, which made possible the following observations on the
metamorphosis.
Eee: Size .9 mm. wide by 1.2 mm. long.
Oval, the surface smooth, with no visible micropyle.
Color, glistening deep green.
Young larvae of the first and second instars: Body color a
soiled yellow, covered with whitish dots, and a few black specks.
Head black. See Plate 46.
PLATE. 46
Young larva of Huproserpinus
phaeton, enlarged.
Drawing by Dammers
2 Edwards, W. H., 1885. Can. Ent. Vol. 17, p. 245.
141
In subsequent instars the body assumes a green or pink
shade, with the characteristic markings of the mature larva.
Larva, last instar: Average length 30 mm. Cylindrical, the
head relatively large. There is considerable variation in color,
ranging from a predominance of green, to pink. All of the color
variants are admirably adapted to the larval environment from
the standpoint of protective coloration.
The body bears a mid-dorsal band of green which widens
out at the segmental junctures, with dark mauve patch in its
center.
From this band in the center of each segment extends a yel-
low Z-shaped band on each side. There is a longitudinal yellow
lateral band bearing, at each segmental joint, a dark mauve patch
on its upper edge. The space between the longitudinal yellow
band and the mid-dorsal green band is light mauve.
A broad supra-stigmatal band of pale green is present, and
is bordered superiorly by a broken mauve band, and inferiorly
by a slightly darker mauve edging.
Superior to each spiracle is an irregular prominent patch of
mauve.
The infra-stigmatal fold is white.
The short caudal horn arising in the median line from the
11th segment is light mauve.
Abdomen pink, studded with white; the segmental junctures
green.
PLATE 47
Larva and pupa of Huproserpinus phaeton.
a. Lateral view of mature larva, enlarged x 2%.
b. Two typical segments of larva viewed dorsally.
c. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 2%.
Drawing by Dammers
Spiracles, orange, encircled with a black rim.
True legs, pink, with black tips. Prolegs and anal prolegs,
pink, with light brown claspers.
Head, pale mauve, covered with a fine white pile. Mouth
parts and ocelli black.
The entire body of the larva is thickly studded with raised
white punctae. The shape and markings of the mature larva are
accurately pictured in Plate 47.
The green form of the larva is similar in markings but the
pink and mauve coloration is everywhere replaced with green.
Pupa: Length, 18 mm. Color, a uniform pale chestnut.
The wing cases are semi-translucent; cremaster, long and taper-
ing. The form is accurately shown on Plate 47, fig. c, and obvi-
ates the necessity of a lengthy description. Pupation occurs under
any object on the ground, where the larva forms a depression on
the top of the soil. The pupa overwinters, and there is only one
brood a year.
SIMYRA HENRICI Grt.
The metamorphosis of this widely distributed species has been
in part described by a number of writers. Smith and Dyar record
the last two larval instars, the cocoon and pupa (as Arsilonche
albovenosa) in the Proceedings U. S. Nat'l. Mus., Vol. 21, p. 176.
Since no adequate illustrations occur in the literature we are
showing figures of the larva and pupa on Plates 48, 49 and 50.
PLATE 48
Larva of Simyra henrici feeding on willow.
Photo by Menke
Larvae were collected on cat-tails and sedges by the senior
author, at Playa del Rey, Calif., some years ago, and more re-
cently were furnished the junior author by Master McDermont of
Riverside. The latter were taken near Westminster, Orange Co.,
Calif., feeding on willow. Grasses and smartweed have also been
listed as foodplants.
The imago was determined through the courtesy of Dr. J.
McDunnough of Ottawa.
The larvae are lightly parasitized in this region by a Tachinid.
PLATE 49
Larva of Simyra henrici, dorsal
aspect, enlarged x 2.
Photo by Menke
144
PLATE 50
Larva and pupa of Simyra henrici.
a. Mature larva, lateral aspect.
b. Front view of head of larva.
c. Pupa, lateral aspect.
All figures enlarged x 1%.
Drawing by Dammers
CATABENE ESULA Druce.
This moth has, of late years, been taken 1n progressively in-
creasing numbers in the cities and towns of southern California,
doubtless as a result of the increased planting of Lantana as an
ornamental hedge in parks and gardens. In a state of nature it
probably feeds on native members of the V erbenaceae.
Through the courtesy of Mr. Chris Henne of South Pasa-
dena we were presented with eggs of this species which made pos-
sible the following notes on its metamorphosis.
Ecec: Hemispherical, the base flat: micropyle small and
slightly depressed. Height about three-fourths of the diameter
at base. Color, light cream, with a few irregular light brown
spots which seem to be buried in the substance of the egg. The
surface is covered by a cross-hatching of ridges, of which there
are about 25 running vertically, crossed by about 12 in the hori-
zontal plane. The egg is illustrated in Plate 51.
PLATE 51
Egg of Catabene esula, viewed laterally.
under high magnification.
Drawing by Comstock
145
The eggs were laid by a captive female, on October 27 to
29, 1934. Of the five examples under observation all were car-
ried through to pupation. The first pupa was formed November
25 and the last, November 29.
Larvae had also been secured on Lantana earlier in the year
by Mr. Karl Christian, from which imagos were produced Sep-
tember 16, and a prior laboratory record gives June 21 as the date
of emergence of a single moth in Riverside. It is evident from
these dates, and from labels in our collections, that Catabene esula
is a continuous breeder throughout practically the entire year.
The newly emerged larvae are cylindrical, with a slightly
flattened head. Two days after emergence they show a greenish
brown color, with several poorly defined longitudinal brown lines.
The head is yellow brown. The first moult was passed Novem-
ber 6 and 7, after which the body color was gray, and the brown
stripes more clearly defined. These stripes are arranged in pairs,
with three pairs on each side of the median dorsal area above the
infrastigmatal fold. The dorsal pair are dark brown, the dorso-
lateral pair light brown.
The third pair are separated by the stigmata, and the one
above the stigmatal area is lighter than the one below. Some of
these lines continue forward on to the head of the larva.
Stigmata, light, with narrow dark rims.
On the 11th segment there is a slight protrusion in the median
line, presaging the later dorsal tubercles.
PLATE 52
Larva and cocoon of Catabene esula.
Upper figure, mature larva, enlarged x 13/5.
Lower figure, cocoon, enlarged x 1 3/5.
Photo by Menke
146
Head concolorous with body, as are also the legs and pro-
legs. The anterior two pairs of prolegs are almost rudimentary
and only semi-functional in this, and also in the first instar, while
the posterior two pair are unusually well developed.
A number of short black vibrissae occur over the body, aris-
ing from black papillae. Shorter and light colored hairs are also
sparsely present over the anterior part of the head.
Measurement at the termination of this instar, 9.5 mm.
The second moult occurred on November 9 and 10, with very
little change in the markings. The ground color assumed a
slightly more olive cast, and the dorsal hump on the 11th seg-
ment appeared somewhat larger. From this point to the final
instar we were unable to record the changes.
Larva, last instar. Length, extended, 50 mm. Ground color,
buff. There is a broad mid-dorsal band, of a slightly darker
shade than the ground color, which bears three irregular thin
buff lines, traversing its entire length.
The overlap is also slightly darker than the body.
The 3rd and 4th segments appear as a single segment. From
the 11th segment there arises a prominent hump, surmounted by
two dark pointed processes.
Stigmata, dark brown. Legs, buff. Prolegs and anal pro-
legs, dark buff.
Abdomen, buff.
Head, buff, with a few white hairs on the anterior portion.
Mouth parts brown.
The larva, when not feeding, assumes a fully extended po-
sition along the stem of the plant, giving it complete camouflage.
Plate 52 accurately depicts the mature stage.
Pupation takes place on the food-plant in a cocoon formed
by the drawing together of several leaves. A typical cocoon is
shown on Plate 52. In a few cases the larvae pupate on top of
the ground, incorporating particles of debris and soil in their
firmly woven cocoon.
147
Pupa: Length 16 mm. Greatest width through thorax, 5
mm. General color, red-brown, with a darker brown on the dor-
sal aspect.
The chrysalis is smooth on the ventral and lateral surfaces,
and markedly rugose on the dorsum. ‘The cremaster is formed
of four short pyramidal nodules, without hooks.
Stigmata, darker brown than the surface on which they rest.
There are no visible hairs or vibrissae on any portion of the pupal
Suntaces) Sceulmlateras:
PLATE 53
Pupa of \Catabene esula, enlarged x 21%4, showing
lateral, ventral and dorsal aspects.
Photo by Menke
LITOCALA SEXSIGNATA Harv.
Larvae of this species were collected at Lebec, Calif., on
June 11, 1933, on Quercus. They were at first thought to be of
two distinct species, since the immature forms were quite dif-
ferent from the mature. No notes were made of the earlier in-
stars, but a photograph was made which is shown on Plate .-....
When these young larvae assumed their final instar it was deter-
mined that they were the same species as the larger larva col-
lected at the same site. The mature larva may be described as
follows:
Last Instar: Length, 33 mm. Cylindrical, tapering toward
the tail. The body color is a light gray, on which is superim-
posed numerous dots, dashes and lines, of black and brownish
black.
There is a broad dark dorsal band, edged outwardly by a zig-
zag black line. This line is composed of irregularly angular
dashes, one angle to a segment, the apex pointing laterally at the
148
middle of the segment, and the tips meeting with adjacent angles
closer to the median area. Between these zig-zag lines is a broad
area covered with black dots and broken lines arranged more or
less in longitudinal rows. Lateral to these black angulated lines is
a lighter area, marked and marbled much as 1s the mid-dorsal.
The lateral and substigmatal region is slightly darker than
the last described area, and is striped longitudinally by the same
character of broken lines, dots and dashes.
There are a number of black punctae scattered over the body
(some slightly raised) which give rise to colorless hairs. These
hairs do not show in the figure, Plate 54, on account of their
transparency.
Legs, brownish gray; prolegs and anal prolegs concolorous
with the body. The anterior two pair of prolegs are smaller than
a
PLATE 54
Larva and pupa of Litocala sexrsignata.
a. Young larva, enlarged.
Mature larva, enlarged.
. Pupa, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 3%.
d. Pupa, ventral aspect, enlarged x 3%.
Photo by Menke
149
the posterior. The anal prolegs are protruded posteriorly, and
are relatively long and narrow.
Head gray, with a black reticulated network of spots and
dashes.
When disturbed the larva throws itself violently from side
to side in a series of jerks. Thereafter it frequently “plays pos-
sum’ in a semi-curved posture, as shown in the illustration.
Pupation occurred on the floor of the breeding cage. In a
state of nature they probably go under ground.
Pura: Length, 15 mm. Color, a uniform red-brown. The
pupa is stoutest through its anterior half, and tapers rather
abruptly at the last caudal segments. The surface is finely gran-
ular, and there are no hairs or protuberances under low power
observation.
Spiracles, elongate, concolorous with body.
Cremasteric hooks four in number, two being long, and two
very short, as will be noted in the illustration, Plate 54.
Two imagos emerged February 15, 1934. The species is
diurnal, and is exceedingly common in certain years throughout
the oak belts of the southern California mountains. It ranges
as far east as Colorado.
TITANIO DAPALIS Grt.
A quantity of the eggs of this species were secured from a
captive female collected in the Gavilan Hills near Riverside, Calif.
They were laid on March 13, 1932. The eggs are deposited singly
on the leaves and flowers of the foodplant, which is Salvia colum-
baria Benth. (Chia.).
Larvae were also collected in the fall of 1931, near Phelan,
San Bernardino County, feeding on the same plant.
Eae, ovoid; pale green, almost colorless.
No notes were made of the larva in its earlier instars, but
drawings, and the following description of the last instar, will
serve as a Starting point for later and more complete studies.
MATURE LARVA. Length, extended, 15 mm.
Body ground color a translucent pale olive green. There is
a longitudinal greenish white line on each side of the mid-dorsal
area, and a similar line occurs above the infra-stigmatal fold.
Ten raised black punctae are present on each segment, ex-
cept the first, from each of which arises a single long pale brown
hair. The black puncta occurring above each spiracle is elon-
gated horizontally and is slightly crescentic.
150
On the thoracic segments, however, these punctae are round.
The first segment has a band of small raised black points
across its center, with long pale brown hairs arising from them
and arching over the head.
The infra-stigmatal fold is concolorous with body. Legs,
colorless, spotted with brown.
Prolegs and anal prolegs, pale green with brown claspers.
Spiracles, pale green with black rims. Abdomen, greenish
white.
Head, pale brown, speckled with darker brown and bearing
a sparse covering of colorless hairs.
Mouth parts and ocelli, dark brown. The mature larva is
illustrated in Plate 55.
The larva weaves a very secure flattened cocoon on the food-
plant, in which pupation occurs. The spring brood pupates in
April. One example remained in its cocoon without casting its
larval skin until October.
Pupa: Average length, 8 mm. Color, pale chestnut, with
the head, thorax and spiracles darker. The accompanying cut,
Plate 55, fig. c, gives the correct form, rendering further descrip-
tion unnecessary.
ey WAL ND fy
S qe ba.
PLATE 55
Larva and pupa of Titanio dapalis.
a. Mature larva, lateral view, enlarged x 4.
b. Two typical segments, viewed dorsally.
c. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4.
Drawing by Dammers
151
A REVISION OF THE PHACELIA CALIFORNICA
GROUP (HYDROPHYLLACEAE) FOR NORTH
AMERICA
By FRepERIcK W. Dunpbas
This study has bee:undertaken at the suggestion of Dr.
Philip A. Munz, of Pomona College, to whom I am deeply in-
debted for his kind assistance ane guidance. I wish also to
thank Dr. W. L. Jepson of the University of California for
kindly lending several types from his private herbarium and Dr.
H. A. Gleason of the New York Botanical Garden for the loan
of several types. I am indebted also to Dr. Ivan M. Johnston of
Harvard University for helpful advice, to Prof. Morton E. Peck
of Williamette Univ. for specimens, and to Mrs. Elizabeth Crow
Norland of the University of California for looking up references.
During the course of this study material has been available
from the following herbaria: Gray Herbarium of Harvard Uni-
versity (G); Rancho Santa Ana Herbarium (SA); Pomona Col-
lege Herbarium (P); and some from New York Botanical Gar-
den (NY). I wish to express my appreciation to the curators of
these herbaria for kindly lending their material. The abbrevia-
tions expressed in parentheses are used in citing specimens.
Due to the extreme variability and lack of distinguishing
characters in this group an attempt was made to find new floral
characters which would help in separating various entities. To
that end camera lucida drawings were made of floral parts of
the various entities that have been proposed. Such work, how-
ever, failed to reveal morphological characters that have not
already been used, and external floral and vegetative characters
have had to be employed.
It does not seem necessary here to go into a discussion of
the history of the taxonomy of this group of species, since it
was quite adequately discussed as late as 1917 by Macbride (Cont.
Gray Herb, n.s. 49:31). The only very significant treatment
since then is by Jepson, Man Fl” Piss Calis) Silo: 19255: aahie
present study results in a classification not markedly different
from the two above mentioned, but since, in certain cases, it has
perhaps been possible to secure improvement in using more tan-
gible distinguishing characters, it seems worthwhile to put this
on record.
Key To SPECIES
Basal leaves grouped in a dense cluster; cauline leaves either
present or absent.
Filaments villous.
Leaves having one to four pairs of lateral leaflets at
base, very rarely all entire; plants covered with a his-
pid or hispidulous, never sericeous, pubescence.
Calyx lobes with a hispid, glistening, greenish-yel-
low, rarely white pubescence ...... 1. P. heterophylla.
Calyx lobes with a dull, white, never glistening
DUDeSCeM Cees ems ees ee ee CUT ONNICas
Leaves all entire (basal pinnatifid in var. compacta) ;
plants covered with a closely-appressed, sericeous pu-
bescence (except var. alpina), often somewhat hirsute
Pa iioNaeb Desh see A we NS ad een 2 3. P. leucophylla.
Filaments glabrous; plants reduced, not exceeding 20 cm.
1, CSS ON GI see a le sca eH 4. P. dasyphylla.
Basal leaves not grouped in a dense cluster; leaves mostly cau-
INE st a Sa I a OO os 5. P. pinnata.
TREATMENT OF SPECIES
Vv 1. PHACELIA HETEROPHYLLA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 1:140.
1814.
Plants biennial or perennial, 1 to 8 dm. high; stems usually
erect, one to several from base, slender to very stout, covered
with a stiff spreading pubescence; leaves 1.5 to 9 cm. long, or-
bicular to ovate to linear-lanceolate, with one to three pairs. of
lateral leaflets at the base, rarely entire, the pubescence rather ap-
pressed-hispidulous, not sericeous; basal leaves usually densely
rosulate and the leaves of the stem mostly scattered and well-
developed; inflorescence virgate to spreading; lobes of the calyx
linear to linear-lanceolate, thickly beset with a hispid, spreading
or subappressed, glistening, usually greenish - yellow or rarely
white pubescence; corolla exceeding calyx; stamens long-exserted,
twice the length of the corolla; filaments villous.
This species is distinguished from P. californica by the glis-
tening, yellowish, hispid pubescence on the calyx-lobes, whereas
this pubescence in P. californica is usually white in color and
always dull, lacking the glistening or shining appearance.
KEY TO VARIETIES
Terminal segment of leaf not rotund nor orbicular-elliptical.
Plants 1.5 to 8 dm. high; stems usually stout, 1.5 to 10 mm, in
GLIQUA ATS SE ee ARP aE ni = ree ne ate EAR RE Ona la var. typica.
Plants much reduced, 0.5 to 2 dm. high; stems slender, 0.75 to
opine an diameter <2 ee lb var. frigida.
Terminal segment of leaf rotund or orbicular-elliptical..............
“oe RESUME eee aN UM dee es am Re ean Pa le. var. rotundata.
la. Phacelia heterophylla Pursh, var. typica, n. nom. P.
heterophylla Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 1:140. 1814; P. magellanica
(Lam.) Cov., f. heterophylla (Pursh) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ.
Bot. 4:218. 1912; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. griseophylla
Brand, 1. c.; P. heterophylla Pursh, var. griseophylla (Brand)
Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:35. 1917; P. heterophylla
Pursh, var. grisophylla Jepson, Man. FI. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925;
P. heterophylla Pursh, var. compacta Jepson, 1. c.; P. hastata
Dougl. ex Lehmann, Nov. Stirp. Pugill. 2:20. 1830; Hooker,
Fl. bor. Amer. 2:80. 1838; P. biennis A. Nels., Bull. Torr. Club
ZO MSZa WSO
Plants 1.5 to 8 dm. high; stems usually stout, 1.5 to 10 mm.
in diameter.
Type locality: “On the banks of the Kooskooskie” (Idaho)
—Ranging from Montana to New Mexico, California and Wash-
_ington. Material examined: MONTANA: Phillipsburg, Tit-
“comb in 1884 (G); Spanish Basin, Rydberg & Bessey 4850
(G); Bridger Mts.. W. W. Jones in 1902 (G); Alta, Jones in
1909 (P); Mt. Bridger, Blankinship in 1906 (P); Ravalli,
Clemens in 1908 (G). IDAHO: Hatwai Creek, Sandberg,
MacDougal & Heller, 174 (G); Johnson’s Bar, St. John 4490
(P) ; Lewiston, A. A. & E. Heller in 1896 (P); Red Rock Pass,
Leonard in 1885 (G); Salmon, Payson 1770 (G); Silver City,
Macbride 377 (G); Deadwood Creek, Nelson & Macbride 1848
(G); Pinehurst,, Macbride 1661 (G, P); Picabo, Macbride &
Payson 3000 (G); Forks of St. Mary’s River, Leiberg 1159
(G Pye WYOMING: Pole Creek, Nelson 1323, type coll. of
P. biennis (G), photograph (P). COLORADO: Golden,
Churchill in 1918 (G), Johnston 391 (G), and Jones 253 (P);
Gould Creek, Blumer in 1903 (G); Pagosa Springs, Baker 548
(Ga Es: Empire, Patterson 249 (G); Rist Canyon, Marshall
1611 (G): Mancos Canyon, Baker, Earle, & Tracy 308 (G, P);
Lyons, Johnston in 1916 (G); Cimarron, Baker 401 (G, P);
Rabbit Ear Range, Goodding 1592 (G); Paradox, Walker 231
(G); Roswell, Biltmore Expedition 3113 (G); Steamboat
Springs, Baker in 1894 (P). UTAH: Juab, Goodding 1065
(G); Springdale, Jones 5249 (P); Ellen Henry Mts., Jones
5684 (P); Wasatch Mts., Garrett 1013 (G); Fort Douglas,
Clemens in 1908 (G); Silver Lake, Rydberg & Carlton 6636
(G) ; La Sal Mts., Payson 3940 (G). NEVADA: Carson City,
Anderson in 1865 (G); Kings Canyon, Baker 1040 (G, P);
East Humboldt Mts., Jones in 1897 (P). NEW MEXICO:
James Canyon, Wooton in 1899 (P); Lake Peak, Arséne in
1926 (P); Tularosa Creek, Wooton in 1899 (G); Cloudcroft,
Eggleston 14530 (G); White Mts., Wooton 291 (G), Fendler
642 (G); Winsor’s Ranch, Standley 4140 (G), Wright in 1851
(G). ARIZONA: Kaibab Forest, Jaeger in 1926 (P); Flag-
staff, Jones in 1884 (P); Metcalf, Davidson 504 (G); Thomp-
son Ranch, Goodding 547 (G); Huachuca Mts., Jones m 1903
154
Gap CALIHORNIA: Soda Springs, Jones 201 (P); Round
Meadow Camp, Grant in 1902 (P); Lake Tenaya, Smiley 868
(G); Sacramento River, Shasta Co., Heller 12445 (G); Lam-
heres Dome, Smiley 760 CGas Emigrant Gap, Jones 2813 (Gea
Ragged Peak, Smiley 834 (G); Tuolumne Meadows, Ware 3666
(Gye Redwood Belt, Humboldt Co., Chandler 1257 (Py: Kaiser
Crest, Smiley 62/7 (G); Angora Peak, Smiley 301 (G); Camp
Agassiz, Pendleton and Reed 1297 (P); Marble Mt., Butler 408
CEs Donner Lake, Heller 6883 (PB); Sierra Co., eae in
1874 (G). OREGON: without locality, Spalding (G); Keno,
Peck 9338 (G); Waldo, Josephine Co., Thompson 4604 (G),
Howell 1584 (G); Agness, Nelson 1499 (G); Cascade Mts.,
Lyall 1859 (G); Steins Mts., Leiberg 2548 (G); Port Orford,
Peck 8432 (G); Cottage Grove, J. C. Nelson 2643 (Gar ME
Hood, Jones in 1897 (P); Iron Mt., Eggleston 22176 (G);
John Day River, Sherman Co., Henderson 5359 (G); Wallowa
Lake, Thompson 4821 (G); Pilot Butte, E. Nelson 852 CG)
Dalles, Luvell in 1903 (G); Pendleton, Jones in 1905 (P); La
Grande, Thompson 4760 (G); Clear Water, Spalding (G).
WASHINGTON: without locality, Vasey 412 (G); Hay
Creek, Leiberg 208 (G, P); Pullman, Elmer in 1896 (P); Mt.
Stuart, Thompson 5851 (G); Mt. Rainier, Thompson 5446 (G) ;
Waitsburg, Horner 3352 (G); Walla Walla, Jones in 1905 (P).
BRITISH COLUMBIA: Chilliwack Valley, Macoun 54327
(G); Cameron River Valley, Vancouver Island, Rosendahl 1996
(GHP
In my opinion, the distinction given by Macbride to the
forms with a spreading inflorescence is unworthy even of varietal
recognition. It must be remembered that this group is exceed-
ingly variable, and consequently these specimens which vary from
the strictly virgate form may be regarded merely as variants due
perhaps to ecological conditions such as shade or moisture.
¥ - 1b. PHACELIA HETEROPHYLLA Pursh, var. FRIGIDA (Greene)
Jepson, Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925.-. P. frigida Greene, Pitt.
4:39. 1899; P. heterophylla Pursh, f. frigida (Greene) Mac-
bride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:35. 1917; P. magellanica (Lam.)
Coy., f. frigida (Greene) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:218.
1912; P. californica Cham., f. immunda Macbride, Cont. Gray
Herb., n. s. 53:18. 1918; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. ferru-
ginea Brand, Pflanzenreich IV. 251:100. 1913.
Plants much reduced, 0.5 to 2 dm. high; stems rather slender,
erect or ascending, 0.75 to 1.5 mm. in diameter.
Type locality: Mt. Shasta, C ‘
tral California into Washington and British Columbia. Material
examined: CALIFORNIA: White Mts., Duran 562 (SA);
Rae Lake, Fresno Co., Clemens in 1910 (P); Cathedral Peak,
Smiley 815 (G); Mt. Tallac, Smiley 245 (G), Abrams 4841 (G) ;
Suzy Lake, Smiley 152 (G); Red Mt., Mendocino Co., Eastwood
155
in 1901, type of P. magellanica, F. ferruginea Brand, (Univ.
Calif. Herb.) ; Mt. Eddy, Heller 12456 (G), Baker 3821 (G, P);
Del Norte Co., Eastwood 226 (G); Mt. Shasta, Baker 3920
(G). OREGON: Mt. Hood, Howell 195 (G), Thompson 5009
(G), Barber 213 (G); Agness, J. C. Nelson 1470, type of P.
californica Cham., f. immunda Macbride (G). WASHINGTON:
,Mt. Rainier, Cowles 790 (G). BRITISH COLUMBIA: Mt.
\
Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island, Carter in 1917 (G).
The only differentiating character for this variety is its re-
duced form. However, it seems to run quite true in this one
character and thus to deserve varietal distinction.
Macbride’s P. californica, {. immunda, described from a sin-
gle collection is obviously synonymous with this variety. It po-
sesses the yellowish, glistening calyx-pubescence of P. hetero-
phylla, and the habit of var. frigida.
P. dasyphylla Greene var. ophitidis Macbride (Contr. Gray
Herbarium, n. ser., 59:32. 1919) was also described from a single
collection. Its chief distinguishing character seems to be its gla-
brous stamens, and it was upon the basis of this character that
Macbride made it a variety of P. dasyphylla. Through the kind-
ness of Professor Peck of Williamette University I have had
material from southern Oregon, but only the type collection itself
lacks pubescence on the filaments. The habit and general charac-
teristics of the plant resemble those of P. heterophylla var.
frigida much more closely than of P. dasyphylla. Since the gla-
brous stamens have been found in the type collection only and
may have occurred as a factor mutation in but a single indivi-
dual, the entity at present seems at most to be a very minor one,
and I here propose P. heterophylla Pursh var. frigida Jeps, forma
ophitidis (Macbr.) n. comb.
le. Phacelia heterophylla Pursh var. rotundata n. var.
Stem erect, leafy, densely pilose, 4-5 mm. in diameter ; leaves
long-petioled, the blades unusually thick, very densely appressed-
hirsute, lateral veins pinnately arranged and deeply impressed,
the tips mucronate, leaves usually with one pair of lateral lobes
at the base, terminal segment 2.5-3 cm. long, orbicular-elliptical ;
lateral segments similar but much smaller. (Caulis erectus,
dense pilosus, 4-5 mm. crassus, 1-3 dm. altus; foliis inusitate
crassis, longe petiolatis, laminis dense appress-hirsutis, mucro-
natis, cum venibus lateralibus profunde signatis; lobis lateralibus
2; segmento terminale 2.5-3 cm. longo, rotondo aut orbiculare-
ellipticale ; segmentis lateralibus similibus sed multe parvis).
Type; Lake Earl, Del Norte Co., California, J.-Burti Davy
in June, 1902 (Pomona College Herbarium No. 127635). Al-
though known from but a single collection, this variety seems
to represent so distinct an entity that I have been unable to refer
it to any hitherto recognized entity. It is characterized by the
thickness and roundness of the leaf-segments, the very dense
156
appressed pubescence on the leaves, and the extremly deep im-
pression of the lateral veins of the upper surface of the leaves.
L~ 2. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., Linnaea 4:494. 1829.
Plants perennial or sometimes biennial, 1.5 to 8.5 dm. high;
stems one to several from base, usually erect, covered with a stiff
spreading or partly subappressed pubescence; basal leaves densely
rosulate, cauline scattered, the blades of both linear-lanceolate
to elliptic-ovate, acute, 2 to 6 (8) cm. long, with 1 to 4 pairs of
lateral leaflets at the base, covered with a’ short, matted, fine,
white pubescence and long, mostly scattered, appressed, stiff
white hairs; inflorescence spreading to virgate; calyx-lobes nar-
rowly linear to broadly ovate, covered, especially on the margins
and mid-rib, with a dense, dull, white, spreading pubescence; cor-
olla blue, yellow, or white, exceeding the calyx; stamens long-
exserted, the filaments villous.
mae
i Kry TO VARIETIES
Calyx-lobes elliptic-lanceolate to ovate.
Calyx-lobes imbricated, broadly lanceolate to ovate, corolla
wwilaikemtonyellowASh) 222288 ee 2b. ivar calycosa
Calyx-lobes not imbricated, somewhat narrower. Corolla blue;
dried plants brownish-green in appearance. San Francisco
Bay mein Oul Olllagrere ee 2 Sst ete se es eee Es 2a. var. typica.
Corolla yellow or white; dried plants grayish-green in ap-
pearance, .Southern California -......... 2c. var. bernardina,
Calyx-lobes linear or linear-lanceolate.
Inflorescence strictly virgate. Northern California -...........
wha a eC 2d. var. virgata.
Inflorescence not strictly virgate, but more or less spreading.
Corolla blue or bluish-white, leaves densely white-hairy -.....
woot oa pe a en a 2e. var. jacintensis.
Corolla not blue, leaves not white-hairy.
Basal leaves mostly 3 to 10 mm. wide, cauline leaves
not much reduced. Southern California....2f. var. patula.
Basal leaves 8 to 20 mm. wide, cauline leaves few and
much reduced. Central and Northern California -....
; a2 eee Pe ee ee en ae uct te DO evan COENG
“ 2a. Phacelia californica Cham., var. typica, n. nom. P. cali-
fornica Cham., Linnaea 4:494. 1829; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov.,
f. californica (Cham.) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:218. 1912;
P. magellanica, {. Jepsonii Brand, Pflanzenreich IV. 251 :100.
IQS
Stems usually solitary from base, stout, 3 to 7 mm. in diam-
eter, erect, not exceeding 6 dm. in height; leaf blades ovate-lan-
ceolate to elliptic-ovate, with one or two pairs of lateral leaflets at
the base, characteristically brownish green in appearance; calyx-
lobes narrowly elliptic-lanceolate; corolla blue or purplish-blue.
_ Type locality: not given—Ranging through the San Fran-
cisco Bay region, California. Material examined: Crystal
Springs Lake, Elmer 8455 (P), Baker 690 (G, P); San Bruno
157
Hills, Heller 8460 (G), Baker 1901 (G, P); Sandhills near San
Francisco, Baker 2841 (G, P); Lake Merced, Heller 5/01 (G,
P); Oakland, Jones in 1882 (P); Olema, Harriet A. Walker
1354 (P); Mt. Tamalpais, Heller 8405 (G); Mission Hills,
Michener & Biolettti 99 (G); Bodega Point, Eastwood 4841
(G); Murphy’s, Bigelow in 1854 (G).
ay 2b. Phacelia californica Cham., var. calycosa (Gray). n.
Comb. P. circinata (Willd.) Jacq., var. calycosa Gray, Proc. Am.
Acad. 10:317. 1875, and in Brew. and Wats., Bot. Calif. 1:507.
1876; P. californica Cham., var. imbricata (Greene) Jepson,
Fl. Middle Calif., 439. 1901; P. imbricata Greene, var. conden-
sata, its subvar. Hansenii, var. caudata Brand. Univ. Cal. Publ.
Bot. 4:220. 1912; P. stimulans Eastw., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser.
3, 2:291. 1902; P. virgata Greene, var. ampliata Greene, Ery-
thea 4:55. 1896; P. californica Cham., var. rubacea Jeps., Man.
Fl. Pls. Calif., 820. 1925; P. corymbosa Jeps:, Mant Risers:
MN GCalit78205 11925:
Stems not over 4.5 mm. in diameter; racemes arranged in
a locse spreading panicle, the inflorescence not at all virgate;
calyx-lobes broadly lance-ovate to ovate, always more or less def-
initely imbricated.
Type locality: “Foothills to Yosemite,” Mariposa Co., Calif.
—Ranging from Humboldt Co. in northern California to Los
Angeles Co. in southern California. Material examined: without
locality, E. Hall (G); Klamath River, Rattan in 1879 (G);
Upper Clover Creek, M.S. Baker in 1898 (P) ; Dunsmuir, Upper
Sacramento R., Jepson 6161, type of corymbosa (Herb. Jepson) ;
Table Mt., Butte Co., Heller 10786 (G); Plains, Butte Co., Mrs.
Bruce 1978 (P) ; Mountain House, Colusa Co., Ferris 6420 (P);
Cache Creek, Baker 2950 (G, P); Geysers, Mann (G); Santa
Rosa Canyon, M. S. Baker in 1895 (P); Marysville Buttes,
Ferris 6339 (P); Kelseyville, Blankenship in 1924 (SA); Bart-
lett Springs, Heller 12374 (G); Vacaville, Heller & Brown 5408
(Gy 2); Napa _ Co; Thurberin 1852. (Ge Mt Stamlelena
Baker 2601, 2604 (G, P), Jepson in 1897 (G); Mill Valley,
Suksdorf 491 (G); Vallejo, W. W. Jones 263 (G); Mt. Ham-
ilton, Elmer 2337, 4597 (P); Deer Ridge Farm, Pendleton 367
(P); Los Gatos, Heller 7415 (G); Stoney Creek, Hansen 1283,
type coll. of subvar. Hansenu (P); Peoria Mt., Mrs. William-
son 9/ (P); Giant Forest, Tulare Co., Howell 723 (SA); Yo-
semite National Park, Eastwood 165 (G), Foothills to Yosemite,
A. Gray im 1872, type (G); So. Fork Kaweah, Culbertson 4200
(G, P); Lompoc, Mung 11448 (P); San Luis Obispo, Jones
in 1882 (P); Zaca Lake Forest Reserve, Eastwood 510 (G).
Cholame, Lemmon 4609 (G); Mt. Pifios, Mung 7046 (P); Sey-
mour Creek, Munz 7053 (P); Santa Paula, Cobb 141 (P);
ee = Creek, Munz 6775 (P); Mt. Wilson, Abrams 2591
This variety and var. bernardina are the only ones in the
158
group having ovate or lance-ovate sepals. Var. calycosa is readily
separated from bernardina, however, by the smaller and shorter
stems and especially by the imbricated calyx-lobes.
In his original description of 1875, Dr. Gray cited no speci-
mens, but in the Bot. Calif. 1:507. 1876, he mentioned four: a
cultivated specimen raised by E. Hall, one from Borax Lake
collected by Torrey, one from foothills in Mariposa Co., collected
by himself, and a Kellogg collection from Mission Hills, San
Francisco. The Kellogg specimen is to be referred to P. pinnata
var. typica. Of the other three I have not seen the Torrey col-
lection, but the Hall and Gray ones agree in all essential charac-
ters. In order to typify calycosa more definitely, I suggest that
Gray’s own collection be designated as the type.
~~ 2c. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. BERNARDINA
GGreene)= Jeps., Man. Fl) Pls, Calif., 820. 1925. P. wirgata
Greene, var. bernardina Greene, Erythea 4:55. 1896; P. califor-
nica Cham., f. bernardina (Greene) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ.
Bot. 4:218. 1912.
Stems stout, 2.5 to 6 mm. in diameter, usually solitary from
base, rarely several; calyx-lobes broadly lanceolate to lance-ovate,
not at all imbricated.
Type locality: “along the base of the mountains near San
Berandimevat 1200-1500 it.”, acc. to S. B. Parish (Zoe 5:11.
1900)—Range: Southern California from Santa Barbara Co. to
San Diego Co., and southward into Lower California. Material
examined: Santa Barbara, Mung 10325 (P); Sulphur Mt. Spring,
Abrams & McGregor 50 (G); Pasadena, Diana Haynes (P);
Liebre Mts., Dudley & Lamb 4350 (P); Pine Flats, San Gabriel
Mts., Crow in 1930 (P); Brown’s Flats, Johnston 1443 (G,
Be: ‘Swartout Valley, Munz 4652 (P); Claremont, Crawford in
1915 (P); Munz 2256 (P), Illingworth in 1898 (P), Clency in
1916 (P); Upland, Johnston 1944 (P); San Bernardino, Parish
4150 (e), Rayish 11225" (P) : Fredalba, Abrams: 2199. CP):
Rancho Santa Ana, Howell 965 (SA); Johnston 2233 (SA);
Strawberry Valley, Mt. San Jacinto, Howell 559 (SA); Campo,
WaolpeZiol (SA); Julian, Abrams 3794 (G, P); Cuyamaca
Mts., Palmer 246 (G); Laguna Mts., T. S. Brandegee in 1904
(P); Pine Hills, Mary F. Spencer 473 (Gy 2)? Palomar Mits.,
Mung 8214 (G, P); Palm Valley, Lower California, Orcutt in
1583 (G).
2d. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. VIRGATA (Greene)
jepsa Man! Fl. Pls. Calit., 820, 1925. P. wrgata Greene, Ery-
thea 4:54. 1896; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. virgata (Greene)
Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:219. 1912, in part; P. califor-
mca Cham., f. vinctens Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:37.
1917; P. monosperma Nels., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 17:95. 1904.
Stems erect, solitary from base; leaves narrow, not exceeding
159
18 mm. wide, lanceolate to linear-oblong; inflorescence virgate ;
calyx-lobes narrowly linear-lanceolate to linear.
Type locality: Yreka, Calif—Ranging from interior cen-
tral California to western southern Oregon, and into adjacent
Nevada. Material examined: NEVADA: Reno, Jones in 1897
(P); Carson City, Jones in 1897 (P); Petersons Ranch, Hillman
in 1894 (P); Verdi, Heller 10604 (G). CALIFORNIA: Don-
ner Lake, Heller 60853, type of f. vinctens Macbride (G), Heller
14455 (SA); No. Fork Stanislaus River, Stanford 658 (P);
Snow Mt. Lake Co., Heller 13225 (G); Mt. Sanhedrin, Heller
588/ (P); Chat, Jones in 1897 (P); Little Chico, Mrs. Bruce
1978 (P); Chico Meadows, Heller 11600 (G); Yreka Creek,
Butler 1386 (P); Yreka, Greene 832, type coll. of P. virgata
Greene (G), Butler 1280, 1300 (P); Sisson, Heller 12422 (G);
McCloud, Eastwood 1064 (G); Little Grizzly Creek, Heller &
Kennedy 8852 (G); U. S. Forest Reserve; Plumas Co., East-
wood 14434 (P). OREGON: Odell Lake, Furlong, Wilson,
Greeley, and Alexander in 1901 (P).
This variety grades into P. heterophylla in the pubescence
of the calyx as shown in the following collections: Twin Lakes,
Sequoia National Park, Calif., Howell 713 (SA); between Mud
Flat and Bennett Spring, Calif., Heller 11550 (G); North Dome,
Yosemite, Keck 161 (P); Lily Lake, Tahoe, Smiley 323 (G);
Takilma, Josephine Co., Oregon, Thompson 4659 (G) ; Deschutes
River, Oregon, J. C. Nelson 500 (G). It is distinguished by the
character of dull white pubescence on the calyx, whereas the
heterophylla group has glistening, yellowish, calyx-pubescence.
“ 2e. Phacelia californica Cham., var. jacintensis, n. var.
Stems slender, not exceeding 2.5 mm. in diameter, two to
several from base, ascending; leaves densely white-hirsute ; calyx-
lobes linear-lanceolate, blue or purplish; corolla blue or bluish
white. (Caules tenues, 1.5-2.5 mm. crassi, non singuli; foliis
denso albo-hirsutis; lobis calycis linearo-lanceolatis, subazureis ;
corollis hyacinthinis. )
Type: Wahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mts, Calitseane
Jaeger 1045, July 1, 1922, Pomona College Herb. No. 13629.
Other specimens seen: San Jacinto Mts., between Deep Creek
and Gregg’s Ranch, Jaeger in 1921 (P); Tamarack Valley, Mung
6402 (P).
2{. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. PATULA (Brand)
Jepson, Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 820. 1925. P. magellanica (Lam.)
Cov., f. patula Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:219. 1912, as to
type; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. Ballii Brand, Macbride,
Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:36. 1917.
Stems one to several from basal tuft of leaves, slender, not
exceeding 3 mm. in diameter; leaves mostly narrow, 3 to 10 mm.
wide, oblanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate, acute; cauline leaves re-
160
mote, but not much reduced; inflorescence slightly spreading, not
virgate; calyx-lobes linear to narrowly linear-lanceolate.
Type locality: “Stonewall mine, 4600 ft. alt., in the Cuya-
maca Mts., 4423 Parish.”’ — Ranging in Southern California;
at altitudes of 4500 to 7500 ft. Material examined: Mt. Pinos,
Ventura Co., Grinnell in 1904 (P); Topatopa Mts., Abrams &
McGregor // (G); Prairie Fork, San Gabriel River, Johnston
2092 (G, P); South Fork Lytle Creek, Johnston 1451 (G, P);
Pah-Ute Peak, Purpus 5548 (G); Big Bear Valley, San Bernar-
dino Mts., Munz 5714 (P), Harwood 4360 (P), Howell 352
(SA), Edwards in 1917 (P); San Jacinto Mt., Mary F. Spencer
1237 (G, P); Fern Valley, San Jacinto Mts., Munz 6060 (P);
Santa Rosa Mts., Munz 5923 (P); Stonewall Mine, Cuyamaca
Mts., Parish 4423, type coll. (G).
It should be noted that in his publication of f. patula Brand
cited much Sierran material, which is not here included under
patula. But he stated that the “specimen originarium” was Parish
4423, which was collected in San Diego Co.
¥V 2g. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. egena (Greene),
n. comb. P. egena Greene, ex Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:218.
1912; P. californica Cham., f. egena (Greene) Macbride, Cont.
Gray Hlerb., n. s. 49:37. 1917; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f,
egena (Greene) Brand, l.c.
Stems erect, rather slender, rarely exceeding 3 mm. in di-
ameter ; basal leaves lanceolate to ovate, 8 to 20 mm. wide, cauline
leaves few and much reduced; racemes arranged in loose panicles,
the inflorescence not at all virgate; lobes of the calyx linear to
linear-lanceolate.
Type locality: So. Fork Kaweah River, California—Rang-
ing from Tulare Co. north to Oregon. Material examined:
CALIFORNIA: Kern River Canyon, Abrams 12017 (P); So.
Fork Kaweah River, Culbertson 4415, Baker distribution, type
coll. of P. egena Greene (G, P); Mariposa, Congdon 36 (G);
Yosemite Valley, Abrams 4428 (G, P); Tahoe City, Eastwood
447 (G); Sunnyside, Tahoe Region, Eastwood 48 (G); Alder
Springs, Glenn Co., Heller 12796 (G); Marysville Buttes, Heller
& Brown 5565 (G); Oroville, Heller 11257 (G); Red Clover
Valley, Plumas Co., Heller & Kennedy 8755 (G); Yreka, Heller
7993 (G), Butler 1356 (P); Morgan’s Springs, Eastwood 1753
(G). OREGON: Crater Lake, Abrams 9771 (P).
3. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr., in Fremont, Report, 93.
1845.
Perennial, sometimes biennial herbs; plants 1.5 to 5 dm. tall,
sericeous with a closely-appressed, usually grayish white pubes-
cence, also often somewhat hirsute; stems erect, sometimes as-
cending, one to several from base, usually leafy; leaf-blades ellip-
tic te broadly oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate, 2 to 8 cm. long,
161
—
0.5 to 2 cm. wide, mostly acute, entire (except in var. compacta) ;
basal leaves densely rosulate, mostly long-petioled; cauline leaves
few to several, not much reduced, the petioles shorter; inflores-
cence compact in anthesis becoming lax in fruit, racemes com-
pact ; calyx-lobes elliptic to oblong or linear, densely white-hispid
and usually also finely canescent; corolla 4 to 8 mm. long, usually
lilac; style long, twice length of the corolla, cleft to the middle;
stamens long-exserted, filaments villous.
Key TO VARIETIES
Calyx-lobes unusually setose-hispid. Vicinity of Bingen, Wash-
SWANS C0) (Urania ee es 3b. var. Suksdorfi.
Calyx-lobes not unusually setose-hispid.
Leaves all entire.
Plants 1.5 to 5 dm. tall, appressed-sericeous..................--
Eee PM ie yey Vises ANSEL Bike BEN eed 3a. var. typica.
Plants much reduced, 10 to 25 cm. high, not at all canes-
cent or sericeous. Montana through Wyoming and
NoTiheastermyaW tale eee ee 2 es 3c. var. alpina.
Basal leaves pinnatified. Western Nevada and adjacent Cali-
GUAILC) OVE es Sua sae orn pee NR Ng Ue A 3d. var. compacta.
3a. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr., var. typica, n. nom. P.
leucophylla Torr., in Fremont, Report, 93. 1845; P. magellanica
(Lam.) Cov., f. leucophylla (Torr.) Brand, Pflanzenreich IV.
251:98. 1913; f. angustifolia Brand, 1. c.; P. canescens Nutt.,
Journ. Acad. Philad., n. s. 1:159. 1848; P. leptosepala Rydb., Bull.
Torr. Club 36:676. 1909; P. Burkei Rydb., 1. c. 675; P. hetero-
phylla Pursh, var. pygmaea Jeps., Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925.
Plants 1.5 to 5 dm. tall, sericeous; leaf blades entire (rarely
pinnatifid ) ; calyx-lobes elliptic or oblong to linear, densely white-
hispid, also finely strigose-canescent.
Type locality: “Goat Island, upper north fork of the Platte.”
Ranging from Alberta to Colorado and to Inyo Co., California,
thence north to British Columbia. Material examined: “Rocky
Mts. & Blue Mts.” Nuttall, type coll. of P. canescens (G);
Rocky Mt. Flora, Hall & Harbour 439 (G). ALBERTA: Crow
Nest Pass, Macoun 23777-(G). MONTANA: Wilsall, Suks-
dorf 240 (G); Spanish Basin, Rydberg & Bessey 4852, 4853
(G); Avalanche Lake, Glacier Park, Jones in 1910 (P); Boze-
man, Hodgman in 1907 (G); Boulder Creek, Scribner 167 (CG) 5
Bigfork, Jones in 1908 (P); Alta, Jones im 1909 (P); Sedan,
B. J. Jones in 1901 (G); Deer Lodge Valley, Jones in 1905
(P); Lima, Jones in 1908 (P); Anaconda, Blankinship in 1906
(P). IDAHO: Bonanza, Macbride & Payson 3395 (GE)
Wiessner’s Peak, Leiberg 1357 (G, P); Martin, Macbride & Pay-
son 3035 (G, P); Bear Creek below Parker Mt., Macbride &
Payson 3294 (G, P); Boise—Payette Project, Macbride 87/7
(G, P); King Hill, Nelson & Macbride 1084 (G, P); Trinity,
Macbride 561 (G); St. Anthony, Merrill & Wilcox 826 (G),
162
Quayle 72 (P); Idaho Falls, Merrill & Wilcox 826 (G); New
Plymouth, Macbride 186 (G); Salmon, Payson 1547 (G);
Henry’s Lake, 4. & E. Nelson 6801 (G); Smoky Mts., Macbride
& Payson 3/69 (G); Challis, Macbride & Payson 3347 (G, P);
Weiser, Jones in 1899 (P); Tamarack, Clark 184 (G); Valley
of Spokane River, Sandberg 655 (P); Paradise Hills, Abrams in
1900 (P); Boise, Macbride 256 (G); Silver City, Macbride 428
(G). WYOMING: Seventeen Mile Well, Goodding 226 (G,
P); Afton, Payson & Armstrong 3373 (G, P); Gros Ventre
Range, 4. Nelson 1082 (G); Middle Fork of Powder River,
Goodding 313 (G, P); Mammoth Hot Springs, A. & EF. Nelson
5600; Teton Pass, Merrill & Wilcox 985 (G); Garfield Peak,
E, Nelson 5013 (G); Hawk’s Ranch, Churchill in 1918 (G);
Leigh’s Lake, Merrill & Wilcox 1048 (G). COLORADO:
Golden, Jones in 1878 (P); Horsetooth Mt., Cowen 1609 (G);
Mt. Princeton, Biltmore Herb. 3113 (G); Bridges Pass, Engle-
mann (G); Cottonwood Gulch, Sheldon 521 (G). UTAH:
Thistle, Jones 5536 (P); Peterson, Pammel & Blackwood 3891
(G); Kimballs, Mrs. Clemens in 1908 (G); Granddaddy Lake,
Mrs. Clemens in 1911 (P); Plymouth, W. W. Jones 467 (G).
NEVADA: Charleston Mts., Purpus 6110 (P); Blaine P. O.,
Elko Co., Heller 11110 (G); Muncy, Jones in 1891 (P); Reno,
Be. Hillman (P); Mt. Rose, Heller 10216 (G). CALIFOR-
NIA: Waucoba Canyon, Coville & Funston 1798 (G); Virginia
Lakes, R. Hoffmann in 1930 (P); Portola, Payson 905 (G);
Meeks Bay, Lake Tahoe, Heller 13330 (G); Toad Lake, Alex-
ander & Kellogg 309 (P); Gazelle, Heller 8080; Mt. Shasta,
Copeland 3920 (P); Marble Mt., Chandler 1655 (G); Plumas
Co., Mrs. Ames in 1873 (G); Goose Lake Valley, Mrs. Austin
547 (P); Yreka, L. E. Smith in 1915 (G); Adams, Eastwood
2256 (G); Summit above Lake Valley, K. Brandegee in 1908
(P). OREGON: Forked Horn Butte, Whited Coll. 64 (G);
Swan Lake Valley, Applegate 366 (G); Drews Valley, Mrs. Aus-
tin 1523 (P); Hood River Co., Henderson 767 (G); Mt. Hood,
Jones in 1897 (P); Crescent, Peck 2595 (G); Steins Mts., Lei-
berg 2532 (G); Clear Water, Spalding (G). WASHINGTON:
Spokane, Kreager 116 (G); Swank River, Kittitas Co., Sharples
188, 189, 190 (G); Bretton Springs, Leiberg 383 (G, P); Calis-
pell Valley, Kreager 445 (G); Angel’s Pass, Thompson 7049
(G) ; Sprague, Sandberg & Leiberg 171 (G); Entiat, Chelan Co.,
Thompson 6358 (G). BRITISH COLUMBIA: Lardo, Shaw
695 (G); Palliser to Glenogle, Brown 776 (G).
This variety intergrades with P. heterophylla in the division
of the leaves, such intergradation being shown in the following
collections: Trail Glen, Colo., Clements 54 (G); Boise, Idaho,
Clark 45 (G, P); Rockland, Wash., Suksdorf 5045 (G); Rattle-
snake Mts., Wash., Cotton 475 (G). The type of P. hetero-
phylla Pursh var. pygmaea Jeps. was not available for this study
and the assignment of this variety to synonymy is entirely upon
the basis of the description.
163
3b. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr. var. SuKsDORFII Mac-
pride! ContGrayrlerbn ss (49234) a1 97.
Calyx-lobes narrowly elliptic to sublinear, unusually setose-
hispid on the margins and sometimes on the midrib, otherwise
subglabrous.
Type locality: Bingen, Klickitat Co., Washington. Material
examined: WASHINGTON: Bingen, Suksdorf 3647, type
(G); Grand Dalles, Keck 336 (P). OREGON: * Ashington
Mell in 1903 (G), Thompson 4770 (G); Dalles, Jones in 1897
(P).
This variety seems to be rather closely confined to the hot,
dry region near Bingen, Washington and Arlington, Oregon.
3c. PHACELTA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr. var. ALPINA’ (Rydb));
n. comb. P. alpina Rydb., Mem! N. Y. Bot: Gard: 13245 1900:
P. leucophylla Torr., {. alpina (Rydb.) Macbride, Cont. Gray
Herb., n. s. 49:34. 1917; P. heterophylla Pursh, var. alpina
(Rydb.) A. Nels. in Coulter & Nels. New Man. Rocky Mt. Bot.,
408. 1909; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. alpina (Rydb.)
Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ, Bot. 4:217, 1912; PR. nervosamixydbe
Bull. Torr. Club 36 :675. 1909.
Plant grayish-strigose and hirsute; stems several from the
base, erect or ascending, 10 to 25 cm. high; leaves grayish-strigose,
not at all canescent or sericeous, oblong-lanceolate to oblanceo-
late, entire.
Type locality: Cedar Mountain, Montana.—Ranging through
Wyoming and into northeastern Utah. Material examined:
MONTANA: Cedar Mt., Rydberg & Bessey 4555, type of al-
pina (NY). WYOMING: Wyoming Range, west of Merna,
Payson 27/2 (G, a Gros. Ventre Mts., northeast of Bondu-
rant, Payson 3047 (P); hills east of Afton, Payson & Arm-
strong 3241 (G, P); Jackson’s Hole, Payson 2286 (G). UTAH:
Altay Jones 1137 (PP); Juab, Goodding 1065 (P); Deadman Mt.,
Summitt Cor Crema 4703 (G); Bear River, Summitt Co.,
Goodman 1859 (G); Stillwater Fork, Payson 5149 (G); Bing-
ham, Jones 1407 (P). COLORADO: Silver Plume, Rydberg
in 1895 (NY).
This variety is distinguished by the lack of the sericeous
canescence characteristic of var. typica. The leaves usually have
a green color as compared to the whitish appearance of those
of var. typica. As here recognized, alpina is much less inclusive
than in Macbride’s treatment.
3d. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr., var. COMPACTA (Greene)
Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:34. 1917. P. compacta
Greene, Baker, W. Amer. Plants 18, no. 1142. 1902, as nom
nudum; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. compacta (Greene)
Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:217. 1912; P. heterophylla Pursh,
var. compacta Jeps., Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925.
164
Plants caespitose, sericeous, 4 to 20 cm. tall; basal leaves
long-petioled, pinnatifid; upper leaves often auriculate; calyx-
lobes sparsely white-hispid, as well as canescent-strigose.
Type locality: Spooner, Douglass Co., Nevada. Ranging
through western Nevada and adjacent California. Material ex-
amined: NEVADA: Spooner, Baker 1142, type collection (G,
P); Virginia City, Jones mm 1881 (P); Charleston Mts., Heller
OG), LC. Jaeger (P). CALIFORNIA: Yosemite slopes,
J. W..Congdon in 1897 (G).
In its habit this plant suggests P. heterophylla {. frigida,
but is distinguished by the sericeous grayish-white canescence of
its foliage and by the white hairs on the calyx, both features
being distinctive of P. leucophylla.
VA. PHACELIA DASYPHYLLA Greene ex Macbride, Cont. Gray
Herb., n. s. 49:35. 1917. P. dasyphylla Greene ex brand, Pflan-
Zenneich Vi. 25197. 1913. in syn.; P. heterophylla Pursh var.
dasyphylla Jeps., Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925.
Plants perennial, 10 to 20 cm. high; stems one to several
from base, erect or ascending; leaves mostly basal, densely rosu-
late, oblanceolate, 1 to 4 cm. long, densely white-hirsute; inflor-
escence small, usually consisting of one to four racemes; calyx-
lobes linear-lanceolate, white-hispid; stamens long-exserted, fila-
ments glabrous.
Type locality: “Mt. Whitney, Cal.’—Ranging from Mt.
Whitney to Lake Tahoe. Material examined: CALIFORNIA:
Mt. Whitney, Culbertson 4355, Baker distribution, type collec-
trommeG P.) Mrs. Clemens im 1910 (P); "Wicks Peak; Tahoe,
Smiley 428 (G).
This species seems to be quite definitely distinct from the
South American P. magellanica which also has glabrous filaments.
I have seen several collections of this South American species;
in these whenever the plant tends toward the habit of P. dasy-
phylla, the flowers are much reduced and the filaments not at
all exserted. The South American species is quite characteristic
of the North American species.
V 5. PHACELIA PINNATA (R. & P.) Macbride, Cont. Gray
lesb: 1. Ss. 49):37. 1917.
Plants biennial or perennial, 3 to 8 dm. high; stems one to
several from base, erect or slightly ascending, appressed-hispid-
ulous to spreading-hispid; leaves mostly cauline, scattered along
the stem, very rarely occurring in a basal cluster, entire or with
one to several pairs of lateral basal leaflets, appressed-hispidu-
lous to spreading-hispid, broadly lanceolate to elliptic or ovate,
3 to 10 cm. long; racemes tightly compressed, spreading in an-
thesis, hence inflorescence not truly virgate; calyx-lobes linear-
165
lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, densely yel-
lowish or white-hispid, this pubescence dull or glistening; cor-
olla white or bluish, exceeding the calyx; stamens long-exserted,
twice the length of the corolla, usually villous; style long-exserted,
bifid.
SNE INO) Woe e's)
Filamentsyemtinely telabnouspe.se ce oe ee te Sc. var. robusta
Filaments pubescent, not glabrous.
Stems and leaves long-hispid; plant usually having a brown-
ish or brownish-green appearance ............-------- 5a. var. typica
Stems sparsely short-hispid; leaves appressed hispidulous,
havingsal Sreenish: aspects.) aes 5b. var. pseudo-hispida
5a. Phacelia pinnata (R. & P.) Macbride, var. typica, n.
nom. P. pinnata (R: & P.) Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb.) nis:
49:37. 1917; Aldea pinnata Ruiz and Pavon, FI. Peruv. II,
8:114. 1799; P. circinnata (Willd.) Jacq. £. Eclog. 1:135. 1816;
P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. pinnata Brand, Pflanzenreich
TV. 251-99. 1913: ft. vulgaris Walpers ex Brand, 1:©;"Panemo=
valis Greene, Pitt. 1:141. 1887; P. Bioletti Greene, Pitt. 5:23:
1902.
Stems sparsely to densely white-hispid, the hairs stiff and
spreading; leaves mostly large, 5 (rarely 3 or 4) to 10 cm. long,
spreading white-hispid, usually having a brownish or brownish-
green appearance; stamens pubescent. :
Type locality: “Habitat in arenosis Conceptionis Chile et in
Peruvia ad Cheuchin Provinciae Caxatambo vicum.” Ranging
north into Mexico, Arizona, and New Mexico; also in California
from Santa Clara Co. northward into Oregon. Material exam-
ined: OREGON: Salem, J. C. Nelson 2475 (G); Netarts Bay,
Peck 55/0 (G) ; Jefferson City, Abrams 5794 (P); Rogue River
near Gold Beach, Peck 8693 (G). CALIFORNIA: Oakland,
Jones 2359 (P), Bolander in 1865 (G); Berkeley, Miss Walker
1995, 153 (P); Mission Hills, Kellogg (G); Mt. Tamalpais,
Congdon in 1897 (G); Crystal Springs Lake, Elmer 4419 (P);
Bear Gulch, Sta. Cruz Mts., Abrams 1575 (P); Smith Creek,
Pendleton 796 (P), Heller 8586 (G); Saratoga, Pendleton in
1907 (P); Forest Grove, Jepson in 1896 (G); Los Gatos, Heller
7450 (G). ARIZONA: Chiricahua National Forest, Eggleston
10812 (G). NEW MEXICO: White Mts., Wooton 291 (P).
MEXICO: Ixtaccihuatl, Purpus 1766 (G, P); Chihuahua, Pal-
mer 389 (G); Tlalmanalco, Seler 5333 (G). CHILE: Valpa-
riso, Buchtien in 1895 (G); Quintero, Werdermann 48 (G);
Limache, Garaventa 1426 (G); Ternos, Deltor 2027 (G).
166
With the material available for this study I am unable to
separate Phacelia nemoralis Greene described from California from
P. pinnata (R. & P.) Macbride described from South America.
These species were separated by Macbride (Cont. Gray Herb.,
n. s. 49:37. 1917) on the basis of division of leaves. However,
I have been unable to distinguish in any way whatsoever, ma-
terial referred by him to the two species and must reduce P.
nemoralis to synonymy under P. pinnata. At most, the South
American specimens seen tend to have smaller leaves and a more
scattered, shorter pubescence than do plants from North America.
Vv 5b. Phacelia pinnata (R. & P.) Macbride, var. pseudo-his-
pida (Brand), n. comb. P. mutabilis Greene, Eryth. 4:55. 1896;
P. nemoralis Greene, var. mutabilis (Greene) Macbride, Cont.
Gray Herb., n. s. 49:37. 1917; P. nemoralis Greene, var. pseudo-
hispida Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:219. 1912.
Stems mostly rather sparsely short-hispid, leaves smaller than
in var. typica, 2 to 6 cm. long, appressed-hispidulous, the general
aspect being more truly green than that of var. typica.
Type locality: “common towards Castle Peak,” California.
Ranging from western Washington to California and New Mex-
ico. Material examined: WASHINGTON: Mt. Paddo, Suks-
dorf 73// (G); Mt. Rainier National Park, Abrams 9213 (P);
Montesana, A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller 3923 (G); Centralia,
Palmer 37932 (G); Shoalwater Bay, Cooper in 1854 (G). ORE-
GON: Pamelia Lake, J. C. Nelson 2792 (G); Takilma, Peck
8185 (G); Crater Lake National Park, Heller 12593 (G), Jones
ZZ: "Oswego Lake, J. C. Nelson 2757 (G). CALIFOR-
NIA: Mt. Eddy, Heller 12231 (G); Stalker’s, Shasta Co., M.
S. Baker 344, Univ. Calif. Herbarium, type of P. nemoralis
Greene, var. pseudo-lispida Brand; McClouds, L. E. Smith 504
(G) ; Scott Mts., Greene 1032 (G); Summit, Heller 9861, 6960
(G); Jonesville, Copeland 446 (SA), Heller 12869 (G); Butte
Meadows, Heller 12168 (G); Mariposa, Congdon 9955 (G);
Armstrong Station, Hansen 1129 (G, P); Mather, Tuolumne Co.,
Munz 7418 (P); Cahoon Meadow, Sequoia National Park,
Howell 7/18 (SA); Mammoth, Mono Co., Coville & Funston 1824
(G). ARIZONA: Pinalefio Mts. Mung 1242 (P); Spud
Ranch, Rincon Mts., Blumer 3357 (G); Barfoot Peak, Blumer
1471 (G); Gulch at head of Pine Canyon, Blumer 1474 (G).
iC ye Sawyer’s Peak, Grant Co., Metcalfe 1398
W2))s
The important character to be used in distinguishing this va-
riety from var. typica is the pubescence and general aspect of
the leaves. In this variety the pubescence of the leaves is quite
short and always appressed, and the leaves have a definitely green-
ish color, whereas in var. typica this pubescence is long and spread-
ing and the leaves have a brownish cast.
167
5c. PHACELIA PINNATA (R. & P.) Macbride, var. RoBUSTA
(Brand) Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:37. 1917. P. ma-
gellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. robusta Brand, Pflanzenreich IV. 251:
97. 1913; f£. amoena Brand, |. c., in part.
Plant similar to var. typica in the vegetative aspects; stamens
long-exserted, entirely glabrous.
Type locality: ‘“Mexiko: Auf dem Gipfel des Berges San
Felipe (Andrieux n. 211)” (This is the specimen first cited by
Brand). Ranging from Mexico into western South America and
Bolivia. Material examined: MEXICO: Cerro San Felipe,
Oaxaca, FE. W. Nelson 1056 (G); Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, 2.
W. Nelson 4511 (G). PERU: Matucana, Macbride 2939 (G).
BOLIVIA: Cochabamba, Bang 1040 (G); La Paz, Buchtien
364 (G), Mandon 377 (G); Sorata, Rusby 1157 (G).
This variety is separated from var. tyvpica by its glabrous
stamens.
DOUBLEULYSPE CIS
Phacelia rudis Dougl. ex A. DC., Prod. 9:298. 1845.
This species is published in synonymy in de Candolle’s Pro-
dromus, and lacks a description or a reference except this legend,
“herb, et hort. soc. hortic.”’
Pomona College,
Claremont, California.
168
A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE PHACELIA
HISPIDA GROUP
By Joun W. Voss
It has been my pleasure to study this particular group of
Phacelias under the direction of Dr. Philip A. Munz of Pomona
College. It was at his suggestion that I undertook the problem.
I have had available for this study the material in the following
herbaria, to the curators of which I am deeply indebted:
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University (G),
Herbarium of Pomona College (P).
and I have had also types and special material from:
University of California (C),
Herbarium of Prof. Jepson (Jeps.),
California Academy of Sciences (C. A.),
United States National Herbarium (U. S.).
The abbreviations above indicated are used in the citation of
specimens.
DISCUSSION OF CRITERIA FOR THE DIFFERENTIATION OF ENTITIES.
Consistent characters by which these groups, for the most
part, may be segregated are the appendages within the corolla.
There are 10 of these and they occur in pairs at the base of each
stamen, forming a V-shaped pocket for the filament. The size,
shape, and proportion of these appendages vary. For convenience
in describing these I have used the terms lamella, referring to the
attached portion with its elongated termination (if present), and
transverse portion, referring to the lower unattached lip which
extends inward toward the center of the corolla. The appendage
characters provide a useful means of distinguishing between Ph.
cryptantha var. typica and var. derivata; the presence or absence
of projecting tips at the upper ends of the lamellae giving a con-
stant basis for differentiation. There is variation in the length
of the attached portion, and there are forms suggesting inter-
gradation. ;
Corolla size is a convenient character in differentiating Ph.
cryptantha and Ph. umbrosa from Ph. hispida and Ph. vallis-
mortae, and also for distinguishing the varieties of Ph. vallis-
mortae,
Seeds are important characters in several groups, particularly
in Ph. hispida var. heterosepala, where the plant is morphologically
169
difficult to distinguish, and yet the seeds are very different from
those of any of the other entities herein discussed, in regard to
size, shape, and number. In Ph. eximia also the number and size
of the seeds are the real determining factors.
The length of the stamens, whether included or exserted,
is a characteristic usable in differentiating between Ph. cryp-
tantha and Ph. umbrosa, and for distinguishing Ph. vallis-mortae
var. typica.
The degree of hispidity is useful for distinguishing Ph. his-
pida var. Hubby. Ph. umbrosa is the least hispid of any of the
group. Ph. vallis-mortae but slightly more so, and Ph. cryptan-
tha and Ph. hispida var. genuina increasingly so in that order.
Density of inflorescence is a helpful diagnostic character
for Ph. hispida var. eximia, in which the flowers are compara-
tively widely spaced (about 4 mm.), and in Ph. hispida var.
Hubby, and Ph. umbrosa where the inflorescence is long and the
flowers are packed closely together.
Distinctions of leaf shape and size may be made particularly
in Ph. umbrosa, where the leaves are exceptionally thin and scarce-
ly more than irregularly crenate, and in Ph. hispida var. cicutaria
where leaves are pinnately divided, the margins of the pinnae
being coarsely serrate.
KeEy To SPECIES
Corolla small, less than 5 mm. wide.
Stamens equaling or exceeding corolla. Todos Santos, Lower
Clitoris ees: Bes eae ve id Cae 3. Ph. umbrosa.
Stamens one-half or three-fourths as long as corolla. Colo.
and Miohave deserts. 22: .0.22...0.25.2. Pheer promtnar
Corolla large, 8-16 mm. wide.
Appendages in corolla 1.5-2 mm. long, transverse portion
inconspicuous, or absent. Death Valley area, and lower San
Moaquirmep Vial Cystic cts sh aan emelen suena 4. Ph. vallis-mortae.
Appendages less than 1.5 mm. long, or if as long, having
transverse portion about equal in proportion to lamella.
Ea AI Se he os eagle Alia oR earn oe ERNE ab) 2 |. Ph. juspida:
1. PHACELIA HISPIDA Gray, Syn. FI. 2:161. 1878, Suppl.,
415. 1886.
Ph. ramosissima Doug. var. hispida Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad.
NOE SOR GUST a:
Annual, 1.5-6 dm. high, usually erect; sterns simple, branch-
ing from the base, or diffuse, setose-hispid with long and slender
white bristles ; leaves usually merely incised, sometimes parted and
incised, occasionally with pinnae lobed or divided; spikes soon
loose and loosely paniculate, 5-20 cm. long in fruit; flowers nearly
all on short slender pedicels ; calyx from one-half to one and one-
170
eighth times the length of corolla; lobes elongating greatly in
fruit, narrowly linear or spatulate with attenuated base; corolla
campanulate-spreading, 8-10 mm. wide, white to purple; stamens
1 to nearly 1.5 times the length of corolla, and each rising from
a pair of appendages inserted just below the middle of the corolla
tube ; style equaling or barely exceeding corolla; seeds 2-4, favose-
pitted, brown, 1.25-3 mm. long, 0.75-2 mm. wide.
Kery TO VARIETIES
Plant stout, grayish and shaggy hirsute throughout; racemes very
dense especially in fruit. Ojai Valley to San Fernando.....
ME SON 2a ge sports eis a aace har eeet s anaysy coo lc. var. Hubby.
Plant greener below; fruiting racemes more or less open. Flowers
separated, evenly spaced; stems weak; seeds 2 or 3. San
Grantee VIS abso ey cp ose Se shoei, ees atone lb. var. eximia
Flowers close together.
Seeds 4, 3-sided.
Seeds 3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Interior Valley
Oi Galan (Omens et Omer sae 1d. var. cicutaria.
Seeds not exceeding 1.5 mm. in length. Calif. from
Paso Robles southward to Lower Calif.
Dt Pix saci CR teen eared Roper et bor la. var. genuina.
Seeds 2, oval, flattened, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Butte
( CG al Ge bin AU estes Aca hee eee en eee ER le. var. heterosepala.
V ine HISPIDA) Vat. GENUENA Brand, Univ. Calif. Pub:
Bot. 4-214) 1Ol?:
Appendages with transverse portion equaling lamella; la-
mella tipped with short points, or almost truncate; seeds less
than 2 mm. long, less than 1 mm. wide.
Type locality, probably Santa Barbara, as that is the first
place named in Gray’s description. When Gray made his Ph.
ramosissima var. hispida he cited no collectors; later in the Bot.
Calif. 1:508. 1876, and in Syn. Fl. 2:161, 1878, he named Nuttall
first among several collectors. [I have not seen the Nuttall speci-
men and cannot be sure whether it came from Santa Barbara or
not. Ranging in cismontane Calif. from Paso Robles southward.
Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: Cult. at Berkeley, Davy 7395
(P); 16 mi. east of Santa Maria, Munz 11431 (P); Dutard’s
Ranch, near boundary of Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo
Cos., Eastwood, May 9, 1896 (G) ; Eastwood, June 13, 1902 (G) ;
Santa Barbara, Elmer 3867 (P); Santa Inez Mts., Cooper, June
1897 (G); San Marcos Road, Painted Cave Ranch, near Santa
Barbara, Eastwood, May, 1908 (G); Santa Barbara Co., Torrey
351, 1865 (G) ; Ojai Valley, Munz 11493 (P) ; Hobo Hot Springs,
Kern Co., Abrams 11961 (P); Bouquet Canyon, near Saugus,
Munz 6931 (P); San Fernando Mts., Abrams 1350 (P); Sul-
171
phur Mountain Spring, Sulphur Mts., Abrams & McGregor 51
(G); Santa Monica Mts., Munz & Harwood 3955 (P); Cata-
lina Is., Pendleton 1364 (P); Laurel Canyon, near Los Angeles,
Eastwood 110 (G) ; “California”, Wallace (G); Pasadena, Grant
964 (G); San Jose Hills, south of San Dimas, Munz & Harwood
3305 (P); Pomona, Baker 4749 (P, G); Claremont, Baker 4776
(P, G); Barret Canyon below Camp Baldy, Reed 4913 (P);
Lytle Gree Canyon, Street, May 30, 1918 (P); San Bernardino,
Parish 3670 (G) ; San Bernardino Mts., Parish 11315 (P), Parish
4834 (P); Santiago Peak, Orange Co., Abrams 1820 (P), Munz
7097 (P); Santiago Creek Canyon, Orange Co., Geis 512 (P);
Laguna Beach, Breckenridge, April 17, 1920 (P); Laguna Mts.,
Mung 9732 (P); 2 mi. W. of Dripping Spring, Mung 9537 (P);
Palm Springs, Spencer 2110 (G); near Fallbrook, Munz & Har-
wood 3859 (P); San Diego, Cleveland 1874 (G); Between Po-
trero and Campo, Abrams 371/ (P); Pala Grade, Hill, April
19, 1925 (P); Witch Creek, Alderson, June 1894 (G); Mesa
Grande, Spencer 1733 (PG); SE. of Buckmans Springs
ie Chariot Canyon, San Felipe Creek, Keck & McCully 109
(P); Foster, Spencer 326 (G, P). LOWER CALIFORNIA:
Northern Lower Calit., Jones,-Apnl 7, 1852 (2), Oneurein
1883 (C); 15 miles north of Ensenada, Canby, April 3, 1925 (P).
lb. Ph. hispida var. eximia (Eastw.) n. comb.
Ph. eximia Eastwood, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 32:204. 1905.
Plant with weak stems; terminal leaflets compound trifoliate ;
inflorescence loose in young plant; corolla 8-10 mm. broad, stamens
conspicuously exserted, anthers large; seeds, usually two, some-
times 3, large, 2 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide.
Type locality, Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. Range,
San Gabriel Mts., Calif. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: Mt.
Wilson, Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., Dec. 31, 1903, type (C. A.) ; Crys-
tal Lake, San Gabriel Mts.. Los AngelesiCon 2. Crow, hee 29,
1930;,/@P):
This variety is admittedly very near to var. genuina, but
seems to be a local entity distinguished by its larger and tewer
seeds.
lc. Pu. uisprpa var. Hussyr Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb.,
Sy AS) MONT
Plant unusually white hispid, stout; inflorescence dense, con-
spicuously so in fruit; corolla 6-7 mm. broad, pale; scales with
broad lamellae, tapering gradually to a sharp point at the tip;
stamens conspicuously exserted, half as long again as corolla; seeds
4, 3 mm. long.
Type locality, Sulphur Mt., Ventura Co., Calif. Range, San
Fernando to Ojai Valley, Calif. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA:
172
Sulphur Mt., Hubby 36, May 20, 1896, type (G), Hubby 35,
April 12, 1897 (G); Hubby 34, April 12, 1897 (G); Mt. slopes,
Ojai Valley, Hubby 31, May 20, 1896 (G); Santa Clara River,
Ventura Co., Gray in 1885 | (G); near San Becnande. iA Con
Fintchcock 14 (P).
y 1d. PH. HISPIDA var. CICUTARIA (Greene) Macbride, Cont.
Gray) Herb. s:, 49:29), 1917.
Ph. hispida var. genuina subvar. cicutaria Brand, Univ. Calif. Pub.
Bot., 4:215. 1912. Ph. cicutaria Greene, Pittonia 5:20. 1902.
Plant 2-4 dm. high, erect; leaves pinnately divided, margins
of pinnae coarsely serrate; corolla pale, appendages with trans-
verse portion exceeding vertical portion in length, and tending to
lie close to the filament; seeds 4, 3 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide,
3-sided.
Type locality, Knight’s Ferry, Stanislaus Co., Calif. Range,
interior valley of California. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA:
Knight’s Ferry, F. W. Bancroft, April 9, 1885, type (C) ; Cali-
ente, Heller 7611 (G); Raymond, Cummings, May 22, 1896 (G) ;
Lindsay, Munzg 9091 (P); Iron Canyon, Bruce in 1892 (P);
San Luis Obispo, Jones, May 8, 1882 (P); Tehachapi, Jones,
May 20, 1903 (P, G); Oroville, Heller 10709 (G); Emmet to
Panoche Pass, San Benito Co., Abrams and Borthwich 7894 (P) ;
Colusa Co., Ferris 6407 (P); Jacksonville, Fosberg, April 9,
IIZT ACE) Blochman’s Ranch, Eastwood 4256 (G); Pollasky,
Heller 8146 (G); Fort Tejon, Xanthus 90 (G); Fremont’s Ex-
pedition 402, in 1842 (G); Three Rivers, Tulare Co., Eastwood,
May 15, 1894 (.G); Zaca Lake, Eastwood 539 (G).
|
V
le. PH. HISPADA var, HETEROSEPALA (Greene) n. comb.
Ph. hispida var. genuina subvar. heterosepala Brand, Uniy. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 4:215. 1912. Ph. heterosepala Greene, Pittonia 5:21.
1902.
Leaves usually only incised; seeds large, usually 2, flattened-
ovate, dark brown, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide.
Type locality, Iron Canyon, Butte Co., Calif. Range, Butte
Co., Calif. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: Iron Canyon, above
Chico, Austin, May 1853, type (C); Cold Canyon, Butte Co.,
Austin, June 1879 (G).
This variety, based largely on seed characters, is admittedly
a very local entity and does not occupy its area to the exclusion
of var. cicutaria as can be seen by the specimens cited under that
variety.
2. PHACELIA CRYPTANTHA Greene, Pittonia 5:21. 1902.
Plants resembling Ph. hispida, but differing in having cor-
olla 3-5 mm. wide, scales with the transverse portion much re-
duced, and stamens included.
173
Key To VARIETIES
Sepals 1:5 mm. wide or less, appendages in corolla tipped with
bristle-like point s2).)0ia0 . 1: 20. 2 Leon sh 9 6 Can avOeRIGUE
Sepals 1.5-2 mm. wide, appendages semiovate with no bristle-like
(SO Pee ara na yh ieee A meer ADL Wie. WOM UENT.
Za. PH. CRYPTANTHA Greene var. fypica n. nom.
Ph. cryptantha, Greene, Pittonia 5:21. 1902. Ph. hispada var.
brachyantha Coville, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:158. 1893. Ph.
eremica Jepson, Manual of Flowering Plants of Calif., 823. 1925.
Plants erect, 1.5-4 dm. tall; stems branching, thin; corolla
3-4 mm. wide; stamens about half as long as corolla, appendages
elongate, narrow, terminating in a sharp point, transverse portion
inconspicuous ; seeds 4, 1 :5-2 mm. long.
Type locality, Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo Co.,
Calif. Range, Borders of Mohave and Colorado Deserts. . Speci-
mens seen, CALIFORNIA: Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts.,
Inyo Co., Fredrick Funson 607, type (U. S.); Collins Valley,
Jepson 8852, April 28, 1920, type of eremica (Jeps.); Big Rock
Creek, San Gabriel Mts., Munz 6817 (P, G) ; Cajon Pass, Jones,
May 16, 1903 (P); Deadman’s Pt., Mohave Desert, Johnston,
May 16, 1920 (P); Old Woman Mts., Jones, May 13, 1926 (P) ;
Quail Springs, Mohave Desert, Gilman AY (P); Willow Springs,
Kern Co., Munz 10028 (P); Box Canyon, Colo. Desert, Munz
G& Hitchcock 12,051 (P.); Mohave, Jones, May 20, 1903 (PP).
NEVADA: Meadow Valley Wash, mile 16, Jones, April 26,
1904 (P). ARIZONA: Mineral Park, Lemmon 3349 (G);
Chimehuevis, Jones, April 21, 1903 (P) ; Skull Valley, Jones, May
1, 1903 (P); Hackberry, Jones, April 25, 1903 (P); near Pres=
cott, Rusby, May 1885 (G).
Through the kindness of Prof. Jepson, | have had the privi-
lege of examining his type of eremica and through that of Dr.
W. R. Maxon I have likewise seen flowers from the type of Co-
ville’s Ph. hispida var. brachyantha which variety was renamed by
Greene as Ph. cryptantha. In the key to Phacelia in Jepson’s
Manual, P. eremica is separated from P. cryptantha on the basis
of having the corolla longer than the calyx, while it is given as
shorter than the calyx in the latter species. From an examina-
tion of both types and the study of the scales | am convinced
that the two are synonymous and that some of the material which
has been referred to cryptantha (hispida var. brachyantha) dit-
fers in its scales and for it is proposed the following new variety:
2b. PH. CRYPTANTHA Var. DERIVATA N. var.
Plant 1-3 dm. high with thin weak stems; inflorescence short,
compact; sepals 5-7 mm. long, elongating rapidly in fruiting con-
dition, equaling or slightly exceeding corolla; corolla pale laven-
174
der, 2-5 mm. wide; appendages semiovate, transverse portion barely
evident; stamens included; seeds 4, 2.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide.
(Planta 1-3 dm. alta, cum. caulibus tenuibus debilibusque ; inflor-
escentia breve, compacta; sepalis 5-7 mm. longis, post florationem
rapide extendentibus; corolla lavendula, 2-5 mm. lata; appendi-
culis semiovatis, partibus transversis appendiculorum vix evident-
ibus; staminibus inclusis; seminibus 4, 2.5 mm. longis, 1-1.5 mm.
latis. )
Type from Shepherds Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo Co.,
Calif. M. E. Jones, April 30, 1897 (Pomona College Herbarium
No. 73398). Range, northern and eastern edge of Mohave Desert.
Specimens seen CALIFORNIA: East of Bishop, Jones, May 14,
1927 (P); Lone Pine Creek, Alabama Hills, Inyo Co., Hall &
Chandler 7182, May 26, 1906 (P). ARIZONA: Mt. Trumbull,
Palmer 334.5 (G). NEVADA: Eldorado Canyon, Nelson, Jones,
April 30, 1907 (P).
This variety intergrades with var. typica in the ratio of cor-
olla to calyx length, and in the shape of the appendages. In the
intergrades, the lamella of the appendage is not so elongate but
the projecting tip is present at the top. The collection Eldorado
Canyon, Nelson, Nev., Jones, April 30, 1907 (P), is an inter-
grade most like derivata, while the collection of Rusby, near
Prescott, Ariz., is more like typica, hence is mentioned under that
variety.
Y 3. PH. umsBrosa Greene, Erythea 2:191. 1894.
Ph. hispida var. wmbrosa (Greene) Brand, Pflanzenreich IV,
Zaleoe. 1913,
Annual, resembling Ph. hispida but sparingly hispid, not
glandular; stems very slender, freely branching; leaves numerous,
thin, only irregularly crenate; corolla small, 2-4 mm. wide, pale
violet, stamens equaling corolla; appendages with wide lamellae,
truncate or only slightly pointed at top; seeds 2-2.5 mm. long,
1 mm. wide.
Type locality, northern part of peninsula of Lower California.
Specimens seen, LOWER CALIFORNIA: near Todos Santos
Bay, C. R. Orcutt, July 11, 1885 (G, C). The specimen at Univ.
of Calif. is probably incorrectly labeled as coming from south-
western part of Colorado Desert, San Diego Co., Calif.
4. PHACELIA VALLIS-MORTAE SP. Nov.
Allied to Ph. hispida, the plant 2-5 dm. high, diffuse, branch-
ing several times from the base; stems weak, sparingly hispid,
but covered with a denser glandular pubescence beneath; leaves
few, pinnately divided, hispid, hairs enlarged at base; sepals two-
thirds as long as corolla, narrowly oblanceolate, less than 1 mm.
wide; corolla lavender, broadly. funnel-form, 8-16 mm. long, 8-16
175
mm. broad; appendages long, lamellae 1.5-2 mm. long, truncate to
slightly pointed at tips, transverse portion inconspicuous; sta-
mens shorter than or barely equaling length of corolla; seeds 4,
3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. broad. (Planta 2-5 dm. alta, diffusa; caul-
ibus debilibus, parce hispidis et dense breveque glanduloso-pubes-
centibus ; foliis paucibus, pinnate divisis, hispidis, sepalis anguste
oblanceolatis, vix 1 mm. latis, brevioribus quam corollis; corollis
lavendulis, late infundibuliformibus, 8-16 mm. longis, 8-16 mm.
latis ; appendiculis longis; lamellis 1.5-2 mm. longis, truncatis aut
parce acutis, partibus transversis appendiculorum inconspicuis ;
staminibus brevibus quam corollis aut vix equalibus aut exsertis;
seminibus 4, 3 mm. longis, 1.5 mm. latis.
Type from sandy wash, Keane’s Spring, Amargosa Range,
Death Valley, Invo Co., Calif., Munz 12550, May 9, 1932. (Po-
mona College Herbarium No. 187405.)
Key To VARIETIES
Flowers 8-10 mm. wide, Death Valley region .... 4a. var. typica.
Flowers 14-16 mm. wide, Lower San Joaquin Valley........
5 Sig BIE Oh RR Sel EPO MEER GrrOES. Pen MEAN ol s eteenaea IE 4b. var. heliophila.
4a. PH. VALLIS-MORTAE Voss var. TYPICA n. nom.
Flowers 8-10 mm. wide; stamens not exserted.
Range, Death Valley area. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA:
Dantes Point, Death Valley, Jaeger, May 2, 1927 (P); Pana-
mint Mts., Inyo Co., Jaeger May 2, 1927 (P); Tehachapi, Jones,
May 20, 1903 (P); Bishop, Heller 8255 (G): S. W. of Sho-
shone, Hitchcock 12343 (P); Bonanza King Mine, Mohave Des-
ert, Munz, Johnston, Harwood 4285 and 4023 (P); Bradbury
Well, Mohave Desert, Munz & Hitchcock 11009 (P); 7 mi. east
of Daggett, Munz & Keck 7/837 (P); south of Barstow, Munz
25/6 (P); 8 mi. east of Victorville, Jaeger, April 4, 1932 (2),
NEVADA: Columbus Marsh, Jones, June 17, 1927 - Meadow
Valley Wash, mile 16, Jones, April 28, 1904 (P); Potosi Mt.,
Clark Co., Jaeger, May 28, 1930 (P). UTAH: Diamond Valley,
Goodding 823 (G).
4b. PH. VALLIS-MORTAE var. HELIOPHILA (Macbride) n.
comb.
Ph. hispida var. heliophila Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s.,
49:29. 1917.
Freely branching; corolla showy, 12-16 mm. broad, pale pur-
ple with darker veins; appendages with lamellae 2 mm. long,
tapering upward and ending in a long narrow, unattached point ;
stamens exserted; seeds 4, 3 mm. long.
176
Type locality, Sunset, Kern Co., Calif. Range, Southern
part of San Joaquin Valley. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA:
Sunset, Heller 7730, April 20, 1905, type (G); north of Lebec,
Kern Co., Jones, April 24, 1927 (P).
= Pomona College, Claremont, Calif.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56
Figures 1 to 6 show the character of the appendages within
the corolla tube at the base of each stamen. The drawings were
made with the aid of camera lucida. Figure 7 shows the gen-
eral distribution of the entities.
Fig. 1. Phacelia hispida var. genuina, from Parish 11315 (P).
Fig. 2. Phacelia vallis-mortae var. heliophila, from type (G).
Fig. 3. Phacelia cryptantha var. typica, from Mung 6817 (P).
Fig. 4. Phacelia hispida var. cicutaria, from type (C).
Fig. 5. Phacelia vallis-mortae var. typica, from type (P).
Fig. 6. Phacelia cryptantha var. derivata, from type (P).
Fig. 7. la—=Ph. hispida var. genuina.
lb = Ph. lispida var. eximia.,
lc = Ph. hispida var. Hubbyi.
1d = Ph, hispida var. cicutaria.
le = Ph. hispida var. heterosepala.
2a = Ph. cryptantha var. typica.
2b = Ph. cryptantha var. derivata.
3 = Ph. umbrosa.
4a = Ph. vallis-mortae var. typica.
4b = Ph. vallis-mortae var. heliophila.
PLATE 56
~~
BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy
: (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)
Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A.
Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
B GB
Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences
Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo-
ber) in 1920.
DBhes192i issues are: Vol. XX, No. 2, April; Vol. XX, No. 2;
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No.
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem-
ber-October; No. 6, November-December.
From 1925 to 1933, including volumes XXIV to XXXII, three num-
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.
EAD,
All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary
of the Academy at the appended prices:
Vol. 3, No. 7. October BUY Oe a anne es PL $ .25
‘s 4 yo) bs Maly. IG OD soars ae ie eee 25
i (Hr Ae diy, IQ OSE eeceanra nie ete ce Merced 25
in Ye 2 Ass Af, SLO): eee ae ee ee “0D
Tee dy al, adammimlemny, TU iba ee ieee er ee re 50
BoD en ene wees hullays a SE See Se MN ee NS 50
AS) ale enmneneay, 192.0 ee eee ees 25
2 al) SAL @eualaere: d BY 7A 0 eo es eines mR RS 25
21 25 October: 192 2 ee eee eee 25
Se ey SLs denna: G2 4 ei alle vo tak aon eee re 25
7 SB) WEES N, GD 4 eke ea hae a aes 25
Ry SB IME, i IS 7: bee ee a erences at 25
Dy a ee tease a AO yy DGD Bi Ne dD Ds en i ne 25
Te t23e) 2255, eseptember 1924 ee eee 25
sae) Wk eri Oe PON OMETIND CT se il Age ais ele aera oe eee 225)
ee | Se le een Ay TOD 5 Sets tee cased WLS Se ce 25
oo Ain aun aoe el Daiys. O25 ties enh ae oa 2 ee 25
Se OO Ase ee Oecd CD LOMO si. LOZ Din cae et oct es ee BOY
2 Os IL ARNON 192652 oe SNORE eee BD
eee 2 One ean neo av ay DD Ges eee 225
Ee erie Se DteMDelan, silo Guenter he: nee eee cane ene .25
ZO aie ANU A Taye 9 2 iitin e eral aes eea 29
Bo AG = eo ANOLE WO QK a a ees See eae 20
meta ON Seer Os —- SC DLEMDCT saa 92 fie eee on te eee ee 25
ei ele SANTA TAY) 19 718 ee Tae oe aie Nate an. sae sl Needed 20)
sitmeet Dti(ehe a foe aeue VAY, NO 2 Be ne, eee 25
MeeeanGees HHS TS CDLEIMDEH sa 192 Samaria mtu eee 25
iyo nie ed eh albany, IQ O ete eee eae a ee eee 25
SR AE ae SINE 192.0 cies et ee 25
MMA Oe tose Se DLE MDE Leo 2 Oimesam tere eee ee 50
ne Oe eer Tan UAlye AOS ()ieencte ieee al Ss Se AS)
Pe RN Ee ry SIE ELE S(t reste te ono Le ea wae Een 25
See Oe emer oset SCD COMM CT) Sie Oo leer ceree ee eee iat rare eee 25
G0. BAD), al, Aiehohbebey BES a Uae ae a se EN 20
BD, Ps ys eI EC i eee ee ea 2D
eto Oss atote Oe ptember, H9slte wah ee DS
Salo aks | diebaennye DQ 32) yeas ee ease Teens 25
Shanta aia a2 pela ye DOGO ieee at Ae ee eee .25
Wilh me Ome SCDLSTMDET: o193 lia weetn. 20s eae, ie neneaseen eee DAD
To Bye £2 lye dehobienaye DS Ya Sal oe er ae nate eee a .25
COBY so ne 745) ERG, a HS 333 ae etre a er 25
Oe aya. => Veh, fSyeynieaall oven) IR RY ees ak lr an wen ea 25
ood sel eanilanye AG Ayu et See aos ee See 25
Wh Sown es woe aye iLO 3 Anis ved Sone ne ven ges enue ae 25
IS TOBY EB Ye ChoKey OL SONY OXen a a BYR ee naet 25
The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre-
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to:
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences,
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.
180
Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOL. XXXII, 1934
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
Additional Notes on the Early
Stages of California Lepidop-
NCTC eee ooese ei on An ee 25
Apodemia mormo deserti B. &
IVUCT PS INOLES OM) = 2 222. 22t-t-eeee 34
Argynnis macaria Edw.,
INOLC SHOT eee ee ee ake eee 34
Aristotelia rhoisella Busck~_..... 74
Butterflies of the Boundary Hill
Research Reserve, Yosemite
binierpe teen nee cee ee ee ee 131
California Euphorbia Notes...... 105
Catabene esula Druce, Life
GTS TOV ak O fipseceee eee ee ee 145
Chlorochlamys chloroleucaria,
WitewHistory. Of 22-2222 as 29
Eunaticina heimi E. K. Jordan.. 68
Euphorbia Abramsiana
Weel erg Sc sn ees ...-109
Euproserpinus phaeton G. &
Rew itewHiStony: Of sa. 141
Fossil Mollusks from the Verte-
brate-bearing Asphalt Depos-
its at Carpenteria, California 7
Helminthoglypta, A New .........- 57
Helminthoglypta caruthersi
AVVAIIVE Git oe eis vee sive are Mie Sif
Hemiargus gyas Edw., Life
TGS UO Tay Ole eee ee eee ee 139
Heodes gorgon Bdv., Life
FNS CO ge Obes eee eS 25
Hesperumia sulphuraria Pack.,
Life History Notes —............- 31
Litocala sexsignata Har'v.,
ANOLE Sir O Une tes eaeees oe ass 148
Megathymus stephensi Skin.,
(ite PEM StOTYs Of 22.2 EOI:
Megathymus yuccae navajo
Skins ite History of .2...---2 87
Melitaea chara Edw., Notes on 35
Metamorphosis of Three
Calitornia, Diurnals® 22.222 79
Microlepidoptera, Two New
PROM CalihOrnia, 22-2---- 2-2. a
New Oysters and a New Pecten
from the Tertiary of Calif... 1
Notes on the Early Stages of
Three Butterflies and Five
Moths from California —._..... 137
Notes on the Insect Inhabitants
of Wood Rat Houses in Calif. 12
Occurrence of Linguatulids
rol, JENA OVS ONS) Soeaee sees een eis ana be
Odostomia gallegosi Hertlein — 67
Opuntia phaecantha vy. piercei
J EQCOXSY 02) of 2 Se gs eae ae ee de se 102
Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein 1
Ostrea titan eucorrugata
Hertlein tase ys as 5
Pecten lillisi Hertlein -.............. 5
Phacelia californica yv. jacinten-
SispDundass2 == 160
cryptantha v. deri-
VatariViOSSi aay!
es heterophylla vy.
rotundata Dundas _156
Phacelia vallis-mortae Voss _.... 175
Philotes battoides bernardino
B. & McD., Life History of.... 27
Philtraea elegantaria Hy. Edw.,
Notes on Early Stages -........ 35
Pholisora catullus, Notes on_.... 140
Pleistocene Mollusks from the
Tres Marias Islands, etc. —-.. 59
Pleocoma, Revision of the
Gem u's Ra eee ee ee 123
Plutella dammersi Busck 76
Prickly Pears of So. California 93
Proceedinggae == ee ens als lal
Revision of the Heuchera rub-
escens Group (Saxifragaceae)
LOT athe Wes See ae ee ee 492
fornica Group for No. Amer-
DIG heres cpr et SS TRE ne eee mee ie Se alisy4
Revisional Study of the
Phacelia hispida Group _...... 169
Revisional Study of the Species
Erigeron foliosus Nutt. —....... 50
Sabulodes cervinaria Pack.,
INO LES 10 1h eee ea Pare SG
Sicya snoviaria Hlst., Life
History eNotes 2 oe 32
Simyra henrici Grt., Life
EM STOTYymINOLE Sites eee eee 143
Sphexr xranthopterus. The Cap-
ture and Stinging of the Prey
Olt Se Se ee eR ee ee 39
Strymon auretorum spadia Hy.
EKdw., Life History of ............ 79
Strymon sylvinus Bdy., Life
EUS TOR VRO fie ee Ee 137
Studies in Pacific Coast
SepidOpte rae ees oe Nye 34
Titanio dapalis Grt., Notes on
I LCV EMS COTY eee ee 150
New species and varieties indicated in bold face type.
INDEX OF AUTHORS
Busck, August _..... OBE coaree ee aee 74
Compton, Gladys -...........22..--2..-.... 50
Comstock, John A.....25, 34, 79, 137
Dammers, Charles M. ....25, 79, 137
UD ESS e/a ( Ohad eee 12, 123
Dundas, Frederick W. ............. 152
Fosburg, F. R. -....... SU SEEG a Sead Oey, 93
Garth; John Sie. Satya
Granite Wie Sige ee 7
Hertlein, Leo G. -....0000.002022.. 1, 9)
Hicks: Charles Ht 22 ic wen 39
Hill, Howard R. ...-.............. 11g}, sale
Stewart, Margaret G., .......2......... 492
Strong, A. M. _........... Settee RR r
Voss, John W. ........--.- ess ee 169
Wheeler, Louis C. -.....20....... eel)
Willett, George ____. SU Soi 57
CORRECTIONS TO VOL. XXXIII
Page 105, line 29: “purii—” should be “puri—’”’.
Page 106, line 19, should read:
“side Co., Calif., Parish 8306 (D). I have seen the specimen and”’
Page 152, paragraph 1, line 9: Spell “Willamette’’.
Page 153, lines 3-6 from bottom of page should be indented
2 ems.
Page 154, line 23: Italicize “Leonard in 1885”, “Payson
WO ast line: Italicize “Goodding 547”.
Page 156, line 21: Spell “Willamette”. Line 10 from bot-
tom: Spell “appresso-hirsutis”’.
Page 157: Reorganize Key to Varieties:
Calyx-lobes elliptic-lanceolate to ovate.
Calyx-lobes imbricated, broadly lanceolate to ovate, corolla
PMeMLOmVCllOWASis:. oes eee 2b wats Colycosa
Calyx-lobes not imbricated, somewhat narrower.
Corolla blue; dried plants brownish-green in appearance.
San Prancisco Bay region 2.2.22. 2a, var. ty pica.
Corolla yellow or white; dried plants grayish-green in
appearance. Southern California ... 2c. var. bernardina
Calyx-lobes linear or linear-lanceolate.
Inflorescence strictly virgate. Northern Caionmma epee ed's
Meer ceccuice not strictly virgate, but more or less Be Sie
Corolla blue or bluish-white; leaves densely white-
Iveta aoe eer eee EN ee 2e. var. jacintensis
Corolla not blue; leaves not white-hairy.
3asal leaves mostly 3-10 mm. wide, cauline leaves
notmuch reduced. “Southern Calitormia 2-2 2.
POSES eI ee Pm ee SSN ROR Ee 2f. var. patula.
Basal leaves 8-20 mm, wide, cauline leaves few and
much reduced. Central and northern California
Rage 158, line/8i2> comb.” not. ‘Comb:
Page 159, line 17 from bottom: Change semicolon to comma
before “Mung 2256”.
Page 170, line 10, comma instead of period after “Hubbyi”.
Line 12 from bottom: Citation of Phacelia hispida Gray, should
read Syn. Fl. 2':161. (Meaning Vol. 2, part 1.)
Page 171: Reorganize key as follows:
Plant stout, grayish and shaggy hirsute throughout ; racemes very
dense especially in fruit. Ojai Valley to San Fernando ............
EA i 1 NUR eee ee 2 eRe yin ny em cle a le. var. Hubbyi
Plant greener below; fruiting racemes more or less open,
Flowers separated, evenly spaced; stems weak; seeds 2 or 3.
SanvGalbriely Mitsu seer ee eee ase One 1b. var. eximuia.
Flowers close together.
Seeds 4, 3-sided.
Seeds 3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Interior Valley
Of Calientom ty ej Ones aan 1d. var. cicutaria
Seeds not exceeding 1.5 mm. in length. Calif. from
Paso Robles;southward to Mower Calit, == sae
SE See ee eee ae EY VENETO
Seeds 2, oval, flattened, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Butte
Cow iGallatis =. ca Ncemne Nee ena le. var. heterosepala
Page 171, line 7 from bottom: Change semicolon to comma
before “Eastwood, June 13, 1902”.
Page 174, line 10: Spell hispida not hispada. Line 17:
“seeds 4, 1.5-2 mm. long”’.
The errors, above corrected, were due to the editor’s inad-
vertent failure to submit proof, or page proof, to the authors.
REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the
Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof
to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following
rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los
Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints.
PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
4pp. | 8pp. | 12pp | 16pp | 20pp. | 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp..
50 copies | $3.75 |/$ 5.75 |$ 8.50 | $10.25 | $11.75 | $13.50 | $16.00 | $17.00
100005" 4.50; 7.50) 10.75) 12.75; 15.00/ 17.25, 20.25; 21.50
BO 5.25; 9.25) 13.00) 15.25; 18.25; 21.00| 24.50) 26.00
200 =“ 6.00; 11.00) 15.25| 17.75) 21.50; 2475) 28.75) 30.50
250 “ 6.75| 12.75 | 17.50) 20.25} 24.75) 28.50; 33.00) 35.00
300“ 7.50) 14.50) 19.75| 22.75 | 28.00| 32.25/ 87.25/ 39.50
Covers: 50 for $2.00. Additional covers, 144¢ each.
i PRINTING |
HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS
SINCE 1880
SERVICE and QUALITY, com-
bined with FAIR PRICES, has
made this business a success for |
OVER fiLby VEAES. we oe oe !
|
McBride Printing Cie.
LH
: